Home

GS2 Display Basic Applications Operator`s Manual

1. Circuit ID Function Wire Color 070 Ground Black 182 Constant Power Red 12vdc 209 Any White 211 Any Brown 904 Implement Can Hi Yellow 905 Implement Can Lo Dk Green 914 Vehicle Can Hi Yellow 915 Vehicle Can Lo Dk Green 922 Switched Power Red 12vdc 924 CCD Yellow 925 CCD Dk Green 998 Audio Mute Gray 999 Support Wire White dustcaps 992 Constant Power Red 12vdc OQUO06050 0000E50 19 01SEP09 1 1 GSD 2100 2600 RCD Pinout Pin Circuit ID Function Wire Color Cornerpost Display Connector Pin 1 922 Switched Power 12vdc Red U 2 070 RS232 Gnd Black 3 209 Implement Switch White M 4 Analog Signal Ground 5 Analog Signal Input 6 925 CCD Drk Green J 7 924 CCD Yellow K 8 182 Constant Power 12vdc Red R 9 998 Audio Mute Output Gray H 10 Unused 11 211 Radar Input Brown L 12 915 Vehicle CAN LO Drk Green S 13 914 Vehicle CAN HI Yellow T 14 070 Ground Black V 15 RS232 Port1 Rx 16 RS232 Port1 RTS 17 RS232 Port1 CTS 18 904 Implement CAN HI P 19 905 Implement CAN LO N 20 Analog Output 21 Analog Output Ground 22 907 RS232 Port0 Tx 23 909 RS232 Port0 Rx 24 906 RS232 PortO RTS 25 908 RS232 PortO CTS 26 RS232 Port1 Tx OQUO06050 0000E51 19 01SEP09 1 1 130 4 060910 PN 263 Specifications EC Dec
2. a v Spaces Spaced Area Worked Ee v Dry Weight E O and 6 with Load controls when D Average Moisture 4 E 7 et Throughput Oo B 8 T 5 a 2 The configuration is different for each type of operation This example sets up the Harvest Combine Operation Type Each field on the screen can be changed to show the information that you want to see for that operation Harvest Combine Space 2 Ory Yiete ther lanting Seeding for S roduct Application E a Wage be H D 8 5 a Continued on next page OQU06050 0001076 19 O6APRO9 2 4 85 4 060910 PN 173 Totals 3 For Harvest operations checking the box at lower left replace some of the spaces with the controls for recording load data A Load Controls Check Box Totals Screen Layout Space 1 Wet Yield Space 2 Ory Vita for S Es ra Replace spaces 1 2 3 and6 with Load controls when T viewing Load Totals z 8 CH 5 a OQUO6050 0001076 19 O6APRO9 3 4 4 The Totals screen for the softkey region can be configured in the same way On both screens some of the regions can be left blank to make the remaining numbers stand out more clearly In this way the home page can be built to meet the needs of the individual inst rei As operator with either a few key numbers or with a DE Ka detailed screen that shows everything happening in avg rei Current Variety the operation Dad tat 481804 2 z E FA
3. Auxiliary Control Enabled A CAUTICN Auxiliary Control enabled Some requested assignments are not complete Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement To avoid the risk of death or serious injury to a bystander ensure e Users know which function is mapped to each control e Controls are properly labeled This message occurs when Auxiliary Control has been enabled manually however not all assignments have been completed successfully Press Enter key F to navigate to the home page Go to the Auxiliary Controls page by pressing the Mapping key G to review or change the Auxiliary Control assignments IMPORTANT If the Enter key F is selected the implement only follows the assignments which have been completed successfully however AWARNING uxiliary Control enabled Some requested assignments are not complete Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement To avoid the risk of death or serious injury to a bystander ensure Users know which function is mapped to each control Controls are properly labeled ZX1042321 UN 04DEC08 there are still assignments which are not complete It is necessary to review the Auxiliary Controls mapping screen by pressing the Mapping key G and complete all assignments before enabling Auxiliary Controls OUCC002 0002A57 19 28O0CT09 6 6 65 3 060910 PN 66 Auxiliary Controls
4. Task Notes Press MAIN MENU gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO gt gt GE RESOURCES CONDITIONS softkey Task notes can be used to provide detailed information to field operators logging notes while in field or gathering and reporting other information like soil sampling and field scouting Task notes are organized by task and notes for a particular task are common across all clients farms and fields RESOURCES CONDITIONS softkey OQU06050 000126B 19 30MAR10 1 1 80 2 060910 PN 111 Documentation Operations Select MENU gt GREENSTAR2 PRO gt GE DOCUMENTATION gt NEW tab Four operations per task are allowed for all tasks other than Harvest The Harvest task only allows the Harvest operation Listed are available operations and details that oun sonovos MENU button can be set up within those operations Tillage e Type GreenStar2 e Depth gt Pro Planting and Seeding r DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS e Seed Type e Seed Brand GREENSTAR2 PRO button ad ge PC8678 UN O5AUG05 e Varieties e Target Rates e Rate Units e Application Method e Depth e Tillage Practice e Lot Number e Product Details For Europe Only DOCUMENTATION button rate comes from control unit on selected control units Product Application e Product s Product Rate e Carrier Carrier Rate e Tank Mix Name Optional Planting e Application Method Tillage Seading e Height e Pro
5. Reprogramming Error Codes Error Number Meaning What to Do Reprogramming could not create a directory on the internal file system User should try again but 8 Directory creation error the session may fail again Check that all update files have been correctly saved to the compact flash card all files listed in 12 Missing update file ManifestFile sdm should be on the card in their proper path Reprogramming was not able to read one of the update files Check for file corruption when the 14 File read error files were saved to the card Reprogramming was not able to write one of the update files to internal flash File system cleanup 16 File write error problem reboot the display and try again Reprogramming received a file handle that was not valid check validity of card to make sure it 37 Invalid file handle matches the original image Reprogramming calculated a checksum that did not match the expected checksum Check that all 44 Checksum failed files match the original image Reprogramming parsed a file for a PF controller that was invalid Check that all files match the 45 Controller file invalid original image Customer is using an incorrect hardware revision version as the reprogramming image for the 47 Incompatible hardware display Make sure you have the correct image for the display hardware The reprogramming ManifestFile sdm file has been corrupted Make sure th
6. S Continued on next page Invalid System Configuration OUO06050 0000CF8 19 130CT09 4 6 125 14 060910 PN 252 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Alarm Task Controller Invalid Implement Configuration The type of implement connected isn t supported by this version of the John Deere task controller Disconnect the not supported implement for further operation Task Controller This alarm screen will be displayed whenever an ISO implement is detected which is not from type sprayer or seeder planter All other ISO implement types are ignored Invalid Implement by the John Deere Task Controller and cannot be used for configuration documentation purposes The type of implement connected isn t supported by this version of the John Deere Task Controller Disconnect the not supponred implement for further operation Invalid Implement Configuration PC9749 UN 24SEP09 OUO06050 0000CF8 19 130CT09 5 6 Task Controller Configuration of the connected implement not compatible The configuration of the connected implement isn t compatible for the documentation purposes because the following information isn t available Task Controller This alarm screen will be displayed whenever an c fi ti f ted implement is detected which is not compatible with Field onnguration o connec e Doc because some information is missing from the ISO Implement not compatible implement
7. Screen Layout PC8577 UN 02NOV05 Screen Layout A Home C Message Center E Application Info Area B Menu D softkeys NOTE Display screen illustrated on following pages are e Menu selection allows operator to view a list of provided for reference only Actual screens may available applications appear differently due to connection of optional e Message Center selection allows operator to view devices and or software versions alarm messages and diagnostic information See SETUP MESSAGE CENTER in Display Message Home A Menu B and Message Center C selections Center section will be on every screen e y Selecting one of the softkeys D will cause a new page e Home selection allows operator to view Home Page to appear or a process to be started OQU06050 00022A0 19 280CT09 1 1 2 0 6 060910 PN 19 Display Navigation Power Up IMPORTANT Do not remove 12 volt power from display until the LED light is black Prematurely removing power green or orange light status may cause loss of data and or the display to lose functionality It may take up to 20 seconds after removing key power for the LED light to completely go black The data card should not be removed during this period also IMPORTANT When setting up the display with vehicle key in the accessory position power on engine off turn key to OFF position for 20 seconds BEFORE starting the vehicle This will ensur
8. ccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeees 75 5 Moisture Curmve 80 53 DE E Ee 75 5 Multiple Run Pages 70 5 TOMPCrature chien einate estui 75 5 Platformi Ze tas eege dee eebe eed 80 48 Wind Direchon sssi ciinei aiei eeni 75 5 NC le tins Ainete EE 80 31 Wind Gpeed 75 5 RCM ceecs cee a aA a seeds aceeet EE 35 1 Row Row Crop Header 80 48 Compensation RS 232 Recehvers eerren ene 35 2 O0 te 115 4 Typical e 95 6 Crop Head 2 20 2 te EEN 80 48 Typical Planter kk 95 6 Row Spacing Yield Calibration COON ieee Ee ad ate 115 2 Low Flow Compensation essssseseeeeseeeeeee eee 80 50 RS 232 Receivers cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeetenaees 35 1 Yield Calibration Factor Harese Ree a tie ieee 35 2 Adjust Manually cccceeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeees 80 51 Ee EEN 35 2 Yield Monitor RUM PAQ S eiert 70 5 Area Ulee e ENEE dis te e 80 53 Yield Units cccceccceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesneeees 80 53 S SETUP YIELD CALIBRATION Calibration Factor Scale Weight Adjust Manually Calibration COMO ies tects OT ete 115 6 Combine eres eee heat tress oe ae te te 80 49 Shortcut Buttons ee 20 3 25 2 Screen Layout leg Walt Sta Noyce seh aot Et 20 6 70 1 Sky COnGitiOn WEE 75 5 Secondary Navigation ccccccescseeesesesseeseseseeeees 20 3 Softkey EE B ttner i an eia at 20 4 Auxiliary Controls EEN 65 7 Enter BUttON EE 20 4 DiaQNnOStiCs ENEE 30 8 Up Down Artowe oo cccccccccccccececcceecececceeceecucneteceteenenacs 20 4 D
9. GreeaStar 2 Pro RC 1 Define or select Client Farm Field If you would like pescalces to use Documentation select a task ono NOTE Coverage maps can be created with Documentation off Input Client Farm and Field Ifyou would like to use Documentation select a Task Field Locator Auto Detect Field Exit PC10857IX UN 30MAR09 OU0O6050 0000E5B 19 01SEP09 2 8 Greve 2 D Equiguuncet Machine 2 Define or select machine type and name Enter the GPS receiver offsets Select the connection type to your implement Select a Recording Source to use Documentation Teta hnim es Tractor arse Ror hinn Bindia us te In sont Seleule wees Documenting EE Crab Eail Dor umemtal or amd fhanilusi u rep Creer wffteurt OPA re e SC a L Gi SC C 5 21pm Moreory Used en EH E te GreenStar 2 Pro Equipment 2 7 PC10368 UN 30SEP07 OQU06050 0000E5B 19 01SEP09 3 8 Greve 2 Een Evigt 3 Define or select implement type and name Enter the implement offsets and widths If you have a receiver on your implement enter the receiver offsets Implemenr OO fiat bal Ka iphone nl u Wasla aed vadthe vru hawe n Lugpkeuueal T zye implement Modsi i i i won a shawn um yar de d d m kero 0 O au U0 crs ER 317 Physical Fred HM 3 d z Sr d n DE wows fine 7
10. Implement Guidance Continued on next page Gremin Tla 2 Den eiu Whar settings da pee want ta change TTC Pra Swath Canal Pi Resaurces 5 Machine Jrleerg Duvanmieritaliuri KA Guidaric Boundarics Sindirate z requined bi PC10366 UN 30SEP07 Tel Select any combination of functions to configure Ifa function is dependent on other functions the system automatically selects the required functions The operator is not able to deselect those functions If the operator selected the Boundaries function the Resources function would be automatically selected to force the operator to select a Client Farm and Field The functions that the operator selects determine which pages are included in Advanced Setup Only screens associated with functions selected are included For each function there is a list of required fields that must be complete and valid before the system works Red asterisks indicate required fields Based on the functions the operator has selected for setup the GS2 applications determine which fields are required for successful setup Those fields are visually indicated to the operator Progressing through Advanced Setup without completing the required fields causes the system not to function correctly The following is an example of the Advanced Setup OUO06050 0000E5B 19 01SEP09 1 8 75 2 060910 PN 89 GreenStar General
11. i The Basic Performance Monitor will operate on a GS2 Display anytime a StarFire Receiver is connected and a 12 volt source is supplied such as GreenStar system on an ATV In these conditions functionality will be limited to GPS Speed Area Counter Distance Covered and Instantaneous Productivity Tractors 9020 s 9000 s 8020 s 8010 s 8000 s 7010 s 7000 s 6000 s Sprayers 4020 s 4710 s 4700 s 4030 s Gen IV Controller Only When the GS2 Display is connected to John Deere CCD Based vehicles the following real time functions become available e Radar Wheel and GPS Speed Continued on next page Performance Monitos Totals 0 0 Z total ac 0 0 Gm om 0 0 M Z Kl gelec 0 0 BYE ave Pih 0 0 D totel get 0 0 A PC9073 UN 17APR06 e Instantaneous Productivity e Distance Counter e Wheel Slip Radar Connected e Area Counter Optional items based on vehicle platform and configuration are e PTO Status Front amp Rear e Fuel per Area e Fuel per Hour e Radar Connection and Calibration All functions available in BPM are also available in APM If you are in a CAN Based vehicle the BPM will not display and the GS2 will default to APM only The BPM can be configured to operate in any of the user defined layout manager options available on the GS2 display OUO06050 0000CD5 19 070CT08 3 4 120 2 060910 PN 221 Performance Monitor ta
12. IMPORTANT Be sure to empty grain tank completely and be certain all grain is on one vehicle wagon or truck 7 Have known amount of grain weighed While waiting for scale ticket to return you may continue by selecting RUN button 8 When scale ticket returns to combine go to Yield Calibration Page 9 Select SCALE WEIGHT button to change weight value 10 Using numeric keypad input NET WEIGHT OF GRAIN from scale ticket IMPORTANT Standard calibration procedure will not change data already saved After changes are made all harvest information collected from that point on will reflect changes JS56696 00004A3 19 070CT08 1 2 80 49 060910 PN 158 Documentation NOTE If scale ticket weight is more than 50 higher or lower than displayed weight system will NOT allow entry of scale weight 11 Select SCALE WEIGHT button to enter new value CALIBRATION FACTOR will change automatically when grain weight is entered JS56696 00004A3 19 0O70CT08 2 2 Low Flow Compensation Procedure Optional NOTE DO NOT perform a manual adjustment of calibration factor if you intend on using Low Flow Compensation procedure The following procedure should be performed only after Standard Calibration procedure has been performed for this crop and condition While procedure is optional it will produce accurate results only if it is followed carefully The procedure should be performed at approximate
13. The GS2 Display features two serial COM ports to allow connection to the following components e In cab printer e N Sensing e Inoculant Dosing e Field Doc Connect e Serial Port on GPS Receiver Go to www StellarSupport com to check for other component compatibility Each Com Port can be assigned to a user profile and be automatically reloaded upon machine type selection See Setup Com Port Section IMPORTANT Connect the component to the GS2 display before setting up a Com Port see Setup Com Port section Once this component is disconnected from the GS2 display the relevant Com Port and Profile MUST be deactivated see Deactivate Com Port section OU06050 0001231 19 26MAR10 1 1 50 1 060910 PN 45 COM Port Assignment Setup COM Port GreenStar 2 Pro Bquipment A E Machine Type Tractor Machine Model 7x30 Machine Name 0 00 x 7530 N m K777 v Connection Type Rear Rigid 3 pt a S Recording Source Machine Turn Turning Radius Sensitivity 6 7 70 Documentation and im Coverage OCB o a Memory Used WW To access the COM port setup page select MENU button gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt EQUIPMENT softkey H gt MACHINE tab A Select the desired Machine Type Model Name and Connection Type then press COM port button B Com port settings page appears see Com Port Settings A Machine Tab B COM Port Button 10 35am oo
14. ZX1043695 UN 03DEC09 ZX1043696 UN 03DEC09 OQU06050 0001232 19 26MAR10 1 1 50 2 060910 PN 46 COM Port Assignment Com Port Settings Use this screen to select an existing or create a profile Two profiles can be stored per specific machine that is Combine Tractor Forage Harvester Sprayer and more When a machine is selected in the Machine lmplement Com Port Settings Setup tab GreenStar 2 Pro Equipment screen the Om associated profile is automatically recalled and loaded nd IMPORTANT Connect the component to the GS2 display before setting up a profile Once setup Som Eon fg is finished the system attempts to connect to the relevant component If component is ont connected an error message Communication tc rei Error is then displayed s A 8 Controtier IN Sensing LH E To create a profile A for a specific machine proceed as Protocal v follows 1 Select NEW in the Profile A drop down box then enter the desired Profile name 2 Assign a Com Port B number to this Profile 1 or 2 3 Define the Port Type C gt e In Cab Printer see User Define Printer Layout gt section 15 e N Sensing YARA N sensor e Inoculant Dosing e Field Doc Connect see Com Port Settings 3rd Party Control Units section e Serial Port that is GPS reciever or any other F compatible components to connect ZX1043697 UN 03DEC09 4 Define the Contro
15. sequences will also be deleted e Q What if make a mistake naming an iTEC sequence or don t have my sequences properly named A Currently we cannot edit the names of sequences after they have been accepted If you make a mistake in renaming the sequence e g 1770 Exterior Raise vs 1770 Extrior Raise there are a few options a Continue to setup the sequence ignoring the error b Create a new sequence with the correct name c Start over with a blank card In this instance it will be necessary to get all desired setup data from at least Apex version 2 0 back on the card e Q With multiple iTEC Pro sequences how should keep these organized A It is important to properly name the sequences Raise and lower will likely be different for the interior passable and headland boundaries as well as for different implements and tasks e Q Why does my AutoTrac Universal ATU disengage for no apparent reason A When the ATU disengages a Stop Code is generated and indicates why AutoTrac disengaged On an Original GreenStar Display you will find the Stop Code by going to INFO gt AUTOTRAC On a GS2 the stop code will be displayed in the top left corner of the GS2 Pro Guidance Screen or in GS2 Pro AutoTrac Universal Diagnostics Explanation of the stop code can be found in ATU Quick Reference Guide JS56696 00004E8 19 130CT09 3 3 125 10 060910 PN 248 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics
16. 29SEP07 JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 1 13 80 55 060910 PN 164 Documentation Hary Mon Farm Setup in Harvest Doc CEEISEE agaaga g Yield Calibration gt Jon Edible Beans 4 Record Stop Heioht RR A EEN e Eai ave EE Grass Seeds 3 eo g v S E S 8 Dileme Ca You will have to set up Farm Field and Crop in Harvest select a moisture curve and will show Corn Head as Doc If these are not selected in HDOC HMON won t default header type on every start up JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 2 13 When a moisture sensor is connected to the CAN bus the ZE GS2 will automatically detect Combine as machine type See GS2 Pro Equipment page button H SS e S x Recording Source Machine Turn Radius AUTO S C Coverage Onty Monitoring CS Sensitivity O sel S Memory Used 5 a Continued on next page JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 3 13 80 56 060910 PN 165 Documentation GreeaStar 2 Pro RIC First set up Client Farm Field and Task CFFT See Resources Conditions page button G Documentation OH Task 2 a a 3 T E 7 a EN 8 5 a JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 4 13 Gree r2 Pro Documentation Afterwards a Harvest task will be displayed on the emm Documentation screen l mae O D i Load Destination D 3 BE Auto Incremen
17. 5 Scroll down until you see Address 60 s E a FA 7 S D oO a Address 60 Continued on next page OUO6050 0000CDD 19 31OCT07 5 7 120 13 PN 232 Performance Monitor 6 Address 60 should display 57 42 if radar is feeding from the iTC GPS receiver If this value is 57 42 you are directly feeding GPS radar signal Ground based radars will display approximately the same values when connected If zero is displayed no radar signal is being seen GPS nor Ground Based iert kein Comer eget Aire gen er ECH Kate ae etenese ei Networe Imponert Devre VTioor Agress oco Adoress Type Display 57 42 OQUO6050 0000CDD 19 310CT07 6 7 eh E dee Kat H PC9128 UN 17APR06 If operating a CAN Based vehicle and actual speed not 0 000 is displayed in on the radar input screen the vehicle IS seeing a direct radar signal either GPS or Ground Based Radar depending on the position of the radar signal wire connection located behind the command center Certain CAN Based vehicles will need CCU and TECU vehicle address configuration changes to enable radar PC9129 UN 17APRO06 operation Please see your John Deere Dealer for service support OQUO6050 0000CDD 19 310CT07 7 7 PERFORMANCE MONITOR TOTALS SCREEN Parinama Mentor Vetels 0 6 Z tote ec 4 9 S ave met 17 9 Gib 0 0 86 0 0 B Z SH ug gose gt 0
18. In Apex NOTE Apex is not available in all EAME countries Ensure all farm and field names are entered and accurate Import A B lines from Original GreenStar System or GS2 Tie Global A B lines to client farm and field In the Machine Adjust backlighting and contrast on the GS2 display Turn tracking to desired mode Straight Curve Track RowFinder Unsure machine has latest SSU Software Set offsets Set steer sensitivity In the Field Check StarFire receiver for GPS Signal NOTE When checking for GPS signal move machine to open view of sky and turn key to second position If receiver has been stored for longer than six months it may take the receiver one to two hours to lock on to a GPS and or differential signal JS56696 00004E7 19 01SEP09 1 1 125 6 060910 PN 244 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Pre Season Swath Control Pro for Planters Checklist 1 2 Weeks Prior to Planting NOTE Apex is not available in all EAME countries Become familiar with the product The following resources are available on www stellarSuport com Familiarize yourself with the GS2 by utilizing the online GS2 smiulator Read the Swath Control Pro section of the GS2 Basics Operators Manual Read the GS2 Rate Controller Operators Manual Read the Swath Control Pro Settings Quick Sheet Make sure all software is updated to most recent versi
19. Out of Field Rate Loss of GPS Rate The prescription may ditter from the Y shapefile atter conversion Shapefile Conversion Home Page NOTE Shapefiles must be in the Rx folder on the CF Card PC10857QH UN 26AUG09 5 Select the Rate Units pounds tons ounces or seeds 1 Select the Shapefile you would like to convert from per acre the drop down menu IMPORTANT Selecting the wrong units result in 2 Enter a Name name automatically populates and can under Or Over ERT product be edited 6 Out of Field Rate default rate control unit uses if 3 Select the Column select the column that contains outside the field boundary the product rate 7 Loss of GPS Rate default rate control unit uses if IMPORTANT Selecting the wrong column results in GPS signal is lost under or over application of product 8 Once steps 1 7 are completed select ENTER button NOTE The unit system setting English or Metric on the 9 To cancel all changes select the cancel button GS2 display must match the shapefile unit system 4 Select the Product Type chemical fertilizer or seed OQU06050 00011E9 19 01SEP09 1 1 80 1 8 060910 PN 127 Documentation Shapefile Conversion in Progress Shapefile Conversion Shapefile conversion in progress Once the correct shapefile is selected and the values have been entered correctly in the Shapefile Conversion Page the shapefile conversion process begins
20. Software version mismatch Language file incompatible with application Reload software to data card Timeout waiting for CAN62 Response To Request Device failed to start programming language Reload software to data card Target sent FAIL in CAN62 Response To Request Device failed to continue programming language Reload software to data card Timeout waiting for CAN62 Response To Checksum Device failed to report a language checksum Reload software to data card Target sent FAIL in CAN62 Response To Checksum Device reported an invalid language checksum Reload software to data card Timeout waiting for CAN62 Response To Remove Device didn t respond to the request to remove language Reload software to data card Target sent FAIL in CAN62 Response To Remove Device failed to remove a language Reload software to data card Flash Write Failure Device failed while writing language to memory Reload software to data card Timeout waiting for CAN62 Response To New Data Device stopped programming language prematurely Reload software to data card Product ID mismatch Language is incompatible with loaded product Reload software to data card OQU06050 000232C 19 01SEP09 2 2 125 19 PN 060910 257 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Trouble Code Pop Up Boxes Documentation Software FAULT CONDITION FAULT DESCRIPTION ALARM TEXT Ta
21. UN 17APR06 A v PC9049 UN 17APR06 s gt GPS OUO6050 0000CD6 19 310CT07 2 12 Front and Rear PTO RPM The user is able to view both the front and rear PTO RPM if available The data will be displayed and rounded to the nearest 10th s digit This option is only available if the vehicle has the front and or rear PTO option The figures below show the PTO icons PC9050 UN 17APR06 PC9051 UN 17APR06 O Sei Front PTO HL OS Rear PTO OQUO06050 0000CD6 19 310CT07 3 12 Wheel Slip The operator is able to view the current wheel slip of the vehicle Note that this feature will only be available if a radar sensor is installed It will be displayed as a percentage calculated as the difference between the wheel speed and radar speed divided by the wheel speed The figure below shows the wheel slip icon PC9052 UN 17APR06 Oo amp Wheel Slip OQUO06050 0000CD6 19 310CT07 4 12 Fuel Per Hour If available from the vehicle network the operator is able to view the instantaneous fuel flow in gal h or liters h The output value is a computation that factors desired fuel quantity not measured current engine speed cylinder size of the engine and fuel density This will then give the operator an idea of what range to expect for consumption PC9053 UN 17APR06 Continued on next page 0 0 8 Fuel Per Hour OQU
22. km h seconds meters meters 27 2 15 00 1 50 27 3 22 50 1 50 27 4 30 00 1 50 27 5 37 50 1 50 27 10 75 00 1 50 30 1 8 33 1 67 30 2 16 67 1 67 30 3 25 00 1 67 30 4 33 33 1 67 30 5 41 67 1 67 30 10 83 33 1 67 OU06050 0000E45 19 08SEP09 2 2 100 15 060910 PN 210 Swath Control Pro GS 2 Swath Control Pro Settings Quick Sheet SAE Physical machine reaction Distance traveled at given Distance traveled per GPS Constant Ground Speed delay time speed and time update mph seconds feet inches 2 1 2 93 7 04 2 2 5 87 7 04 2 3 8 80 7 04 2 4 11 73 7 04 2 5 14 67 7 04 2 10 29 33 7 04 4 1 5 87 14 08 4 2 11 73 14 08 4 3 17 60 14 08 4 4 23 47 14 08 4 5 29 33 14 08 4 10 58 67 14 08 6 1 8 80 21 12 6 2 17 60 21 12 6 3 26 40 21 12 6 4 35 20 21 12 6 5 44 00 21 12 6 10 88 00 21 12 8 1 11 73 28 16 8 2 23 47 28 16 8 3 35 20 28 16 8 4 46 93 28 16 8 5 58 67 28 16 8 10 117 33 28 16 10 1 14 67 35 20 10 2 29 33 35 20 10 3 44 00 35 20 10 4 58 67 35 20 10 5 73 33 35 20 10 10 146 67 35 20 12 1 17 60 42 24 12 2 35 20 42 24 12 3 52 80 42 24 12 4 70 40 42 24 12 5 88 00 42 24 12 10 176 00 42 24 14 1 20 53 49 28 14 2 41 07 49 28 14 3 61 60 49 28 14 4 82 13 49 28 14 5 102 67 49 28 14 10 205 33 49 28 16 1 23 47 56 32 16 2 46 93 56 32 16 3 70 4
23. the map will paint the color chosen 61361 2 Select and then enter the Lot Number using the keypad e es S D Optional indicates 1l Select the accept button required field 5 lt y s A Brand C Color Ko S B Variety D Lot Number Cancel gt OU0O6050 00022C9 19 20MAY10 1 7 R Varieti i i emove Varieties Add Edit Variety Once the variety has been entered it cannot be deleted or edited using the GreenStar display However it is possible to remove a variety from view on the display Choose the variety you wish to remove from view From the variety drop down menu select the entry with the dashes Variety Select Accept Although the variety is removed from view it may still be chosen at a later date for documentation oO Lot Number x E Indicates i required field 7 P S S Cancel 5 a Continued on next page OQU06050 00022C9 19 20MAY10 2 7 8 0 1 2 060910 PN 121 Documentation Assign Variety to Tank For tanks configured for seeding the operator may assign a variety to each tank of the aircart Select Assign Variety to Tank Choose the variety that is to be assigned Select Accept PC10857VC UN 31MAR10 Assign Variety to Tank PC10857VD UN 31MAR10 Assign Variety to Tank Select lle variety i E OUO06050 00022C9 19 20MAY10 3 7 Population Seeds Acre If using a John Deere Aircart this number is set using that
24. 1160 20001 1475 M30 660 490 850 625 1290 950 1630 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2140 1580 2700 2000 M33 900 665 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1625 2500 1850 3150 2325 2900 2150 3700 2730 M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2770 4750 3500 Torque values listed are for general use only based on the strength of Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads Always the bolt or screw DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or replace shear bolts with identical property class Replace fasteners with tightening procedure is given for a specific application For stainless steel the same or higher property class If higher property class fasteners are fasteners or for nuts on U bolts see the tightening instructions for the used tighten these to the strength of the original Make sure fastener specific application Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel type lock nuts threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement When by turning the nut to the dry torque shown in the chart unless different possible lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts instructions are given for the specific application wheel bolts or wheel nuts unless different instructions are given for the specific application 341 ubricated means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings or M20 and larger fasteners with
25. Auxiliary Control Alerts Auxiliary Control Not Available IMPORTANT Auxiliary Control is not available To utilize this display for the Auxiliary Control configuration set its function instance to 1 All other displays must be set to a function instance gt 1 This message occurs when the system detects that the display on which the Auxiliary Control function runs is not set as the primary Virtual Terminal Function Instance 1 Go to MENU Softkey gt gt DISPLAY Softkey gt gt DIAGNOSTIC Softkey gt gt ISOBUS Tab To assign the GS2 Display to be the primary Virtual Terminal set Function Instance C to 1 A ISOBUS Tab B Virtual Terminal Check Box C Function Instance Drop Down Menu D Restore Defaults Key Auxiliary Control is not available To utilize this display for the Auxiliary Control configuration set its function instance to 1 All other displays must be set toa function instance gt 1 2ZX1042513 UN 04DEC08 Display Diagnostics Changing these settings may Cause devices to stop functioning Function Instance EK Auxiliary Control Not Available IMPORTANT Auxiliary Control is not available The connected auxiliary input device does not meet the implement function requirements This message occurs if an input device cannot control any of the requested implement functions due to an incompatibility e g the input sends analog signals and
26. G tTurn on sec Input Box H Turn off sec Input Box Swath Control Coverage Minimize Skip EI v Turn on sec 7 Turn otf sec Cancel PC10857VQ UN 07APR10 Input Box CH x a Es 5S 2 be Turn on sec Turn off sec 7 SH G H Cancel 5 a OQU06050 00011FO 19 25MAY10 1 1 Boundaries Similarly a setting of Minimize Overlap on an interior Boundaries though optional can be helpful when using Swath Control Using Minimize Overlap an exterior boundary can help ensure there is no application outside of the field if a section extends over the boundary boundary allows driving across a waterway and helps ensure that each section is off while crossing See GREENSTAR GENERAL BOUNDARY section for more details OUO06050 00011F8 19 10SEP09 1 1 100 2 060910 PN 197 Swath Control Pro Turn on and Turn off Settings A Turn on time sec defaults to 1 but can be changed between 0 3 15 in increments of 0 1 seconds B Turn off time sec defaults to 0 6 but can be changed between 0 3 15 in increments of 0 1 seconds The operator can adjust the Turn on and Turn off settings to fit a specific machine The Turn on and Turn off settings are to compensate for average physical machine reaction time Electrical amp Mechanical for applying product Keep in mind that the reaction time does NOT increase as ground speed increases The physica
27. NOTE 3rd Party controllers are controllers using RS232 connection Field Doc Connect and ISOBUS compliant controllers supporting Task Controller functionality Using Documentation with a Planter NOTE If you are connected to a John Deere SeedStar Planter a Planting Seeding tab is automatically created Planter Continued on next page OQUO06050 00022C5 19 30MAR10 1 1 PC10857TZ UN 30MAR10 Planting Seeding If you are not connected to a John Deere SeedStar2 planter make sure you have selected the correct planter and number of rows on the equipment button OQUO06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 1 17 80 4 060910 PN 113 Documentation Sa Prescription Implement Name P DKC51 06 DKC55 07 F Add 1770NT 24R30 2 pt EE seedsfac 38500 33500 Variety ssign Variety to Rows ZS e 12 2 FA 7 12 S D Settings D A A Choose Seed Type F Variety 3 K Displays Populations Drive P Remove Tab B Displays Prescription if G Variety 4 Section 1 Q Advanced Settings Prescription is being used H Variety 5 L Displays Populations Drive R Prescriptions C Implement Name I Variety 6 Section 2 D Variety 1 J Input Population on M Assign Varieties to Rows E Variety 2 NON SeedStar2 N Individual Planter Rows O Drive Selections NOTE Before setting Documentation make sure the Implement Selection planter is fully set up and connected to
28. Prepares data card for removal CLEAR button Clears memory and restores factory defaults PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 Pro JON DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8675 UN 140CT05 E KS JOP DIE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button OQU06050 0000E5C 19 01SEP09 1 1 75 1 060910 PN 88 GreenStar General Advanced Setup Gettur ian 2 Een tet D Mr Kl What serings da yan want ta change TTC Pra E Swath Conal Pr Jruleerg Duvanieritalisri Guidarice Boundarics Sindirnte z raume bi PC10365 UN 30SEP07 S v L GreenStar 2 Pro Main The Setup Tab is intended to simplify initial setup and configuration of the GS2 applications while also helping the operator become familiar with where the setup and configuration settings are located and which settings are required for full functionality After using the Advanced Setup feature the operator can start and run their desired operation and also know where to go to change settings The Advanced Setup feature can also be used to change individual settings as the operator progresses through their day to day operations While using Advanced Setup select which functionality to configure e Resources e Machine Implement e Documentation e Guidance e Boundaries e iTEC Pro e Swath Control Pro
29. SETUP HARV MON PAGE 1 Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR Operator will need to setup information in HARVEST MONITOR on SETUP HARV MON PAGE 1 screen Header Width Header Type Yield Calibration Moisture Calibration Record Stop Height aPWN gt NOTE Farm Field and Crop need to be setup in HarvestDoc on GS2 gt gt DOC I button JS56696 00004A1 19 070CT08 1 1 Defining Header Screen SETUP HEADER Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt HEADER TYPE IMPORTANT Make certain header type is correct when changing from one header to another The wrong header selection will result in an inaccurate information NOTE To change from feet to meters see SETUP GreenStar DISPLAY Depending on which type of header is selected there are additional items to be setup HEADER TYPE button will toggle between corn head row crop platform and belt pickup Select desired header type Corn Head Row Crop Head IMPORTANT Make certain row spacing is correct when header types are changed The wrong row spacing will result in inaccurate area calculation Header Width Screen SETUP HEADER Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt HEADER TYPE gt gt HEADER WIDTH Enter header in rows width using numeric keypad Row Spacing Screen SETUP HEADER Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt HEADER TYPE gt gt ROW SPACING Enter row spacing mm inches using numeric keypad Row
30. Y Offset 120 000 ft Settings PC11327A UN 210CT08 A Maps Tab D Client Drop Down Menu G Boundary Type Drop Down J Headland Indicator Check B Boundaries Tab E Farm Name Drop Down Menu Menu Box C Flags Tab F Field Name Drop Down Menu H Headland Group Name K Headland Settings Button Drop Down Menu I Creation Method Drop Down Menu Creating Top and Bottom Headlands 3 Enter the name of the headland boundary in the 1 Create or select an exterior boundary HEADLAND GROUP drop down box Several f headland boundaries may be saved per field for 2 Choose Exterior Headland from the TYPE drop down different implement widths that may be used box Example Planting headland group would be 24 4 m NOTE This option is not available to interior headlands 80 ft for a 16R30 if two passes are being made Continued on next page JS56696 0000499 19 280CT08 2 3 75 1 9 060910 PN 106 GreenStar General 4 Select HEADLAND SETTINGS to make adjustments Gig i to the Row Heading Offset X and Offset Y These are Headland Settings the default settings for the approximate heading of the rows in the field and the width of headlands on the X and Y ends of the field The heading that is entered does not need to be the exact heading In the example if the heading for the AutoTrac A B line is 85 degrees entering 90 degrees creates headlands on the east and west ends of the field During ti
31. YIELD CAL Press SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt YIELD CALIBRATION IMPORTANT Before calibrating be sure that harvester basket is empty Be sure boll buggy or cotton module is empty Procedure should be performed at maximum ground speed which operator expects to run in this crop and condition and in an area that is reasonably level and of uniform yield If standard calibration is running estimated yield will be adding up because they are tied together If standard calibration has been performed operator does not need to run quick calibration process NOTE Always read the text to the left of the START STOP arrow This explains the current status of calibration Arrow changes back and forth between START and STOP When yield calibration is stopped START arrow is shown When yield calibration is running STOP arrow is shown STOP arrow CALIBRATION IS RUNNING Push button to STOP CALIBRATION START arrow CALIBRATION IS STOPPED Push button to START CALIBRATION 1 Press START button NOTE Pay close attention to area next to button C When the black arrow states start that means you have to press the button to start calibration Area left of the arrow States if calibration is running or stopped 2 Harvest a yield sample 3 Press STOP button 4 Enter yield estimate for sample just harvested OQU06050 0002304 19 20NOVO06 1 1 115 4 060910 PN 217 Harvest Monitor Picker
32. and turning the nozzles on and off The operator can choose which switch will turn the pump on and off and which switch will turn the nozzles on and off The tractor could be attached to a different implement and the switches could be assigned to control functions of that implement Also a different input device such as a joystick could be installed and that device could be assigned control over the sprayer s functions PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button I DISPLAY button ZX1042167 UN 140CT08 ZX1042166 UN 140CT08 AUXILIARY CONTROLS button OUCC002 00029E8 19 05DEC08 1 1 65 7 060910 PN 70 Auxiliary Controls Auxiliary Controls Page Implement Function Mapping Status Display Auxiliarv Controls Son E Unmapped Unmapped Unmapped A Status Selection B View Selection C Input Device Selection IMPORTANT Before using Auxiliary Controls read the operator manual provided by the implement manufacturer and observe all safety messages in the manual and on the implement prior to use When using Auxiliary Controls information and control functions placed on this display are provided by the implement AUXILIARY CONTROLS softkey H This screen allows the mapping of an ISO compliant implement functions to ISO compliant Auxiliary Input devices OPI implement STOP Unmapped Unmapped Unmapped Auxiliary Controls D Input Selectio
33. are not weather proof and should only be motae Universal ereoung N JS56696 0000491 19 O6OCT08 1 1 060910 PN 2 Contents Safety Signs Implement Detected Warning 0002 Auxiliary Control Safety Signs Updating Software GS2 Live Update nennneeenee eenen Loading Goftware Getting Started Theory of Operation Front of Display ccccccessseeeeeesssteeees Screen Protechor erene Back of Display cccccccesssseeeesesssteeees Display Control Display Secondary Navigation Data Card WEE Screen Layout nai eda etn Display Navigation Power Up Selecting Input Field with Display Control Display Setup Display Software Activations 00 Obtaining Activation Code amp Activating Software In Display csceeeeeeeeee Managing Activations seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Display Display Soft key E Display Brightness Control Settings Soft key CG Diagnostics Soft key i e Connecting RS 232 GPS Receivers Connecting RS 232 GPS Receivers RS232 Harness kt Central Insecticide System Central Insecticide System 200022 GreenSeeker GPS Settings cceeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees GreenSeeke P cccceceescccssscseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Page COM Port Assignment Why Assign the COM Port 50 1 Setup COM Port 50 2 Com Port Settings cccceeeeeeeeeeeseeee
34. or a boom section switch has turned off a section swath control does not turn it on If Swath Control has turned off a section IBS does not turn it back on Enabling The System for a Seeding Operation ALL of the following are required for Swath Control to function e The implement must be lowered into the ground e Section switches are on e Master Implement switch must be on e Swath Control checkbox is checked e Vehicle speed must be greater than 0 km h 0 mph for all planting and seeding operations Enabling the System for Non Deere ISO Implements Europe Only e Swath Control check box is checked e Implement is set up correctly according to the implement manufactures Operator Manual OUO6050 0000C9F 19 07APR10 1 1 100 9 060910 PN 204 Swath Control Pro Understanding Swath Control Turn On and Turn Off Settings NOTE The Turn on and Turn off times in the examples in this section are not true for every machine It is important that you determine the Turn on and Turn off times for your particular machine and implement Swath Control Pro operates based on the drop point and turn on and off time of the primary function Seeding Tools Planters average 6 12 km h 4 7 mph while planting and have minimal machine electrical clutch reaction delay times under 0 8 seconds usually The largest delay time is usually from the time the seed leaves the meter disk travels in the seed tube and re
35. the PC8686 UN O9AUG05 J Sync With Cab Check box brightness controls will only influence the GreenStar display OQUO06050 00022AC 19 28OCT08 5 8 DAYLIGHT NIGHTLIGHT button allows operator to quickly change screen with one button push control PC8693 UN O9AUG05 DAYLIGHT NIGHTLIGHT button OUO06050 00022AC 19 280CT08 6 8 Volume can be changed by selecting either or button NOTE Highlight color is defaulted to red at initial power up of display PC11438 UN 240CT08 de Bt VOLUME button OQUO06050 00022AC 19 28OCT08 7 8 Highlight Focus Color can be changed by selecting desired color red blue green PC8686 UN O9AUG05 J Highlight Focus Color OUO06050 00022AC 19 28OCT08 8 8 30 5 060910 PN 26 Display Setup Display Brightness Control Display Main Display Backlight G O Om A Mode Sync with Cab PC10360 UN 30SEP07 Display Backlight el II 4 dr II A O g Mode Standalone PC10361 UN 30SEP07 Display Main Page Synchronization with Cab Enabled There are three modes that the display backlighting can be in The Display Main page will layout will change slightly based on the display s mode e Standalone Display backlight is controlled independently e Sync with Cab Display backlight can be controlled in syn
36. within the coverage map are positioned relative to this reference point On start up the system looks to see if there is an existing coverage map for the current field If there is existing coverage for the current field Swath Control Pro uses the original reference point from that existing coverage map If there is no existing coverage for the current field then the system looks to see if there is a boundary for the current field If there is a boundary for the current field Swath Control Pro utilizes the center of the field boundary as the reference point If there is no boundary for the current field the reference point is created with the first recorded point for the current field The same issue could be seen during field operation when shading low satellite availability or loss of signal are experienced To minimize a map or boundary shift good GPS accuracy is needed especially when establishing the reference point Having Optimize Shading checked helps prevent errors due to the drastic change in signal level Coverage Map and actual product application shows small gaps the full width of the boom If the coverage map and actual product application shows small gaps the full width of the boom when exiting the headlands or other previous coverage with Swath Control Pro do the following checks 1 Verify that you are running the most current version of GS2 Display software This will ensure that the most recent software feat
37. 060910 PN 56 YARA N Sensor ara N Sensor 11 Select YARA N Sensor from Prescription drop down list Continued on next page JS56696 00004F1 19 25NOV08 6 8 55 5 060910 PN 57 YARA N Sensor Prescription Name Date Created Product Type Rate Units Look Ahead sec Out of Field Loss of GPS P ipti pipes alee 0 00 iha 12 Select the ENTER button to accept the prescription Prescription Multiplier 100 PC8649 UN 01NOV05 PC11491 UN 25NOV08 Continued on next page ENTER button JS56696 00004F1 19 25NOV08 7 8 55 6 060910 PN 58 YARA N Sensor GreenStar 2 Pro Documentation Product Application Type Singie Produit 32 0 0 UAN Prescription 4150 00 Prescription Yara N Aen Sensor iha Target Application Rate 150 99 Method Vha Actual i pet 149 00 Heletecrerth 0 0 Wha Advanced Settings 13 Setup is done Begin the application GreenStar 2 will read the rate provided by the YARA N Sensor and will send it as prescription rate to the connected implement controller JS56696 00004F1 19 25NOV08 8 8 PC11492 UN 25NOV08 55 7 060910 PN 59 ISO Implements Implement Detected Warning AWARNING SCHER Implement Detected Improper operation can cause unintended Implement Detected implement movement To avoid death or serious injury to a bystander Improper ope
38. 1 1 Compatibility IMPORTANT Swath Control Pro only functions on vehicles and implements with compatible software e JD 4000 Series self propelled sprayer with SprayStar version 5 11 or higher e All versions of SpreadStar e JD Horst 700i 800i and 5430i Sprayer Europe Only e GS2 version 1 4XXXX or Higher e GS2 Version 2 5 XXXX or higher for non Deere Implements Europe only e All versions of GS2 Rate Controller are compatible e All versions of SeedStar 2 Planters Air Carts and 1990CCS SeedStar 2 planters must be equipped with Individual Row Unit Clutches e Additional ISOBUS compatible implements are listed on www StellarSupport com Europe only NOTE Europe only The GreenStar Sprayer Pro activation enables the Swath Control module for SpreadStar is a trademark of Deere amp Company Deere implements For none Deere implements either a Sprayer Seeder or Spreader Pro Universal license is needed Those Universal licenses include Sprayer Pro activation too To view available software and enter code to activate Swath Control Pro see OBTAINING ACTIVATION CODE amp ACTIVATING SOFTWARE IN DISPLAY It is found in Display Setup section NOTE A 15 hour demo activation is available on every new display The 15 hours count down when Swath Control Pro is activated and the master switch is on When the demo period is over Swath Control Pro is unavailable until the activation code is purchased throu
39. 125 21 SE Specifications Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values TS1671 UN O1MAY03 O O B008 b Bolt or SAE Grade 1 SAE Grade 2 SAE Grade 5 5 1 or 5 2 SAE Grade 8 or 8 2 Screw Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Size N m Ib in N m Ib in N m Ib in N m_ Ib in N m Ib in N m Ib in N m_ Ib in N m_ Ib in 1 4 3 7 33 4 7 42 6 53 7 5 66 9 5 84 12 106 13 5 120 17 150 N m lb ft Nem lb ft 5 16 7 7 68 9 8 86 12 106 15 5 137 19 5 172 25 221 28 20 5 35 26 N m Ib ft Nem lb ft 3 8 13 5 120 17 5 155 22 194 27 240 35 26 44 32 5 49 36 63 46 N m lb ft Nem Ib ft N m Ib ft 7 16 22 194 28 20 5 35 26 44 32 5 56 41 70 52 80 59 100 74 N m lb ft 1 2 34 25 42 31 53 39 67 49 85 63 110 80 120 88 155 115 9 16 48 35 5 60 45 76 56 95 70 125 92 155 115 175 130 220 165 5 8 67 49 85 63 105 77 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 305 225 3 4 120 88 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 220 380 280 425 315 540 400 7 8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 615 455 690 510 870 640 1 285 210 360 265 285 210 360 265 730 540 920 680 1030 760 1300 960 1 1 8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 910 670 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 1350 1 1 4 570 420 725 535 570 420 725 535 1280 945 1630 1200 2050 1500 2600 1920 1 3 8 750 550
40. 3rd Party Controllers NOTE 3rd Party controllers are controllers using RS232 connection Field Doc Connect and ISOBUS compliant controllers supporting Task Controller functionality The GS2 display can simultaneously run documentation prescriptions for John Deere and 3rd Party controllers An example of this is the display recording seed and fertilizer rates from an air cart while also recording anhydrous ammonia rates from a 3rd Party controller Set up the Air Cart or Planter according to instructions in the GS2 operator s manual In documentation screen choose the NEW tab to set up the 3rd Party controller Refer to Field Doc Connect list for approved controllers on www StellarSupport com PC8663 UN O5AUG05 PC8661 UN O02NOV05 MENU button r DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS PC8678 UN O5AUG05 PC8704 UN 17AUG05 GREENSTAR2 PRO button DOCUMENTATION button PRESCRIPTIONS button OQU06050 00022D1 19 01SEP09 1 1 80 36 060910 PN 145 Documentation Turning Documentation On Off NOTE Totals listed under TOTALS button are only calculated when documentation is turned on GreenStar 2 Pro Documentation PC10857QG UN 26AUG09 When using Harvest Doc on self propelled harvesting equipment Combine or Self Propelled Forage Harvester the operator should only choose one documentation RESOURCES CONDITIONS button gt RESOURCES tab Harvest other
41. 7 Average Operating Speed ee 120 15 Bette NEE 115 6 Average Productivity 0 0 eee eee 120 15 Performance Monitor 120 9 Basic Performance Monitor BPM 120 1 120 3 SOUMCC EE EE 75 7 Calibration ee 120 10 Region 30 7 RECONING vs 2 0222 s0 2sg2 eg s aiina aa 120 9 Removing Data Card 20 5 Resetting Totale 120 16 Reprogramming Error Codes snssnsnenaseaeeeeeeeee 125 11 Total Argent Eed L t Reset BURON rA e a edel SEBES 20 4 lee 120 16 Resetting Total Engine Hour 120 16 Display Total FUG USC WEE 120 15 EE 125 5 Total ldle TIME scauchatesteatuatsvaca savateicootevatte 120 16 i Ce EE 120 16 e 120 14 Resetting Display 125 5 Physical Width A 95 7 Resetting Totals E EE 95 7 Performance Monitor 120 16 Residue Management 80 41 Continued on next page Index 5 a PN 5 Page Page Resources Conditions Live Update win ciecing ict ie eee es 15 1 Button tiesto ae ER 75 5 RS232 Receivers ccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 35 2 Softkey ew tilts en ait ieee 80 38 n 75 5 Harvest Monttor 80 48 80 53 Crop Growth Gtage nenne 75 5 el 80 52 FaMi eier fog ego eet EE te 75 5 With Harvest Documentation 80 48 rl a eee E E ee 75 5 Headers SE he eh a eh tee tee 80 48 HUMAY e enetan aaie aaae 75 5 alen 95 4 Be 75 5 MaAGHING EEN 95 1 Operator Ze Age Eege Sen Hees ea eat 75 5 Moisture Sky Condition Ae 75 5 E EE 80 52 Soil Moisture en 75 5 Moisture Correchon 80 51 Soil Temperature
42. Bert wists 30 0 aoe mame Z duet tiw V D 5 21pm B CH py fh itm 2 GreenStar 2 Pro Implement 3 7 Continued on next page OQUO06050 0000E5B 19 01SEP09 4 8 75 3 PN 90 GreenStar General 4 Define current operations by selecting one or more operations and configuring the settings for each operation Raqaimentarian E Irpne ver urent vyeralions by acho ling oner mam opertioans win configuring Lia zeiten a inrench Opemtian nat me Sea l Raoting Seed Type Vienna App ba WE innet Late werd core 417 8 Helghtinarpth CG E El Ei 4 i Kal tat Number A o GN fal ih Frust riple lt D N Eail Ve Z Y ae Z O 5 21pm 5 arman R S Ge Cem GreenStar 2 Pro Documentation 4 7 OQUO06050 0000E5B 19 01SEP09 5 8 5 Select tracking mode Greeti 2 Dyrs Le i nase Turning Turn reacer P r LS H Loud L tCrmpenaatian cmd CS HH 7 Cuneta nt a Guidance D Zeie yer barking Bude X f p ZS PC10371 UN 30SEP07 GreenStar 2 Pro Guidance 5 7 OQUO6050 0000E5B 19 01SEP09 6 8 6 Select shift track settings Shift off disables shift track functionality Small Shifts allows small corrections to the desired path Large Shifts allows for larger changes in the desired path Continued on next page Greeti 2 Dyrs zuel zech DER Carela rr a Guidance RK hhh Pectin s hih brush lurli il
43. Client H Crop Season L Auto Detect Field Exit JS56696 0000374 19 310CT07 2 2 060910 90 1 PN 182 Field Locator Setup Field Locator 1 Select Field Locator Settings Button on the Resources Page A Field Locator Settings Button PC10585 UN 26SEP07 fA Field Locator Settings Field Locator Settings Button JS56696 0000375 19 270CT09 1 3 2 Define Out of Field Alarm Delay Out of Field Alarm Delay is amount of time the operator needs to have to make the end turn and enter the field after exiting the field boundary plus 30 5 m 100 ft A Out of Field Alarm Delay B Catalog Fields Field Locator Out of Field Alarm Delay mm ss penis ai ees B Catalog Fields S i 7 Field Locator JS56696 0000375 19 270CT09 2 3 lo ields NOTE Cataloging Fields is only necessary if new Cata ging Field boundary info has been added since displayed date Please wait while your fields are If a boundary is not driven or Apex is not used to set cataloged up a new field the Select Catalog Fields button will need to pressed again NOTE Apex is not available in all EAME countries Progress A progress bar shows up while fields are being 5 cataloged The duration of the cataloging procedure D depends on the size and number of boundaries A 4 Accept settings ES T Catalog Fields JS56696 0000375 19 270CT09 3 3 90 2 060910 PN 183 Field Locator Sele
44. D Product Application Type H Prescription L Advanced Settings Fill out all required information on Product Application tab Press Controller button M to enter information about the B controller being used Continued on next page JS56696 000037A 19 27MAY09 4 6 40 4 060910 PN 36 Central Insecticide System Select the appropriate CIS manufacturer John Deere Model CIS and appropriate comm port either 1 or 2 Controller Press accept button See CONNECTING RS 232 GPS RECEIVERS for additional details on comm port setup Controller John Deere Ai a Manufacturer Ww A Controller Manufacturer C Comm Port B Model D Communication Status Communication Inactive Status E D g D Fa ZS CH 5 a Controller Manufacturer JS56696 000037A 19 27MAY09 5 6 A controller summary page is shown Press accept button to go back to the product application summary page After completing setup the GS2 will attempt to connect to the CIS controller Material Class a NOTE Please visit www StellarSupport com for list of third party compatible controllers B Controller John Deere Manufacturer A Material Class C Model B Controller Manufacturer D Required Baud Rate Ep Model S D N N l t o z 5 A Controller Summary Page JS56696 000037A 19 27MAY09 6 6 40 5 060910 PN 37 GreenSeeker GPS Settings NOTE GreenSeeker is for use in No
45. IMPORTANT Make certain rows and spacings are correct Wrong row spacing will result in inaccurate area calculation 1 Select NUMBER OF ROWS button 2 Enter number of rows and select NUMBER OF ROWS button again to enter value NOTE An alarm will be displayed in section G to state limits for row spacings 900000 9090000 000000 feeen D a i C D CT d ary EEN ame ooooo0o0o090 o coegocogend e000 OO ees PC8135 UN 12MAR04 A Row 1 C Row 3 E Row 5 G Row Left of First Row B Row 2 D Row 4 F Row 6 H Row Right of Last Row 3 Enter row spacing for all rows starting with LEFT OF Between first and second row should a row FIRST ROW Select SELECTED ROW SPACING button to toggle from one row spacing to next Select ROW SPACING button to enter distance between spacing of 30 in Between second and third row should a row spacing of 30 in Between third and fourth row should a row spacing of 30 in Between fourth and fifth row should a row spacing of 30 in Between fifth and sixth row should a row spacing of 30 in Right of last row should a row spacing of 15 in e Total width should now show 15 ft rows Example You have a 9996 cotton picker which is setup to pick 6 rows of 30 in cotton To setup up the right spacing in the Display for area to be calculated properly you will need to enter the following e Enter 6 for the number
46. JDM F13C zinc flake coating Dry means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating DX TORQ2 19 08DECO09 1 1 130 2 060910 PN 261 Specifications Device Name Source Address and File Directory File Directory GS2 claims multiple CAN addresses some of which are inherited from legacy system to be more compatible with legacy controllers Device Name Source Address GS2 0x18 Basic Perf Monitor PrF GS2 0x26 Virtual Terminal on Implement Bus VTi GS2 0x26 Virtual Terminal on Vehicle Bus VTv GS2 Ox2a Guidance NAV GS2 0x2b Mobile Processor App MPD GS2 0x80 GSD4 Emulator OGM GS2 Oxd2 Documentation TSK GS2 Oxfc KeyCard App KCA Mobile Processor 0xD2 GreenStar Display 4 GSD4 0x80 StarFire Receiver 0x1C 0x 1C 0x9C TCM 0x92 Harvest Monitor for Combines 0xD3 Gen II Moisture Sensor Combine Yield Monitor Gen 0xD3 Moisture Sensor Harvest Monitor for Cotton 0xD3 Cotton Mass Flow Sensor 0xB1 0xB8 SPFH Monitor 0xB0 AirCart Controller 0xC4 Planter Controller SMVR 0xCO Planter Controller VRF OxCE Sprayer Controller Liquid OxE1 Sprayer Controller Dry OxCE SSU 0x13 OQU06050 0000DB2 19 01SEP09 1 1 130 3 060910 PN 262 Specifications GreenStar Sytem Component Pinout
47. O zl pm Es Es 8 8 i gt 1 i T wo IW Kei 8 8 8 8 a a COMPONENTS AND SOFTWARE VERSIONS button SOFTWARE INFORMATION button wo Kei O O O O bs Sc Es Es 8 8 2 2 T T Lod Ka 8 8 8 8 a a MESSAGES button DIAGNOSTIC ADDRESSES button 8 D 8 O O bs Gel 3 Z A E A 7 7 g S ZS CO O a a TROUBLE CODES button Electronic CONTROL UNIT INFORMATION button 8 O be E 8 l e 5 8 a BUS INFORMATION button Message center will display all active alarms alert messages and icons QU06050 0002327 19 120CT09 2 7 Message Center Icons PC8582 UN 01NOV05 PC8648 UN 01NOV05 These icons are used throughout Message Center Y 4y CANCEL CLEAR PC8649 UN 01NOV05 PC8650 UN 01NOV05 ENTER GOTO PC8651 UN 01NOV05 PC8652 UN 01NOV05 NEXT CAL RETURN Continued on next page OQU06050 0002327 19 120CT09 3 7 1 25 2 060910 PN 240 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics COMPONENTS AND SOFTWARE VERSIONS button E Ee will allow users to view all components on the network and the software versions loaded to them You may also use the reprogram device button to reprogram a specific controller if necessary MENU button PC8655 UN 05AUG05 Message Center MESSAGE CENTER button With Info Icon PC8665 UN O5AUG05 i COMPONENTS AND SOFTWARE VERSIONS button OQU06050 0002327 19 120CT09 4 7 Diagnostic Addresses SE NOTE Diagnostic addresses are available to access specific diagnosti
48. OU06050 0001234 19 26MAR10 1 2 50 4 060910 PN 48 COM Port Assignment The Com Port assignment can be reviewed from the GreenStar2 Pro Diagnostic Reading page To review the Com Port Settings select MENU button gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt DIAGNOSTIC softkey C The Diagnostic Readings page appears See Com Port Setting Review Diagnostic Softkey ZX1043698 UN 03DEC09 OQU06050 0001234 19 26MAR10 2 2 50 5 060910 PN 49 COM Port Assignment COM Port Setting Review GreenStar 2 Pro Diagnostic Reading Read the latest Operator Manual prior to operation To obtain a copy see your dealer or visit www StellarSupport com v Fertilizer Field Doc Connect Implement Name Rauch Controller Protocol LHTechnologies LH5000 3600 Inactive Model Q Eaud Rate K communication Status L operation Product App A View D Port 2 G Implement Name J Baud Rate B lInformation E Profile H Controller Protocol K Communication Status C Port 1 F Port Type I Model L Operation When a machine is selected in the Machine lmplement Setup tab GreenStar2 Pro Equipment screen the associated profile is automatically recalled and loaded To display the relevant COM Port profile for a specific machine proceed as follows 1 Select MENU button gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt EQUIPMENT sofkey H gt MACHINE tab then select the desired Mach
49. Overlap A and Overlap B System Delay Overlap A and Overlap B OQUO06050 0000E44 19 07APR10 2 4 O Two Ranked Tools Entering Then Leaving Headland Kal S E E E T 3 S NORMAL SWATH CONTROL A Rank 1 C System Delay E Swath Command G Two Ranked Tool Leaving B Rank 2 D Actual Off F Actual On Then Entering Headland System Delay No Overlap A and No Overlap B System Delay Overlap A and No Overlap B Continued on next page OQUO06050 0000E44 19 07APR10 3 4 1 00 1 1 060910 PN 206 Swath Control Pro Two Ranked Tools Entering Then Leaving Headland PC11046 UN 31MAR08 RANKED TURN ON A Rank 1 D Rank Delay G Swath Command B Rank 2 E Ranked Turn On H Actual On C System Delay F Actual Off I Two Ranked Tool Leaving Then Entering Headland System Delay No Overlap A and No Overlap B System Delay Ranked Delay No Overlap A and No Overlap B OQU06050 0000E44 19 07APR10 4 4 100 12 060910 PN 207 Swath Control Pro Diagnostic Readings GreenStar Diagnostic Readings Read the latest Operator Manual prior to operation To obtain a copy see your dealer or visit www StellarSupport com D i view Swath Control ra v No of Controllers Detected 1 Equipment Type Name 4720 Swath Control Capable Yes Pri Swath Controller No 5 2 250 25 ma G No of Sections H No of Boundari
50. PC9057 UN 17APR06 The user will be able to view and reset the distance O O at 2 a counter This counter will accumulate any time the vehicle is moving regardless of recording status and will use the same speed as the area counter to calculate the distance The figure below shows the distance icon Distance Counter Continued on next page OQUO06050 0000CDE 19 31OCT07 9 12 1 20 5 060910 PN 224 Performance Monitor Performance Monitor Sethags Ramtiar connected to disptay Aree Counter 142 Time Since Last Reset BPM Setting Screen SETTINGS SCREEN The setup screen of the PM application shown contains a number of major sections that include settings that the operator can adjust and or calibrate Each of these settings or calibration instructions are described in this PC9075 UN 17APRO6 Performance Noni tor Settings Area Counter gt SCV I m Source 53h Time Since Last Reset DS Service Interval L a Lit APM Setting Screen section Totals and Settings Screens will remain similar in both the APM and BPM applications Resetting totals in APM mode will require the operator to depress and HOLD the reset button for 3 seconds PC9076 UN 17APRO6 OUO06050 0000CD6 19 310CT07 10 I12 NOTE If the vehicle that you are operating does not have radar make sure that the radar check b
51. Product buttons E Up to 6 defined ingredients per tank mix If a tank mix is created with desktop software and imported are supported to documentation via the compact flash card it can be e Specify the carrier by pressing the Carrier button F selected in the Tank Mix Name D drop down box under Custom Tank mixes created with desktop software can be modified with the GS2 display but not permanently Advanced Settings Button G allows operator to input the Application Method and the Height Depth e H the tank mix being used was created in the GS2 NOTE Preferred Partner software may not support display PRODUCT APPLICATION will appear on the this function For further details refer to your product tab A Desktop Software User s Guide A tank mix can be created on the GS2 display by Continued on next page OQU06050 00022CD 19 06APRO09 2 4 8 0 2 8 060910 PN 137 Documentation Ge Product Application Insecticide Product Type O Product Name 0O Rate Units 4 Product Application A Product Application C Product Name E Rate B Product Type D Rate Units Define the ingredients by pressing Add Product button on GreenStar2 Pro Documentation screen Continued on next page OU06050 00022CD 19 06APRO9 3 4 80 29 060910 PN 138 Documentation Carrier Type Base Solution Rate gatat Rate Units Val e O 2
52. ROM drive Run the program labeled GS2LiveUpdateSetup exe OQUO06050 0000C65 19 26AUG09 1 1 Loading Software IMPORTANT If changes are made while machine is in auxiliary mode turn key off and wait for display s power light to turn off before starting the ignition This allows display to shut down and save data IMPORTANT Do not turn off power or remove data card while display is reprogramming Doing so can damage display and put software in an irrecoverable state Verify that display has the latest software available To acquire the latest software visit StellarSupport Deere com or contact a John Deere dealer After new software has been downloaded to data card simply insert data card in display and system will show a screen prompting operator to reprogram display If operator does not choose to reprogram system reprogramming alarm will appear during every power up cycle if the data card is still inserted e To install this software update press the button to continue e Updating software Alert Do not power down display or remove card e The update was successfully installed Press the button to continue Please cycle power e The system is restarting please wait If software update was unsuccessful this message will be given The software update was unsuccessfully See the message center To manually load a different software version to a component e Choose component from list on Message C
53. System Unit The controller on the vehicle that transforms errors in position or heading to commands for the steering actors The AMS GPS receiver system This consists of a multichannel receiver that operates on the L1 and L2 bands an antenna a sealed housing and a terrain compensation unit on later versions All versions of the StarFire receiver can receive the GPS L1 amp L2 signals the WAAS differential correction signal and the SF1 and SF2 correction signals All versions produce a 5Hz CAN bus output and a NMEA 0182 standard StarFire output on the RS 232 interface The Navcom differential satellite correction signal Navcom tracks the GPS satellites using a global network of base stations The data from these stations is processed and correction terms are generated to compensate for satellite position and clock errors There are two classes of StarFire correction service SF1 provides a two sigma pass to pass accuracy of fourteen inches and SF2 provides four inch accuracy Shift Track Used to adjust position of machine left center or right of set track Shift track can be used to compensate for GPS drift Drift is inherent to any satellitebased differentially corrected GPS system Straight Track Uses straight line parallel passes TCM Terrain Compensation Module formerly known as the IMU Corrects GPS data for Roll angle and yaw angle errors TECU Tractor ECU This is defined in ISO 11783 Part 9 Tracking Tones Can be set to a
54. Type e Headland Group e Creation Method e Headland Indicator e Name e Passable Impassable Check Box for Interiors e Boundary Offset e Boundary Map e Recording NOTE Client Farm and Field can also be created on screen by selecting NEW from the drop down menu Continued on next page PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU Softkey PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 x Pro fA FON DEERE AG MANAGEMEN SOLUTION GREENSTAR2 PRO Softkey MAPPING Softkey PC8672 UN 05AUG05 PC10632 UN 15JUL08 Boundaries Boundaries tab JS56696 0000495 19 11MAY09 1 3 75 13 060910 PN 100 GreenStar General Exterior A Boundary Type Drop Down B Exterior Boundary Menu Exterior Boundary required The perimeter of the field Exterior Headland required The end rows along the sides of the field where the end turns occur Boundary type can be changed to HEADLAND when either an exterior or interior boundary has been selected If one of these is selected the screen changes to the following screens NOTE The defined Headlands need to be large enough for vehicle and implement to turn around without the use of brakes C Interior Boundary Passable Interior Boundary The perimeter of an area inside the field which is not farmed but can be crossed with the vehicle and implement e g waterway Impassable Interior Boundary The perimeter of an area inside
55. UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 Pro SZ DM r DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8679 UN O5AUG05 TOTALS button e Farm A group of fields that are located near each other e Field An area of land which is physically defined by roads creeks or other things e Load Sub unit of what is harvested in each field It could be a grain tank a truck load or the entire field e Area Remaining The Area Remaining is derived by taking the initial acres and subtracting what has already been harvested Needs a boundary or acres entered into desktop software to be functional e Time to Finish Time to finish is derived by taking the area remaining and dividing by the average productivity Time for turning stopping to unload etc will not be taken into account Needs a boundary or acres entered into desktop software to be functional OUO6050 0000CAA 19 01SEPO09 1 1 85 1 060910 PN 170 Totals Harvest Totals Totals Totals for Harvest Totals screen allows operators to view a variety of operational information Harvest Combine Harvest Cotton Brand Brand Variety Variety Area Area Yield dry Yield avg Seed Yield wet Max Lint Yield Dry Mass Totals Seed Wet Mass Min Lint Yield Moisture Yield avg Lint Length of Time Length of Time Estimated Time to Finish Estimated Time to Finish Area Remaining Area Remaini
56. and or implement added and at least one of the requested assignments could not be completed It is necessary to check the Auxiliary Controls page by pressing the Mapping key G and review the assignments before Auxiliary Controls can be enabled SE XXXX Auxiliary Controls Auxiliary Control Disabled Auxiliary Control configuration changed Auxiliary Control is disabled because requested assignments could not be completed Go to the Auxiliary Controls page to enable PC10857RU UN 220CT09 Continued on next page OUCC002 0002A57 19 280CT09 4 6 65 2 060910 PN 65 Auxiliary Controls Auxiliary Control Enabled CAUTION Auxiliary Control enabled Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement To avoid the risk of death or serious injury to a bystander ensure e Users know which function is mapped to each control e Controls are properly labeled This message occurs when the operator enables the Auxiliary Control manually Press Enter key F to navigate to the home page Go to the Auxiliary Controls page by pressing the Mapping key G to review or change the Auxiliary Control assignments PE WARNING lAuxiliary Control enabled Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement To avoid the risk of death or serious injury to a bystander ensure Users know which function is mapped to each control Controls are properly labeled
57. area from above z Na GPS Signal 0 08 gt gei eene 3 Layout Manager Option I 0 0 0 088 0 0Z oO S 1 0 im o o S ssnsnseeses I 0 0m 2 Select an area from above 7 a Ge total gat T S S gt 3 Steer Sunsitterty 5 Layout Manager Option J Example of Layout Option J IMPORTANT When setting up the display with in the OFF position and wait 30 seconds vehicle key in the accessory position power before restarting This ensures that all data on engine off turn key to OFF position for is saved to the data card 20 seconds BEFORE starting the vehicle os This will ensure the setup data is saved to e ee turn the key to s e See the data card prior to operating rom the accessory position The reduction d P g in voltage during the starting phase could If the vehicle is running during setup and result in a loss of all setup data programming turn the vehicle off with key OU0O6050 0002360 19 280CT08 5 5 70 4 060910 PN 86 Layout Manager Configure Multiple RUN pages Layout Manager Page 1 A Include page in Home include in Home Page v Page Collection e Collection g Select an area from above Select an area from above A lInclude page in Home Page B Page Number list box Collection checkbox PC10358 UN 30SEP07 PC10359 UN 30SEP07 Multiple RUN pages allow the user to monitor the status of multiple applications in an easy way without navigating through several pages Th
58. auxiliary function Check assignment on Auxiliary Controls page Wi Outi ZX1042165 UN 04DEC08 Auxiliary Assignment Negative Response A Assignment Error B Assignment E Auxiliary Controls Page Access Key F Enter Key OUCC002 00029ED 19 04DEC08 3 4 When the selected auxiliary input does not match the implement functions while the learn mode is active thus the assignment was not successful the error message A appears The requested auxiliary input does not meet the implement function requirements The assignment cannot be made Press enter key F to reach the Auxiliary Controls page and check the auxiliary input assignment A Assignment Error F Enter Key P XXXX Auxiliary Controts Assignment Error O The requested auxiliary input does not meet the implemem function requirements The assignment cannot be made ZX1042529 UN 04DEC08 Auxiliary Assignment Negative Response OUCC002 00029ED 19 04DEC08 4 4 65 13 060910 PN 76 Auxiliary Controls Auxiliary Controls Preferred Assignments Display Auxiliary Controls Status Enabled Input Device Function Implement q GES q Unmapped o t N Sr Unmapped V Unmapped aS D 4 A Single Assignment Icon B Assignment Lock Icon Auxiliary Controls allow an implement to request a preferred assignment for a specific input The preferred assignment depends on th
59. been requested automatically by an implement with an assignment lock icon can not be changed manually in the Learn Mode OUCC002 00029EB 19 16DEC08 5 5 65 19 060910 PN 82 Layout Manager Layout Manager The Layout Manager provides the operator the ability to POSS CEET display user defined screens in the home page layout Once these screens are configured the display will return to the configuration anytime the Home softkey is pressed NOTE Original GreenStar Monitor Mode is only available in layout manager option A and F Advanced Performance Monitor or ISOBUS is only available in layout manager option A Home softkey OQU06050 0002360 19 280CT08 1 5 Select Menu then select Softkey J which is the Layout EE ERC Manager Option PC8656 UN 17NOV05 Continued on next page MENU button Layout Manager OUO06050 0002360 19 28OCT08 2 5 70 1 060910 PN 83 Layout Manager Press softkey A then press the large red area in main screen this will bring you to the selection of programs to operate in that defined red area You will see that Layout Manager A and F will have the largest selection of choices and layouts available If you select GreenStar 2 Pro you will then be taken to the confirmation screen seen below Continued on next page PC8870 UN 17NOV05 OU06050 0002360 19 280CT08 3 5 70 2 060910 PN 84 Layout Manag
60. dealer Legacy device reprogramming error Device not reporting version info An error occurred during reprogramming Perform reprogramming process again If problem reoccurs contact your John Deere dealer Legacy device not found while programming product Device not found while programming product Check wiring and connectors Attempt to copy the setup data to a new card that already has setup data on it Prior setup data found on card Select CONTINUE button to overwrite this data Select CANCEL button to abort the copy to card operation If the user decides to continue there will be a second popup Are you sure you want to overwrite Wrong activation code Invalid activation code Please reenter activation code Customer attempts to record boundary when one already exists Are you sure you want to redefine the boundary All New Edit Screens User attempts to create a duplicate name in any of the New Edit screens This entry is already being used Please select a new entry or cancel to modify the entry This alarm will be shown after we have received a touch event for 60 seconds The touchscreen is malfunctioning Try to reboot the device utilize an external display control or the bezel keys on the backside of this display for screen response If problem persists please contact your John Deere Dealer This alarm will be shown after we have received a touch event for 60 seconds A butt
61. documentation To turn documentation off for guidance only go to RESOURCES CONDITIONS softkey gt gt RESOURCES tab gt gt TASK Change TASK to DOCUMENTATION OFF All guidance screens and features are functional but no documentation data is recorded OQU06050 00022BE 19 O6OCT08 1 1 How Documentation Organizes Data A FARM NAME B Field 1 and Field 2 Data Organization GreenStar Basics and Pro documentation system organizes operation data as shown in chart Each farm can have multiple fields with each field there are multiple tasks and each task can have multiple operations A task is any trip over field to perform a specific function Each defined task can contain up to four operation choices Available operation types are defined later in this section C Task 1 and Task 2 D Operation 1 4 Product type product name rate depth height seed type or crop variety define each operation For example Task Pre emerge Spraying Operation Product Application OQU06050 00022BF 19 20NOVO06 1 1 PC8867 UN 02NOV05 80 1 060910 PN 110 Documentation DOCUMENTATION softkey PC8663 UN 05AUG05 IMPORTANT When setting up the display with vehicle key in the accessory position power on engine off turn key to OFF position for 20 seconds BEFORE starting the vehicle Setup data is saved to the data card before operating which protects it from being lost MENU butto
62. e Documentation Harvest Doc Map Based Prescriptions Field Doc including Field Doc Sprayer Field Doc Planter Field Doc Air Cart and Field Doc Connect Software activations are required to operate AutoTrac and can be purchased from you local John Deere Dealer Items REQUIRED to Activate AutoTrac 1 Display Serial Number Found in display 2 Display Challenge Code Found in display 3 Comar order number from dealer once order is placed 4 Visit StellarSupport Deere com to obtain a 26 digit activation code Current Purchased Software Activation options are as follows e GEI AutoTrac 33 cm 13 in at receiver e GEZ AutoTrac 10 cm 4 in at receiver e GEI to SF2 AutoTrac upgrade e Pivot Pro AutoTrac Circle operation for center pivots requires an AutoTrac activation first e Swath Control Pro The display software activations Pro Modules are 26 digit pin numbers that are separate from the StarFire 24 digit GPS activation number The display software is only activated once for the life of the display and requires no other fees OQU06050 00022AA 19 240CT08 1 1 Obtaining Activation Code amp Activating Software In Display NOTE The display Serial Number and Challenge Code are found at MENU button gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt GS2 button gt ACTIVATIONS tab Get the 6 digit Comar order number from your dealer for the GS2 Pro package you have purchased AutoTrac PivotPr
63. earlier as the boundary or non covered area PC12184 UN 29JUL09 imc is approached If the Turn on time is 1 0 second the command is sent 1 0 second before the implement is expected to reach the boundary or previously covered area The coverage map will start painting 1 0 second after the command signal is sent and Swath Control Pro expects the machine to begin applying at this time as well because the operator entered a Turn on time of 1 0 second Turn on sec The more constant the ground speed is kept when entering or exiting boundary or previous coverage area the more accurate Swath Control Pro is If the machine speed is drastically changing while entering or exiting a boundary or previous coverage area Swath Control Pro cannot anticipate that change because it estimates your Turn on and off position based on current position direction and speed NOTE When using multiple Swath Control Pro capable control units the Turn on or off time is based on the primary operation All other operations are less accurate See the Understanding Swath Control Turn on and Turn off Settings later in this section for examples of Turn on and off times when multiple applications exist Once a machines Turn on and Turn off time is determined it remains the same unless a dramatic system change is made to the machine For example a change in system plumbing affects the average physical machine reaction time If the coverag
64. eee 100 6 Map VOW e e e vee seta uae ar EAE 100 7 B12 10 ue 100 8 Era bling 2 22 0ci esheets er ten ene eee 100 9 Understanding Swath Control Turn On and Turn Off Settings ccccseeeeeeeeeeee 100 10 Diagnostic HReadmgs 100 13 GS2 Swath Control Pro Settings Quick heet Mett 100 14 Continued on next page 060910 PN 2 Contents Page Page GS 2 Swath Control Pro Settings Quick Trouble Code Pop Up Boxes Docu sheet SAEB EE 100 16 mentation Software s esseeeeseeeeseeeeseeee e 125 20 GreenStar Diagnostics 125 21 Original GreenStar Monitor Compatible Guvstems 105 1 Specifications Operating Original GreenStar Monitor 105 1 Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values 130 1 Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values 130 2 Harvest Monitor Picker Device Name Source Address and Original GreenStar Monitor 115 1 File Directory 00 BEE 130 3 Picker GreenStar Sytem Component Pinout 130 4 AONE a ci iiss eect cea ot ee ee 115 1 GSD 2100 2600 RCD Pinout en 130 4 Setting Yield Unit 115 1 EC Declaration of Conformity sseseeeesee 130 5 Setting Area Units cceeeeeeteeeeeeeee 115 1 Setting Rows and Spacing ss sas1eeaeee0 115 2 Glossary Calibration ccceceeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 115 3 Glossary Of TIems eenen erene eeren ee 135 1 Row Compensation ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 115 4 Quick C
65. for use with prescriptions NOTE Set Rawson or New Leader controller to GPS Mode under Mode Key to enable serial port communication with controller Connecting a third party receiver AutoTrac requires CAN GPS messages from an original StarFire receiver or StarFire iTC receiver Non John Deere GPS receivers that output correct NMEA 0183 standard messages can be used for documentation and manual guidance with a GreenStar application It is critical that receiver is setup to output the following messages e GGA e GSA e RMC setup at 19200 baud This is fixed and Non adjustable e Data bits 8 e Parity none e Stop bits 1 e Flow Control none e 1 or 5 Hz output rate Recommend operation at 5 Hz Guidance requires 5 Hz Without these messages receiver will not function with GreenStar application From the receiver manufacturer s wiring diagram determine wh ich wires from the receiver are the signal transmit and signal ground Verify that Receiver Transmit connects to Pin 3 of the DB9 connector and receiver ground connects to pin 5 of the DB9 Look at the front face of the connecto designation r to see the pinout number Pinout number are located on the back side of the connector where the wires are inserted To Setup RS232 Serial Port 1 on a GS2 Display RS232 Wire Display Connector Pin Blue Pin 23 Rx Green Pin 22 Tx White Pin 25 CTS Red Pin 24 RTS Black Pin 2
66. form Search a online from http Awww JohnDeere com Please have 4 W available the model number serial number and name of ZA the product H des Available information includes 1 e PARTS CATALOGS list service parts available for your Ke machine with exploded view illustrations to help you identify the correct parts It is also useful in assembling and disassembling OPERATOR S MANUALS providing safety operating maintenance and service information These manuals and safety signs on your machine may also be available in other languages eom e OPERATOR S VIDEO TAPES showing highlights of W gt V safety operating maintenance and service information e A i These tapes may be available in multiple languages Ki and formats H g TECHNICAL MANUALS outlining service information oe y p 4 for your machine Included are specifications illustrated 2 assembly and disassembly procedures hydraulic oil flow diagrams and wiring diagrams Some products have separate manuals for repair and diagnostic information Some components such as engines are available in separate component technical manuals FUNDAMENTAL MANUALS detailing basic information e regardless of manufacturer Le Agricultural Primer series covers technology in LG farming and ranching featuring subjects like computers the Internet and precision farming Farm Business Management series examines real world problems and off
67. hitch APM Hitch Recording is an adjustable height setting in the command center HCU Rear Hitch 4 gt OQU06050 000230B 19 070CT08 2 6 Rear PTO This item is only available in the list if the vehicle is equipped with a Rear PTO PC9068 UN 17APR06 RPTO Rear PTO 4 gt OQU06050 000230B 19 070CT08 3 6 Implement Switch This item is always available and functions based on the position of the implement switch Continued on next page PC9069 UN 17APR06 en HL Implement Switch OQU06050 000230B 19 070CT08 4 6 120 8 060910 PN 227 Performance Monitor AUTO PC9064 UN 17APR06 If a John Deere implement is connected to the system that E is broadcasting its work status this item will be selected in AU TO bd this list and then the rest of the list will be disabled AUTO OQUO06050 000230B 19 070CT08 5 6 SCV I VI PC9071 UN 17APRO06 The user can assign any SCV to turn the recording source SCV a on These selections will only show up if the vehicle has the corresponding SCV s Selective Control Valves for the Hydraulics SCV I VI OQU06050 000230B 19 070CT08 6 6 Performance Monitor Recording Status BPM recording status will be denoted with a blinking red light next to the RECORD button on the setup page and also at the bottom of the main page and totals page The light reflects the status of the recordin
68. i fe A fe a a fF 1 T 7 mm Harvest Mon A ts Harvest Mon A ts Afterwards you can set up the header width if needed Continued on next page JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 9 13 80 58 060910 PN 167 Documentation GreeaStar 2 Pro Equipment This working width will also be used by the GS2 for implement width T k sna 30 000 m PC10655B UN 06APR09 GreenStar 2 Pro Diagnostic Readings IMPORTANT The working width will be stored on the moisture board Header type and moisture curve will be selected automatically when a corresponding crop type and variety are selected in HDOC Ce Vehicte Moving at KAPE The crop type will be saved when the GS2 is shut down correctly You will have to re select it when you delete the data from your data card or put in a new one You have the ability to check the correct settings for HDOC by choosing Recording in the drop down menu of the Diagnostics Readings page button C PC10353 UN 29SEP07 GreeaStar 2 Pro Reports and Totals The Totals page J will only be available when your sscany Wet Yield gy A P e Custom bume gt Z harvest operation is properly defined Fitter MZ ees ei Kiient Wegen 451 Kelly McChurch par Average Maniam 10 91 Ae hd Di aneis HS tou 420 0 Pperation Ory rat 25198 Harvest Combine f Crop buy 420 0 bea Wet
69. implement was detected Please contact your John Deere Dealer or the manufacturer of the implement Task Controller Device Configuration Error The device configuration biock of the connected IMpleMent isn t valla The rollowing error was detected Manufacturer Code O Device Class o Industry Group Q ISO Error Code o identity Number O Faulty Object ID o PC9745 UN 24SEP09 Device Configuration Error OUO6050 0000CF8 19 130CT09 1 6 Alarm Task Controller Too Many Implements Connected The Task Controller has detected more than one supported ISO implements Please select the desired implement below This alarm screen will be displayed whenever the ISO Task Controller unit detects more then one compatible ISO implement on the ISOBUS The pull down list will contain all found ISO implements which can be used for documentation purposes Each ISO Implement is listed in the following format 10 chars of manufacturer name 10 chars of the implement type ISO network address in the hex format Example John Deere Sprayer with ISO Network Address 0x81 John Deere Sprayer 81x Continued on next page Task Controller Too many implements connected The Task Controller has detected more then one supported ISO Implement Please select the desired implement below gt Too Many Implements Connected PC9746 UN 24SEP09 OUO06050 0000CF8 19 130CT09 2 6 125 13 060910 PN 251 Tr
70. in the GreenStar 2 System Not all desktop software solutions are vc ro compatible with the GS2 The GS2 Shapefile Converter Es m ss J allows prescription shapefiles to be converted from many different types of farm management software solutions With shapefiles being the most common form of prescription format it is important to provide this capability with the GreenStar2 Display The conversion process A Desktop Software other C GS2 Display ron converts shapefile prescriptions into a GS2 acceptable ein e ES SE fdShape file format Ge ry pplicati Shapefile Converter Process EE NOTE The GS2 Shapefile Converter can ONLY be Supported Shapefile format ESRI format WGS 84 used for prescription shapefiles non projected NOTE An Rx folder must be created on the compact NOTE Most farm management software has the flash card All prescription shapefiles must be saved capability to create a shapefile in WGS 84 _ to this folder This is the location the GS2 will be non projected format To confirm the prescription referencing to find the prescription shapefiles shapefile from the 3rd Party software program is compatible test a file using the GS2 Shapefile Converter before field application NOTE The GS2 can support up to 251 shapefiles per card OQU06050 00011E5 19 O6OCTO09 1 1 80 1 7 060910 PN 126 Documentation Shapefile Conversion Home Page Product Type oo 4 Rate Units
71. may need to utilize a needle nosed pliers to push the select the Memory tab Select Assign Serial Port connections forward through the orange seal in the connector Select the Serial Port s 6 Once you have all 5 wires pushed up flush to the front 3 Select the option based on the device connected to of the connector face you need to lock the pins back the Serial Port s in place by pushing down on the 2 white locking tabs EE E EE until they are flush plete i d i g For additional information see the installation instruction Configure GS2 needs to be configured to recognize the that came with the RS232 adapter device connected to the Serial Port Assigned the Serial Port OQUO6050 0000DAB 19 310CT07 2 2 060910 35 3 PN 32 Central Insecticide System Central Insecticide System MENU gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO gt gt DOCUMENTATION gt gt Planting Seeding Tab Continued on next page PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU Softkey PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 gt Pro TON DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8678 UN 05AUG05 JS56696 000037A 19 27MAY09 1 6 40 1 060910 PN 33 Central Insecticide System c Change Seed Settings O Seed Type corn Emna PIONEER HI BRED Ep variety 33H25 O Target Rate 20000 seeds ac 4 PHeight Depth 2 0 in tot Number 45fg7x1 Q Prescription B T SEP07
72. monitor This is also required when any compatible controller is connected If using a non John Deere Aircart that does not have a controller reporting to that display the target rate button is active on the GS2 display PC10857VE UN 31MAR10 seeds ac Target Rate button Select Target Rate button OUO06050 00022C9 19 20MAY10 4 7 Select Rate Units A Select the target rate B and enter the desired number on the key pad A Rate Units B Target Rate Box Assign Target Rate dss PC10857VF UN 31MAR10 OQUO6050 00022C9 19 20MAY10 5 7 Advanced Settings The advanced settings softkey allows the user to provide more information about the operation that is going to be recorded This information will be available in APEX for later analysis Select Advanced Settings A Continued on next page PC10857VG UN 31MAR10 Advanced east Io A Advanced Settings button OUO06050 00022C9 19 20MAY 10 6 7 80 13 060910 PN 122 Documentation Select Application Method A Advanced Settings Select Tillage Practice B Enter Seed Height Depth C A Arptication E A Application Method C Seed Height Depth B Tillage Practice No Till Tillage Practice Z Seed Height Depth in J 7 ia v 7 S Cancel Accept S OQUO06050 00022C9 19 20MAY10 7 7 Product Details Europe Only Product Details The Product Det
73. off command at the multifunction control handle the boom valve reacts and turns off liquid flows out of the boom freely until the check valve pressure is met is 2 5 seconds The liquid continues to fall to the crop canopy past the 2 5 seconds so the physical overall operational reaction time could be approximately 3 0 seconds in total To determine the Turn on time for a sprayer press the master on switch and measure the amount of time until you start to see product hit the crop To determine your Turn off time shut the master off switch and measure the amount of time until you see product stop flowing As a rule of thumb it takes a liquid handling system longer to react when turning on than when turning off due to liquid pressure differentials so many times the turn on time is slightly greater than the turn off time Keep in mind that your ground speed only affects the distance traveled while the machine reaction delay is taking place and that the distance traveled varies between turn on and turn off times and from operator to operator A Two Ranked Tools Entering Then Leaving Headland PC11045 UN 31MAR08 A Rank 1 B Rank 2 C System Delay D Switch Off NO SWATH CONTROL E Actual Off F Switch On Continued on next page G Actual On H Two Ranked Tool Leaving Then Entering Headland OQU06050 0000E44 19 07APR10 1 4 100 10 060910 PN 205 Swath Control Pro System Delay
74. or As Applied map data from the map view e Current Field K e All Farms and Fields L Maps are retained through power cycles and will remain until a Clear Field Map Data button is used to clear the map s Returning to a partially applied field will prompt the user to clear map or continue field task Display GPS Accuracy on Coverage Map M Check this box to make the Coverage Only map paint orange when the Starfire receiver has reduced GPS accuracy OQU06050 0001206 19 280CT09 12 13 75 11 060910 PN 98 GreenStar General Displaying GPS Accuracy on Coverage Map This feature is specifically designed for Swath Control Pro on Planters but can be useful for any precision application The Coverage Only map will paint an orange color when the GPS accuracy drops below the desired threshold It will continue to paint blue when GPS accuracy is acceptable Operating with reduced GPS accuracy may cause skips and overlaps when using Swath Control Pro Turn on the feature by checking GPS ACCURACY in Map Settings MENU gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO gt gt MAPPING gt gt MAP SETTINGS gt gt check GPS ACCURACY box The threshold for desired GPS accuracy aligns with the black line in the GPS Accuracy Indicator bar graph under the StarFire receiver icon See your StarFire manual for more information on the GPS Accuracy Indicator PC10857RI UN 010CT09 d Display GPS Accuracy on Co M Th
75. or serious injury Controls are property labeled S to a bystander ensure S Ca e Users know which function is mapped 2 to each control d s Controls are properly labeled 3 Disable A EE gt This message occurs when the system detects an Auxiliary Control Press Enter key F to navigate to the home page Go to the Auxiliary Controls page by pressing the Mapping key G to review or change the Auxiliary Control assignments If Disable is selected default all Auxiliary Controls will be disabled Continued on next page If Enable is selected all Auxiliary Controls will be enabled OQU06050 0001224 19 280CT09 1 4 10 1 060910 PN 10 Safety Signs Auxiliary Control Detected cf A KE Auxiliary Control is disabled because requested assignments could not be completed Go to the Auxiliary Controls page to enable Auxiliary Control Disabled XXXX Auxiliary Controls Improper operation can cause unintended Auxiliary Control is disabled because requested implement movement assignments could not be completed Go to the Auxiliary Controls page to enable This message occurs when the system detects an Auxiliary Control and at least one of the requested assignments could not be completed It is necessary to check the Auxiliary Controls page by pressing the Mapping key G and review the assignments before Auxiliary Control can be enabled PC10857RT UN 220CTO09 OQU06
76. power If controller was disconnected please review operations selected Prescription available but not selected Check setup on the implement to ensure prescription is selected as the rate Air Cart Setup Air cart is on the bus 1st tank has been defined with an operation Second tank is created with the same operation type as the first tank You are creating another seeding application operation Would you like this to be the same as the Front Middle Rear Tank seeding application operation Air Cart Setup User selects enter for the previous message Please enter the tank ratios for each tank if applicable Air Cart Setup User enters tank ratios that do not add to 100 Tank ratios must add to 100 SeedStar selects Rx but Documentation doesn t have Rx selected No prescription file for selected field Verify field and operation are correct Verify prescription is on card Resave prescription to card if necessary Tank Mix Screen User attempts to add a second ingredient in a tank mix without a carrier or base solution rate You must enter a carrier and base solution rate before building a tank mix Incorrect model is possibly selected The RS232 controller model selected is incorrect Please verify and reenter manufacturer and model number Recording is not currently allowed Recording is not currently allowed Verify settings on RS232 controller Alarm for manual controller when t
77. product name on one of the Add Product boxes When no products are specified in an application No products are specified please select a product An alarm shall be issued if there is a prescription selected in Field Doc but not selected in the planter sprayer setup Prescription available but not selected Go to implement setup to select the prescription as the rate An alarm will be issued if Field Doc has a prescription selected but the planter sprayer is outside the field boundary for the prescription Default Rx Rate Used Machine outside the field boundary for the prescription Default Prescription rate being used At power up An alarm will be issued if a prescription is being used and the prescription multiplier for an operation is not set to 100 Prescription Multiplier not 100 Implement width set to zero Implement width is set to zero Implement width is required to record data Anywhere User selects the DOCUMENTATION button before filling out CFFT You must choose a Client Farm Field Task from the Resources button Communication lost with a connected controller Communication lost with controller If controller was not disconnected check connections and cycle power If controller was disconnected please review operations selected Field Doc didn t get some periodic messages Communication lost with controller If controller was not disconnected check connections and cycle
78. requires a Swath Control Pro Activation Every GS2 Display has a 15 hour demo activation from the factory See Display Setup gt Display Software Activations section in this Operators Manual for details B Menu gt GREENSTAR2 PRO gt EQUIPMENT button H gt Machine Tab Setup See Machine and Implement setup section in this Operators Manual for details 1 Verify that Machine Type is displaying the proper machine When a compatible control unit is connected Continued on next page PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 b Pro TON DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8677 UN 05AUG05 EQUIPMENT button PC10857QO0 UN 26AUG09 Machine Machine tab to the system the Machine Type is detected automatically 2 Enter a Machine Model Optional 3 Enter a Machine Name 4 Enter a Connection Type NOTE Machine Turn Radius and Turning Sensitivity are for use with iTEC Pro only OQU06050 00011F5 19 25MAY10 1 2 100 8 060910 PN 203 Swath Control Pro C GREENSTAR2 PRO gt EQUIPMENT button gt Implement Tabs Setup See Machine and Implement setup section in this Operators Manual for details Swath Control must be activated and attached to a compatible implement to get Swath Control check box and settings button to appear on the Implement Tab If multiple Swath Control Pro capable control units are utilized they are
79. softkey gt gt RESOURCES tab 7 Fill in Client Farm Field and Task information to enable documentation PC8676 UN O5AUG05 GREENSTAR2 PRO button RESOURCE CONDITION softkey JS56696 0000493 19 O6OCT08 1 7 PC8663 UN O5AUG05 8 Select MENU button gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt gt EQUIPMENT softkey gt gt MACHINE tab Fill in the machine information PC8661 UN O02NOV05 MENU button GreenStar2 Pro e KC r DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS PC8677 UN O5AUG05 Continued on next page GREENSTAR2 PRO button EQUIPMENT softkey JS56696 0000493 19 06OCT08 2 7 45 2 060910 PN 39 GreenSeeker PC8663 UN O5AUG05 9 Select MENU button gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt gt DOCUMENTATION softkey gt gt PRODUCT APPLICATION tab View auto generated product application tab MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 JON DEE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8678 UN O5AUG05 DOCUMENTATION softkey JS56696 0000493 19 060CT08 3 7 Continued on next page 060910 45 3 PN 40 GreenSeeker GreenStar 2 Pro Documentation Product Application T Single Product PN v Prescription Prescription Rate 0 00 gal ac Method Target 10 00 S Application Rate galVac Actual Height Depth Rate 10 00 Brno gal ac Advanced Settings 10 Select Rx button to indi
80. the Original GreenStar Display NOTE The original GreenStar Monitor is only viewable as a full screen NOTE For all 9x70 combines Harvest Monitor is located within the Command Center See Combine Operator s Manual for more information IMPORTANT If dual monitors are being used with an Original GreenStar Display on the system along with a GS2 display Harvest Monitor will automatically function on the Original PC8663 UN O5AUG05 PC8657 UN O5AUG05 Original D GreenStar Monitor ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR button GreenStar Display and the Original GreenStar Monitor application will not be available and will not appear on menu JS56696 00004EF 19 17NOV08 1 1 How to Set Up Harvest Monitor for Combines on a GS2 Display When you install your GS2 on a combine you have to set up Client Farm Field and Task CFFT in Harvest Doc The corresponding moisture curve and the header type in HMON will be selected automatically HMON stand alone is not available on the GS2 you will have to run documentation Please use the following guidelines to set up your HMON GS2 for harvesting Harvest Monitor on GS2 will be displayed in emulation mode Continued on next page 0 00 Yield Ra t ha Max 0 00 PEDA 0 00 OH Moisture 0 8 0 df ad Min Max 0 0 HELD AYG 0 0 Cut Width Rows fo Massenflug deakiviert A g Harvest Monitor in emulation mode SETUP JE PC10341 UN
81. the field which is not farmed and cannot be crossed with the vehicle and implement Interior Headland The end rows or turn rows around an Impassable Interior Boundary Continued on next page JS56696 0000495 19 11MAY09 2 3 75 14 060910 PN 101 GreenStar General GreenStar 2 Pro Mapping ield virtual farms kee v Boundaries with Driven Exterior Headland Boundary A Maps Tab E Farm Drop Down Menu B Boundaries Tab F Field Drop Down Menu C Flags Tab G Type Drop Down Menu H Headland Group Drop Down Menu D Client Drop Down Menu Headland Group A combination of one or more related headland boundaries Different operations may use different headland groups For instance there may be a Planter group where the headlands are 36 6 m 120 ft Type Exterior Headland O I Drive Boundary Check Box J Headland Indicator K Boundary Offset Input Box L Receiver Offset Toggle New Boundary PC10499 UN 10SEP07 M Record Pause N Stop Recording Check Box and a Field Cultivator group where the headlands are 27 4 m 90 ft Different field operations can require different headlands JS56696 0000495 19 11MAY09 3 3 Boundaries Tab The BOUNDARIES tab allows you to record exterior field boundaries as well as interior and headland boundaries Boundaries calculate acreage and are saved on the data card to be unloaded in John Deere s APEX d
82. the implement sends digital signals Continued on next page Auxiliary Control is not available The connected auxiliary input device does not meet the implement function requirements CA E OUCC002 0002A58 19 16DEC08 2 3 ZX1042528 UN 04DEC08 65 4 060910 PN 67 Auxiliary Controls Communication Error i A XXXX Auxiliary Controis IMPORTANT Communication Error Communication problem with auxiliary input Communication Error Communication problem with auxiliary input Commu nication may be lost Communication may be lost Check connections to controller Check connections to controller This message occurs when the system detects a communication problem with auxiliary input i e the joystick is disconnected Press Enter key F to quit this error message then check all connections 2ZX1042511 UN 04DEC08 OUCC002 0002A58 19 16DEC08 3 3 060910 65 5 PN 68 Auxiliary Controls 65 6 060910 PN 69 Auxiliary Controls Auxiliary Controls Page The following screens allow mapping of ISO compliant auxiliary implement functions to ISO compliant auxiliary controls Example The display has been set up in a tractor that is attached to a sprayer A switch box has been installed in the tractor containing two switches Switch 1 and Switch 2 The sprayer has two functions that can be controlled by the switch box turning the pump on and off
83. the same as Implement Width To ensure some overlap for tillage or spraying or to account for some GPS drift you may choose to make the Track Spacing somewhat less than the Implement Width Physical Width The actual width of the entire implement when being used in the field when the implement is raised It is sometimes larger than Implement Width Using a planter as an example the marker arms and blades are wider than the working width This width needs to be entered if markers are not used or are used and completely folded on the ends If markers are only partially folded during turns enter this larger dimension IMPORTANT Width measurements are used to help alert an operator of potential intersections between the implement and an impassable boundary The operator still needs to be aware of potential collisions if there are times the implement is wider than the dimension entered e g marker arm lowered If markers are used in the field add the width of both markers to give ultimate alarms of possible intersections NOTE As a buffer to avoid obstacles additional Physical Width may be added to the implement to compensate for several things one of these being GPS drift Signal Approximate Physical Width added to Implement RTK 0 6 m 2 ft SF2 0 9 m 3 ft SF1 3 4 m 11 ft JS56696 0000379 19 30SEP09 4 6 95 7 060910 PN 193 Machine And Implement Setup NOTE If the
84. then need to extend to the location of the seed drop point or sprayer boom On a spreader A B is the drop point of the product Refer to manufacturer s implement OM for this value C Lateral distance from connection point to control point of implement This is the lateral distance from the center of the tractor to the center of the implement which will be 0 0 for most common implements This dimension is used to alert the operator to potential collisions This is critical for proper end turn performance and may need to be adjusted NOTE Examples of equipment that will not be centered include mower conditioners and most split row planters with an even number of 38 cm 15 in rows e g 24R15 or 32R15 unless you have an adjustable hitch crossbar D In line distance from connection point to control point of implement In many cases this distance will be from the connection point to the carrying wheels For proper turns measure this distance with implement at the height it typically will be at while turning NOTE These dimensions may need to be adjusted for fine tuning performance in the field Continued on next page A B Documentation Swath Control location when in use Lateral distance from connection point to control point of implement In line distance from connection point to control point of implement In line distance from connection point to connection point for 2nd implement Value only needed if second
85. units using RS232 connection Field Doc Connect and ISOBUS compliant control units supporting Task Controller functionality If applying multiple prescriptions operator must choose a prescription for each operation Example air cart with a prescription for each tank OQUO06050 000126F 19 31MAR10 1 3 80 31 060910 PN 140 Documentation If applying the same product from two of more tanks operator needs a prescription for each tank Prescription Override or Multiplier Select a rate to override the prescription Increase or decrease the prescription rate by 15 All rates in the prescription are adjusted by 15 Select ENTER button Prescription Overview Background Layer Map Setting Tab The operator can select the prescription map as the background layer in the map settings page when a prescription is being applied Aerial images can also be used as a background layer As applied data will show over the prescription layer as it is recorded To select the prescription as a background layer Select GREENSTAR2 PRO gt MAPPING gt MAP SETTINGS Then choose from the from the BACKGROUND drop down menu For more information on Maps refer to the Maps section of this operator s manual OQU06050 000126F 19 31MAR10 2 3 In the Look Ahead input box A enter the number of seconds to look ahead for prescription rate changes This is an adjustment to compensate for the delay between the c
86. which is required for automatically setup of Field Doc for documentation purposes The missed eeh wp beeper aonr Ste ENEE information is displayed in the message box of the alarm falloning information aren t avaliable 7 screen Please contact your John Deere Dealer or the z manufacturer of the implement SR SES a x l Ge Configuration of Connected Implement Not Compatible OQUO6050 0000CF8 19 130CT09 6 6 125 1 5 060910 PN 253 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Diagnostic Addresses MESSAGE CENTER button gt DIAGNOSTIC FEBS MN Senate ADDRESSES button gt DEVICE drop down box gt VT 001 Implement Message Center MESSAGE CENTER button PC8668 UN O5AUG05 DIAGNOSTIC ADDRESSES button Address Number Address Name 008 Unswitched Power Supply Voltage 009 Switched Power Supply Voltage 010 Unit Internal Temperature 011 Vehicle CAN Bus Status 012 Vehicle CAN CAN HIGH Voltage 013 Vehicle CAN CAN LOW Voltage 015 Implement CAN Bus Status 016 Implement CAN CAN HIGH Voltage 017 Implement CAN CAN LOW Voltage 018 Flash Wear Count 019 Hours of Operation 020 1 5 v Regulated Power Supply Voltage 021 3 3 v Regulated Power Supply Voltage 022 5 0 v Regulated Power Supply Voltage 023 Radar Input Status 024 Implement Switch Status 025 External Analog Input Voltage 026 Compact Flash D
87. wiring 523772 4 CCD Line Voltage Too High The voltage on the CCD_Low line of the CCD network is above the nominal Cycle power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the harness wiring The voltage level on the CCD_Low line of the CCD network is below the nominal 523772 4 CCD Line Voltage Too Low Cycle power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the battery and harness wiring The voltage on the CAN_HIGH line of the Vehicle Bus Tractor Bus is above the 523773 3 Vehicle CAN Line Voltage Too High nominal Cycle power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the harness wiring The voltage level on the CAN_HIGH line of the Vehicle CAN Bus Tractor CAN Bus 523773 4 Vehicle CAN Line Voltage Too Low _ is below the nominal Cycle power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the battery and harness wiring The voltage on the CAN_LOW line of the Vehicle Bus Tractor Bus is above the 523774 3 Vehicle CAN Line Voltage Too High nominal Cycle power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the wiring The voltage level on the CAN_LOW line of the Vehicle CAN Bus Tractor CAN Bus 523774 4 Vehicle CAN Line Voltage Too Low ls below the nominal Cycle power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the battery and harness wiring 524050 12 Real Time Clock Malfunction Real Time Clock malfunctioned It may be caused by the damag
88. you are accepting arc ageeire o tae terms cftris license ccreemest wita recpect io the cottwcre ithe sotware taat has keen pic inscalled gt r yourdisplay Yau ag ee tast tris software license ciecime it nelading the waranty d sclsimers lim taticns of liability end crninat on pidvis ons bekw is Eiading upo i you snd upen sivy cor pany ne age schall you usc the soHwa cas wel as the cupoyces ceny such compary collectively refe ied io ss you ia this sotware iccns ciecime rt fyou do net agice fo the terns cfthis eciccite xt or il you aic no sut varzec 10 aapt these eme 07 beha fof you zonos o its nipluyccs please click Lie Ce ne ballon bo deel ne Liese Jens end ndiluns This license erste reure ses Ube cure curccrnen m r ing lte sollware Lelween you are helzrreauramd il reslas ariy prior Propusal ropreser lalian w urcerslardiny belween you end Um lensu This agreement is also included in the Operstors Manual _ am the purchaser nithis dicplay PC10857JD UN 12APR09 License Agreement OQU06050 00011FC 19 14SEP09 1 1 GREENSTAR2 PRO button The GREENSTAR2 PRO MAIN screen contains four tabs SETUP tab Simplifies initial setup and configuration of GS2 applications Summary tab Shows operational summaries ACTIVATIONS tab View available software and enter code to activate MEMORY tab COPY CARD button copies data card showing memory used and estimated recording time left BEGIN button
89. 0 0 BYE VU 957 2 N 0 9 8 0 9 88 ofm BPM Totals Screen The totals screen of the PM application contains three sections the first contains the averages for many of the instantaneous functions from the main page the second contains the total distance and a reset button and the PC9130 UN 18APRO6 Continued on next page Perrormance Nonitor Totals 161 1 53 580 total ac total h 3 0 AI 16 988 Idle h 1 0 BZ ave galfac 3 0 B 8 z e ave gal h 62366 ID g t lt 165 CH I total gal Z Eegen E 5 LB mish Si S APM Totals Screen third contains the record button All of the items will be stored in memory so the values will be retained between vehicle power cycles Totals and Settings Screens will remain identical in both the APM and BPM applications OQUO06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 1 12 120 14 060910 PN 233 Performance Monitor Total Area This is the area covered by the implement since the last time this counter was reset The area is calculated from the implement header width speed source priority is GPS speed radar speed wheel speed and the Recording Source set in Performance Monitor If Recording is off area will not accumulate If the value exceeds 9999 9 the counter will reset to zero NOTE The Implement Width does not change with Overlap Control like in GreenStar Totals so PC9086 UN 17APR06 0 0 4 Total
90. 0 56 32 16 4 93 87 56 32 16 5 117 33 56 32 16 10 234 67 56 32 18 1 26 40 63 36 Continued on next page OUO6050 0000E46 19 08SEP09 1 2 100 16 060910 PN 211 Swath Control Pro Physical machine reaction Distance traveled at given Distance traveled per GPS Constant Ground Speed delay time speed and time update mph seconds feet inches 18 2 52 80 63 36 18 3 79 20 63 36 18 4 105 60 63 36 18 5 132 00 63 36 18 10 264 00 63 36 20 1 29 33 70 40 20 2 58 67 70 40 20 3 88 00 70 40 20 4 117 33 70 40 20 5 146 67 70 40 20 10 293 33 70 40 OQUO06050 0000E46 19 08SEP09 2 2 100 17 060910 PN 212 Original GreenStar Monitor Compatible Systems Press MENU button gt gt ORIGINAL GREENSTAR EE MONITOR button The following section explains operation of Original GreenStar Monitor software Original GreenStar Monitor can be used to display information from controllers that PC8657 UN 05AUGO5 are designed for use with original GreenStar display NOTE The original GreenStar Monitor is only Original viewable as a full screen GreenStar Compatible Systems Hi i Monitor Original GreenStar Monitor application is compatible with following John Deere 2 5 v controllers ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR button e SeedStar Gen 1 Seed Monitor and Variable Rate Drive e SeedStar Gen 2 Seed Monitor and Variable Rate Drive
91. 0 80 19 Shape file Failed 80 20 Shapefile Conversion Maximum Number of Rates neeeeeeeeeee eene eere erreen 80 21 Shapefile Conversion Summary Page 80 22 Using Documentation with a Dry Boxvlpread ztar eenen neeese eene 80 23 Product Details Europe Only 80 25 Access Product Details for Product Application Europe Only 80 26 Product Details Screen Europe Only 80 26 Product Details Entry Screen Europe Only 80 27 Tank lees isc tele iste ee GR ia 80 27 Map Based PDrescrpottons 80 31 Viewing Locked Tank Mixes n 80 33 Connecting 3rd Party Controllers 0 00000ae 80 34 Simultaneous Documentation Pre scriptions with John Deere and 3rd Party Controllers sssseeeeeeeeeeneeeee enee 80 36 Turning Documentation On COm 80 37 Harvest Geiup 80 38 Changing Harvest Geitings 80 39 Cut Width Adlustmment 80 42 Setting up Harvest Doc Pages s000se00000000 80 46 Original GreenStar Monitor 00ee 80 47 Combine SCALING VEER 80 48 Defining Header 80 48 Calibration c ccccsecceceeeecceeeeeeeeeeeneeeetees 80 49 Low Flow Compensation Procedure Op Hope eege Ee EENEG 80 50 Manually Adjusting Calibration Factor 80 51 Page SETUP MOISTURE CORRECTION 80 51 Moisture Correction cccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 80 52 Moisture Alarm 80 52 Moisture Curve sssseesseeesseeerrnssreresrrrnesee 80 53 Selection Record
92. 00 k C33 3a SC IS ESCH Overtap Control O PC10857IL UN 25MAR09 A Overlap Control Check Box Boundaries though optional can be helpful when using Overlap Control For example an exterior boundary can help ensure there is no area outside of the field is included in the yield calculation if a section of the head or platform extends over the boundary Similarly an interior boundary allows you to drive across a waterway and help ensure that each section is off while crossing e H a boundary is unloaded into desktop software it can either be set up on the display in the field or in the desktop software and saved to the card If interior boundaries are used those fields must also have an exterior boundary e If data is not unloaded into desktop software and interior boundary can be created on the display without having an exterior boundary OQU06050 000107A 19 01SEP09 4 Recording Load Data Loads are a powerful feature of the GreenStar 2 Pro field documentation system They allow the user to capture data for specific parts of a field This can be used to track the crop that is sent to various destinations such as bins or an elevator They can also be used to trace scale tickets back to the field Load Name Truck A Vv Load Destination Load Number 3 Load PC10857IM UN 25MARO09 Continued on next page OQU06050 000107B 19 27MAY09 1 4 85 7 060910 PN 1
93. 000049F 19 25MAY10 2 4 80 46 060910 PN 155 Documentation 2 Select the desired foreground map from drop down list C8663 uN osAucos Home Page Layout Functions are handled through the layout manager See the LAYOUT MANAGER section PC8656 UN 17NOV05 Layout Manager JS56696 000049F 19 25MAY10 3 4 Totals are handled through the Totals icon DEER PC8661 UN O2NOV05 GreenStar2 Pro 2 2 FON DEERE AG MANAGEMEN SOLUTIONS GreenStar2 Pro button PC8679 UN 05AUG05 Totals JS56696 000049F 19 25MAY10 4 4 PC8663 UN 05AUG05 Original GreenStar Monitor Select MENU gt gt ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR Harvest Monitor is only available through the ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR application on the GS2 display Pcs657 un osaucos Once in the Original GreenStar Monitor application operator interface will function the same as the Original GreenStar Display D Original NOTE The original GreenStar Monitor is only GreenStar viewable as a full screen CH i Monitor NOTE For all 9x70 combines Harvest Monitor is located within the Command Center See Combine ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR button Operator s Manual for more information JS56696 00004A0 19 07OCT08 1 1 80 47 060910 PN 156 Documentation Starting NOTE Errors may appear when first powering up the system Cancel these errors before proceeding Screen
94. 05 PC8846 UN 300CT05 A drop down box has a border with a numeric or text value and up down arrows on the right side that allow operator to select a pre populated item in a list To open highlight drop down box and press ENTER button List will appear Rotating thumb wheel will allow operator to move highlight focus through list to desired input value Pressing ENTER button will select new value To close the drop down box without making a selection press CANCEL button List will close and original value will remain OU06050 00022A1 19 28OCT09 1 5 25 1 060910 PN 20 Display Navigation Input Box PC8847 UN 300CT05 An input box has a border with a numeric value or text This allows the operator to select and enter new values or text To change a value highlight Input box and press ENTER button To cancel out of an input box press CANCEL button to keep the original value Display uses a pop up keyboard to enter values A numeric key pad will appear allowing selection of each digit OQUO06050 00022A1 19 280CT09 2 5 Check Box PC8686 UN O9AUG05 A check box is a square with a border A check mark in the box indicates that the box is activated To activate a check box highlight empty check box and press ENTER button A check will appear inside box activating item To deactivate a check box highlight check box and press ENTER button to remove the check OQU06050 00022A1 19 2
95. 050 0001224 19 280CT09 2 4 Auxiliary Control Configuration Changed WARNING S R Auxiliary Control configuration AKT Auxiliary Control configuration changed Go to the Auxiliary changed Go to the Auxiliary Controls page Controls page to review to review configuration configuration Improper operation can cause unintended Improper operation can cause implement movement To avoid the risk of death or To avoid the risk of death or serious injury serious injury to a bystander to a bystander ensure ensure Users know which function is e Users know which function is mapped mapped to each control to each control Controls are properly labeled e Controls are properly labeled This message occurs when the system detects an L unintended implement movement ZX1042512 UN 04DEC08 Auxiliary Control and that configuration has been modified during run time e g additional input and or implement added Press Enter key F to navigate to the home page Go to the Auxiliary Controls page by pressing the 2SSignments Continued on next page Mapping key G to review or change the Auxiliary Control OU06050 0001224 19 280CT09 3 4 10 2 060910 PN 11 Safety Signs Auxiliary Control Configuration Changed bg XXXX g A Auxiliary Controls Be CAUticn Auxiliary Control configuration changed Auxiliary Control is disabled because requested assignments could not be
96. 1 1 85 6 ae PN 175 Totals Overlap Control NOTE When using Overlap Control header width is divided into sections automatically with a maximum of eight sections and a minimum section width of 1 5 m Overlap Control automatically adjusts the width of the header as the harvester moves over areas that have already been harvested This feature improves the accuracy of the area and yield data Platform Platform Width Number of Sections Less than 6 1 m 20 ft 6 1 7 3 m 20 24 ft 7 6 8 8 m 25 29 ft 9 1 10 4 m 30 34 ft 10 7 11 9 m 35 39 ft 12 m 40 ft and greater INIO on kl wo Row Crop Head Row Spacing Rows per Section 38 cm 15 in 4 51 cm 20 in 3 76 cm 30 in 2 Overlap Control is turned on by checking the box on the Header setup screen When it is turned on the manual controls for changing the header width are disabled Overlap Control ensures that harvested area does not extend over or out of field boundaries or extend into an interior boundary e Exterior boundary only one exterior boundary can be defined for a field e Interior boundaries multiple interior boundaries can be defined and named for a field GreeaStar 2 Pro Equipment Implement Type Platform ES ZZ Model Implement Name TS 30 000 m 3 be H reg 30 0 m Tack Spacing m 30 0
97. 1 Transmission Oil Temperature Soil Advanced Performance Monitor sssseeeeeeeeeee 120 19 le TC 75 5 Trouble Codes ssesseeeeeeesereesirnssnrnsrrnrennnnerennne 125 4 Temperature ccccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetes 75 5 Pop Up Boxes Soil MOistuire 2 steet dE 75 5 Documentation Software s esssseeeeseereeeene 125 20 Soil Temperature ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeees 75 5 Platform Core Software esseeeeseeeeseeeeeeene 125 18 Sprayers Troubleshooting Swath Control Pro 100 10 EE EE 125 5 elle VIe 100 9 DeVice Inte sees E sde ege 125 5 Spread Stam 20 EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEENEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE 80 23 Diagnostic Addresses eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 125 16 Il CHE 45 1 Display nnii eni en NEE 20 2 Star upa EE 25 1 Documentaton 125 21 Starting Documentation Software Harvest Monitor ernes i deea 80 48 Trouble Codes 125 20 SUMMANY cccccccececessteceeeeeeseseseeeeececentseeeeeeessseesaeeeess 75 1 Field Hee EE 90 3 Swath Control Pro Message Center 125 1 Enabling iii mere ere die 100 9 Platform Core Software Metric Quick Gheet 100 14 Trouble Codes 125 18 SAE Quick Sheet 2 ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 100 16 Task Controller 125 13 lU E 100 10 TOUCHSCIO EE 30 8 Syne With Ca D re ea Een e 30 5 Trouble CodeS e a EE 125 4 System Voltage Turning Advanced Performance Monitor c0000ee 120 19 Machine Turn Radius ccceccecesseee
98. 32 Header sacked OE Ahh 80 41 Controllers edit desea deepal et 80 36 Implement iar a dis eats ete esac ct 95 6 E 45 5 55 5 Machine ccccccccccccccccccceccccuceccececcececececetecttecerecees 95 3 SSO A0 DE 80 31 Operational Gummam nenne 75 1 Operator inia ei ete nie et ee ee 75 5 Q Original GreenStar l t Basen Serie AREA ec 80 47 Quarter ScreenS ccccccccccccccceccccececcececcecessseeseeeecece 70 1 Original GreenStar Monttor 105 1 Quick Calibration Combine a aaa 80 55 GOTON E E cece ed ac ate Bia 115 4 Harvest Monitor 115 1 R P Radar Page Layout ci n s8 nie chan aay 70 1 Galibrationizcs 2 Ate scotch chest ee chert odes 120 10 Panel DIM Geteste caste bas ee deed DEE Se 30 4 Wali EI 120 12 Passable Interior Boundary 0 0 scceeeeeeeeeeeeteneee 75 14 RAVEN ececcesccssccseccssccsscessessecssecsseessecnseenseensesseenseenes 80 34 Performance Manager RAWSON 2 cesses es cove cnet a ceed EENS 80 34 Advanced Performance Monitor APM T2071 RCM SetUp ebe 35 1 Performance Monitor ssseesseeseereseereeereeee 120 1 120 9 Rear Hitch Position Advanced Performance Monitor ADM 120 1 Advanced Performance Monitor 120 19 Additional Functions sesesesseeeerreesrrreenrenee 120 19 Recordimg ne 80 53 Averaage Fuel Per Area cccecceeereeeees 120 15 Advanced Performance Monitor ADM 120 8 Average Fuel Economy 120 15 Basic Performance Monitor BPM 00 1000100000 120
99. 50 000126E 19 20MAY10 17 17 80 10 PN 119 Documentation Using Documentation with Seeder Air Carts NOTE Before setting up Documentations ensure SeedStar Air Cart is setup See SeedStar Air Bags Cart Operator s Manual for procedures EE When using a John Deere Air Cart each tank will be egenen Name 1890 1990 42ft represented by an operation P 9 7 Two Tank Cart The far left tab will always represent the front tank The second tab will represent the rear tank on ear a two tank cart Three Tank Cart The far left tab represents the front tank The second tab represents the middle tank A third amp tab will appear for the rear tank Fill out each operation for each tank even if applying the same product from two or more tanks gt All aircart tanks will be represented by an operation 8 tab even if they are turned off The target rate will be z displayed as 0 for tanks that are turned off NOTE Before setting up Documentation make sure the A Select Seed Type G Assign Variety to Tank Air Cart is fully set up and connected to the tractor B Displays Name of H Bar Color indicates Variety See your aircart operator s manual for procedure Prescription if chosen Chosen C Implement Name I Section Variety is Assigned i D Variety Entered To Seed Type Selection E Tab Used to Add Variety J Remove Button is Grayed F Target Rate If using out when connected to an Select seed
100. 7 PC10614 KA Planting Seeding A Planting Seeding Tab E Brand I Lot Number M Prescription B New Tab F Variety J Prescription C Change Seed Settings G Target Rate K Remove D Seed Type H Height Depth L Controller Seeding operation tab is auto generated when JD planter is on the bus Specify all required information Continued on next page JS56696 000037A 19 27MAY09 2 6 40 2 060910 PN 34 Central Insecticide System Planting Seeding 0 e Sinti 7 Tillage o nng Product Application PC10613 UN 27SEP07 New Activity A Planting Seeding Tab C Tillage E Product Application G Other B New Tab D Planting Seeding F Harvest Go to the New tab B and select a Product Application E operation for the CIS controller Continued on next page JS56696 000037A 19 27MAY09 3 6 060910 40 3 PN 35 Central Insecticide System Planting Seeding Product Application Type Single Product P ipti P ipti gt sak el 0 00 Oaa rescription gal ac J Target l gt Application Broadcast galV ac G Height Depth 36 0 in Cm Pam Fam CA 9 51am PC10612 UN 27SEP07 Product Application Summary Page A Planting Seeding Tab E Counter I Application Method M Controller B Product Application Tab F Prescription Rate J Height Depth N Prescription C New Tab G tTarget Rate K Remove
101. 76 Totals Loads are identified by their name and number and by the crop type and crop season The destination can have more than one load with the same load name PC10857IN UN 25MAR09 OQU06050 000107B 19 27MAY09 2 4 The operator can set the Load Name Number and Destination at any time before the load is saved The Load Name A and Load Destination B are selected Load Name Truck D A from the drop down lists New names and destinations 8 can be created at any time They can also be saved from Load Destination E Apex The Load Number C is selected using the and gd buttons to increase or decrease the number The number Z can also be selected and changed from 1 9999 TEF ECH 1 Save E Load totals continue to accumulate until the operator 3 Load 8 presses the Save Load button D When the load is 2 saved the accumulated total is stored to the data card and the Load Number automatically increases by one The load data can be viewed on the display or by using A Load Name C Load Number Apex or another compatible desktop program B Load Destination D Save Load NOTE Apex is not available in all EAME countries OQU06050 000107B 19 27MAY09 3 4 NOTE Auto increment is available only on combines teg The operator can select the Auto Increment Load Number Se check box A on the Harvest operation setup screen If this box is selected the system automatically increases Cr
102. 80CT09 3 5 Button PC8649 UN 01NOV05 PC8650 UN 01NOV05 A button is an icon or text with a border Activating a button will perform that icon s function To activate a function highlight the button and press enter ENTER GOTO OQU06050 00022A1 19 280CT09 4 5 Selecting Input Field with Display Control THUMB WHEEL A move highlight or focus ENTER B allows operator to select input fields buttons or softkeys CANCEL C cancels operator s selection or exits from selection process MENU D displays menu list Short Cut Buttons A J allow operator to activate an associated input field button or softkey with the letter corresponding to the short cut button pressed NOTE Only input fields or softkeys will show a Highlight focus around it PC8864 UN O9JANO6 NOTE The 2600 GreenStar Display s primary navigational point is the touchscreen which allows the operator Display Control to input information by touching the screen GE A Thumb wheel C CANCEL button To activate and select an input field move highlight focus B ENTER button D MENU button with thumb wheel to desired function and press ENTER button JS56696 00004EB 19 25NOV08 1 1 25 2 060910 PN 21 Display Setup Display Software Activations The display comes preloaded and activated with GreenStar Basics Software which includes Documentation e Guidance Parallel Tracking
103. 88 Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly Do not let anyone operate without instruction Keep your machine in proper working condition Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the function and or safety and affect machine life If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance contact your John Deere dealer DX READ 19 16JUNO09 1 1 05 1 060910 PN 7 Safety Prepare for Emergencies Be prepared if a fire starts Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy Keep emergency numbers for doctors ambulance service hospital and fire department near your telephone TS291 UN 23AUG88 DX FIRE2 19 03MAR93 1 1 Practice Safe Maintenance Understand service procedure before doing work Keep area clean and dry Never lubricate service or adjust machine while it is moving Keep hands feet and clothing from power driven parts Disengage all power and operate controls to relieve pressure Lower equipment to the ground Stop the engine Remove the key Allow machine to cool Securely support any machine elements that must be raised for service work Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed Fix damage immediately Replace worn or broken parts Remove any buildup of grease oil or debris On self propelled equipment disconnect battery ground cable before making adjustments on electrical systems or welding on ma
104. 8O0CT09 9 13 Editing Map Legend The Map Legend displays the values of the map colors 1 Select the Edit button to change the range of the legend for maps that have color scales 2 Enter the preferred maximum A and minimum B values in the window that appears PC10857RJ UN 010CT09 The Legend will then be divided into five colors automatically Continued on next page OQU06050 0001206 19 28OCT09 10 13 75 10 060910 PN 97 GreenStar General Coverage Map Toggle button The map can be toggled between the Coverage Map and the current operation map PC10857RL UN 010CT09 m OQU06050 0001206 19 280CT09 11 13 Map Settings button A This button is used to set up the map view Foreground maps overlay on top of background maps Background Layer Options B choose available layer to show as the background of the map view e Prescription Maps e Arial Images Foreground Layer Options C choose between Coverage Only map or As Applied if available e As applied seed rate map e As applied spray rate map e As applied spread rate map The As Applied coverage map is used to show where and how much product has been applied in the field e As harvested yield map e As harvested moisture map e Tillage depth map e Coverage Only map The Coverage Only map is used to show where the machine has been in the field This is the same coverage map that
105. 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2140 1580 2700 2000 3400 2500 1 1 2 990 730 1250 930 990 730 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350 Torque values listed are for general use only based on the strength of the bolt Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade If higher or screw DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening grade fasteners are used tighten these to the strength of the procedure is given for a specific application For plastic insert or crimped steel original Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you type lock nuts for stainless steel fasteners or for nuts on U bolts see the properly start thread engagement When possible lubricate tightening instructions for the specific application Shear bolts are designed to fail plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts wheel bolts under predetermined loads Always replace shear bolts with identical grade or wheel nuts unless different instructions are given for the specific application Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws not hex bolts up to 6 in 152 mm long Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in 152 mm long and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length b4 ubricated means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings or 7 8 in and larger fasteners with JDM F13C zinc flake coating Dry means plain or zinc plated without any lubric
106. A Save the prescription to your compact flash card in Apex Select GS2 button A and select Map Settings at the bottom of the page Select the prescription as the background layer Choose Product Rate 1 that comes from your approved controller as the foreground layer Then configure your homepage with the desired information Q What causes the StarFire receiver signal strength bar on my GS2 homepage to turn orange and display an alert symbol A If the number of satellites in a solution drops to six or below you are receiving a marginal signal which results in an orange bar and an alert sign If there are less than five satellites in a solution the bar will be red indicating no GPS signal For the bar to be green there must be at least seven satellites in a solution JS56696 00004E8 19 130CT09 1 3 125 8 060910 PN 246 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics e Q Why do get message saying Recording is Not Allowed when try to turn GS2 Recording on even though my signal strength is good A This is a common error if multiple recording operations have been selected Go to the GS2 menu and select GreenStar 2 Pro Select button I to enter the GS2 Documentation screen and make sure there are no duplicate operation tabs displayed at the top of the screen If there are duplicates select the operation that does not belong and select the Remove button Q get the error message Implement Recording not
107. AN Based vehicles the operator will need to select and HOLD the reset button for 3 seconds See list of CAN Based vehicles in APM section PC9100 UN 17APR06 oh Time Since Last Reset Time Since Last Reset OUO06050 000230C 19 30SEP09 3 3 120 9 060910 PN 228 Performance Monitor PERFORMANCE MONITOR CALIBRATIONS Percent Slip Zeroing The operator is able to calibrate the wheel slip to zero on certain vehicles if radar is installed NOTE Wheel slip zeroing and radar calibration are not possible on CAN based vehicles in the BPM The only time the user will be able to perform wheel Slip zeroing is if they are on a CCD vehicle When the operator initiates this function the radar will be commanded to a new wheel speed calibration such that the slip is now zero If the system determines a calibration is not possible under the current operating conditions then an alarm will be issued stating the calibration was not successful The first figure below shows the zero slip button that when selected brings up the wheel slip calibration page The remaining figures PC9118 UN 17APRO6 s i gt Ee S Zero Slip Button show the calibration pages for a successful or failed slip calibration NOTE Vehicle must be traveling between 7 and 9 km h 4 5 to 5 5 mph before the zero slip button will be enabled Reset slip value by driving the vehicle on a hard level surface at a constant speed of 8 km
108. Area the area value may be different from the value in GreenStar Totals 0QU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 2 12 Average Productivity Average productivity is calculated from the total area and total time accumulated while the vehicle is moving and recording since last reset PC9087 UN 17APR06 0 0 Average Productivity 0QU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 3 12 Average Fuel Per Area Average fuel per area is calculated from the total fuel used and total area accumulated since last reset PC9088 UN 17APR06 0 087 Average Fuel Per Area 0QU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 4 12 Average Fuel Economy PM will use the absolute fuel consumption and an internal timer that is incremented as soon as the engine is running since last reset to compute the average fuel per hour PC9089 UN 17APR06 0 0 D H 0QU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 5 12 Total Fuel Used If available from the vehicle the operator will be able to view total fuel used in liters or gallons since last reset The value can be manually reset by the operator PC9090 UN 17APR06 0 0 P Total Fuel Used 0QU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 6 12 Average Operating Speed The PM will maintain a value that represents the average operating speed of the machine when the machine is moving These units will be expressed in terms of distance time The PM will calculate the value by dividing the total distance traveled by the veh
109. Boundary EEN 75 16 TEE EE 20 2 Creating Brera ree erere mer rere reer errs 75 16 Documentation 125 21 Dry BOX ek ee e ue Sek TR E sead nth EEEE 80 23 Documentation Software Dual Beam Radar Gensor 120 11 Trouble Codes 125 20 GreenStal iipitin iin 125 21 GreenStar 2 CG 125 21 CESU a Ee EE 125 21 Continued on next page Index 2 es PN 2 Index Page Page E G Engine Coolant Temperature GGA E 35 1 Advanced Performance Monitor sssseeeseeeae 120 19 Glossanm ioiei a i a 135 1 Engine Oil Pressure Glossary Of TIems nee 135 1 Advanced Performance Monitor 0 0 120 19 GPS Engine Speed Documentation cccceeecccceeeeeessseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 80 1 Advanced Performance Monitor sssseesseeen 120 19 HRG 2372Receivers 35 1 Enter Button 20 3 25 2 ege 35 2 Secondary Navigation 20 4 SENGS EE 45 1 Equipment Tractor eu EE 75 6 Direct GPS ice eet chek eh oe ett 120 11 HitCh TYDE eegne ee 75 7 GreenSeeker cccececccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeseneeeetees 45 2 M Ee iat Mee att 75 7 Documentation cceeecscceeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeess 45 2 IMOd Clits E EEES AT FEAT EATEN leh Sh T5 7 Prescriptions eeccecceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 45 5 55 5 Recording Gource e 75 7 e EE 45 2 Error Codes GreenStar Reprogramming ssseeeeeeeeeeeeieesserererreeeserrrnrrneene 125 11 Component Pinot 130 4 Exterior DiagNOStCS iaito a eaoaai he ative et bs 125 21 BOun ar
110. CT08 1 1 80 51 060910 PN 160 Documentation Moisture Correction NOTE Harvesting recording is ON determine how many points the moisture correction needs to be added or removed from the instantaneous moisture Not harvesting recording OFF will display average moisture of crop Average moisture does not need to be corrected If average moisture is corrected the instantaneous moisture could be over corrected 1 Screen SETUP MOISTURE CORRECTION Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt MOISTURE gt gt MOISTURE CORRECTION NOTE Crop cell displays the selected crop 2 MOISTURE CORRECTION button and FIXED MOISTURE VALUE button allow the operator to correct the moisture reading on RUN PAGE 1 screen by toggling to FIXED MOISTURE VALUE moisture sensor will be disabled and forces moisture value to what was entered If using MOISTURE CORRECTION Select MOISTURE CORRECTION button and using numeric keypad input a number value to be added to reading displayed on RUN PAGE 1 screen Select MOISTURE CORRECTION button again to save this value If using fixed moisture value Select FIXED MOISTURE VALUE button and using numeric keypad input a number value to be displayed on RUN PAGE 1 screen Advanced Moisture Correction NOTE This procedure is used to determine moisture correction when elevator readings do not agree with combine moisture readings Do not use this proced
111. Change Screen SETUP HEADER Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt HEADER TYPE gt gt ROW CHANGE Set increments in rows for cut width to change on RUN PAGE 1 screen Use numeric keypad to enter number Platform Belt Pickup Screen SETUP HEADER Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt HEADER TYPE gt gt HEADER WIDTH NOTE If row crop e g soybeans are being harvested with a platform and row spacing does not allow use of full header width adjust header width to crop width being cut For example 7 6 meter 25 ft platform may be 7 meters 24 ft depending on row spacing Platform Actual field cutting width in meters feet Belt Pickup Actual width of grain cut to produce windrow in meters feet Set increments in m ft for cut width to change on RUN PAGE 1 screen Use numeric keypad to enter number Change increments in meters or feet for cut width to change on RUN PAGE 1 screen Use numeric keypad to input correct header width in meters or feet JS56696 00004A2 19 070CT08 1 1 80 48 060910 PN 157 Documentation Calibration General Calibration Information Screen SETUP YIELD CALIBRATION Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt YIELD CALIBRATION Mass flow sensor must be calibrated in order to achieve accurate grain weight measurements Standard Calibration procedure must be performed in every crop that is harvested In addition optio
112. GS2 Display Basic Applications OPERATOR S MANUAL GS2 Display Basic Applications OMPFP10231 ISSUE E0 ENGLISH CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects and other reproductive harm If this product contains a gasoline engine A WARNING The engine exhaust from this product contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects or other reproductive harm The State of California requires the above two warnings Additional Proposition 65 Warnings can be found in this manual John Deere Ag Management Solutions This manual replaces OMPC21674 DCY OMPFP10231 Introduction www StellarSupport com NOTE Product functionality may not be fully represented in this document due to product changes occurring after the time of printing Read the latest Operator s Manual and Quick Reference Guide prior to operation To obtain a copy see your dealer or visit www StellarSupport com OUO6050 0000FB1 19 05APR10 1 1 Read This Manual used on vehicles equipped with a cab l id ty Before operating display software familiarize yourself ee A sill 5 with components and procedures required for safe e Original GreenStar Display and Mobile and proper operation Processor e GS2 Display IMPORTANT The following GreenStar components s AutoTrac Uni Steering Kit
113. Ground To Setup RS232 Serial Port 2 on a GS2 Display RS232 Wire Display Connector Pin Blue Pin 15 Rx Green Pin 26 Tx White Pin 17 CTS Red Pin 16 RTS Black Pin 4 Ground 1 Remove the square connector from the back of the GS2 display and from all p 2 The square AMP 26 pin d in pin locking mechanism a Locate the large single ower sources on the vehicle isplay connector has a built white locking tab b Using a flat screwdriver depress this tab It will depress approximately CH once the single large ta d Once these two white t 3 mm 1 8 in Two tabs on the opposing side will become exposed b is depressed abs are exposed the connector pins are unlocked 3 Use the chart at the beginning of this instruction to determine the pin locations for the desired Serial Port you will utilize for exampl e Serial Port 1 uses pin locations 2 22 23 24 amp 25 Pin location numbers are stamped into the black housing on the back of the connector Remove the white plugs for the correct pins you will add the RS232 wires to The white plugs will pull out easily with small needle nosed pliers Continued on next page OQU06050 0000DAB 19 310CT07 1 2 35 2 060910 PN 31 Connecting RS 232 GPS Receivers 5 Insert harness wires into correct pin locations You 1 Go to Menu GS2 Pro Letter F GS2 Pro Main and
114. Implement Width and GPS Recording Status implement switch not required directly from Field Doc Connect control unit NOTE Rawson control units are also capable of accepting prescriptions from the GS2 display Continued on next page Com Port Settings E TN SD m SEENEN Amarone Control Manufacturer Com Port Settings Controller Manufacturer AMazone Model AMatron Required Baud Rate 19200 ZX1043717 UN 30DEC09 J Model K Previous Page Button L Enter Button G Implement Name H Operation I Control Manufacturer In case of a 3rd Party control unit Com Port Assignment setup enter the necessary information requested by the 3 steps procedure as follows e Select NEW in the Profile A drop down box then enter the desired Profile name e Assign a Com Port B number to this Profile 1 or 2 e Select Field Doc Connect as Port Type C 1 Press Next Page button D to go to the next step or CANCEL button E to stop procedure e Select the Implement Type F e Select the Implement Name G e Select the associated Operation H e Select the Control Manufacturer I e Select the Model J e Press the next page button D to go to next step e Press previous page button K to go to the previous step e Press cancel button E to stop procedure 2 Review Com Port assignment settings then press enter button L to save profile or cancel button E to stop procedure
115. J Cancel back to Product Details Screen K Accept changes back to Product Details Screen LX1048298 UN 24AUG09 OQU06050 0001202 19 O50CT09 1 1 PC8663 UN O5AUG05 Tank Mixes Press Menu button gt gt GreenStar2 Pro button gt gt DOCUMENTATION softkey PC8661 UN 02NOV05 MENU button GreenStar2 Pro Se KC JOHN DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS PC8678 UN O5AUG05 Continued on next page GREENSTAR2 PRO button DOCUMENTATION softkey OU06050 00022CD 19 06APRO9 1 4 80 27 060910 PN 136 Documentation GreenStar 2 Pro Documentation Application O Tank Mix Name lt Custom gt Lorsban On Carrier Add Product Add Product 0 00 oz ac Water gaVac Add Product Add Product Add Product Prescription Prescription Rate 0 00 galV ac Target 8 99 Application Broadcast Rate z Method gal ac Actual Rate gal ac Resto Advanced Casreitvestiog Settings Height Depth n 8 9 PC9386 UN 160CT06 GreenStar2 Pro Documentation A Product Name tab C Product Application Type E Add Product G Advanced Settings B New D Tank Mix Name F Carrier The operator can define and document tank mixes during product application operations They can be created and stored using desktop software or while in the cab e Selecting a desired Product Application Type C e Defining the ingredients by pressing Add
116. M MOISTURE button and using numeric keypad enter a new maximum setting Select MOISTURE ALARM button to toggle ON OFF JS56696 00004A8 19 070CT08 1 1 80 52 060910 PN 161 Documentation Moisture Curve Three moisture curve choices are e Enter New Curve This would be used when a new curve has been developed for a new crop e Update Curve This would be used when a better curve has been developed for a current crop e Restore Curve Defaults This would be used when to reinstate the original curve Refer to MOISTURE CURVE CALIBRATION CODES later in this section for the latest available codes This screen is used to enter new moisture curves that may be provided by the factory Use the following to enter a new curve as directed 1 Select MOISTURE CURVE button on SETUP H Mon MOISTURE MOISTURE CURVE NOTE If needed select page button until desired crop appears 2 Select desired crop to be updated NOTE To view current moisture curve go to INFO Harvest Monitor section 3 Select CROP button to toggle between ENTER NEW CURVE UPDATE CURVE or RESTORE CURVE DEFAULTS If ENTER NEW CURVE is selected select letter button next to a blank cell and using numeric keypad enter the new moisture curve number 5 Select SAVE THIS CURVE button NOTE To update an existing curve toggle to UPDATE CURVE on SETUP MOISTURE CURVE screen 6 Select letter button next to blank cell and usin
117. MPORTANT To reprogram to another language P C8883 EE language being selected needs to be on data card If language file does not load properly reload software to data card MENU butt NOTE If vehicle loses battery power or if display PC11392 UN 140CT08 SS is disconnected from vehicle Time and Date Settings will have to be reset The Settings screen contains three tabs Display REGIONAL tab Country Language Numeric Format and Units can be selected Use drop down boxes and select desired measurements to be displayed on screen ES UN dSAUGOS TIME AND DATE tab DISPLAY button Date and time can be changed as well as time format GPS Sync can be selected to automatically set the time using the time data coming from GPS receiver When this is selected user should choose proper time offset which adjusted the GPS time data to correspond to your time zone to ensure correct local time Time Sync will not SETTINGS softkey occur until GPS signal is acquired UNITS OF MEASURE tab Users can customize units for a mix of metric and imperial units OQU06050 00022AD 19 20NOVO06 1 1 30 7 060910 PN 28 Display Setup DIAGNOSTICS softkey The Diagnostics screen contains three tabs e READINGS tab e TESTS tab e ABOUT tab READINGS tab This tab will display operating voltages part numbers and hours of operation TESTS tab This tab will allow the user to perform 3 different screen ca
118. Machine Model Used to distinguish between different models e Machine Name Used to distinguish between multiple machines of the same model e Connection Type Drawbar or 3 pt hitch e Machine Turn Radius e Turning Sensitivity e Recording Source Used to determine when recording turns on off e Machine Offset Used to eliminate skips or overlaps due to an offset receiver NOTE Not all recording sources are available for all machines Many recording sources require ground speed Recording Source NOTE If Manual Mode is selected the operator must push the Record or Pause Button to turn recording on or off for Documentation and Coverage Maps The following control units can be used with AUTO to turn recording on and off automatically e John Deere Harvest Monitor e John Deere SeedStar for Air Carts e John Deere SeedStar Gen 2 Monitor or Variable Rate Drive for Planters e John Deere SprayStar Gen A e John Deere Central Insecticide System e Raven 440 450 460 660 e SideKick e GreenSeeker e Rawson Accu Rate and Accu Plant e New Leader Mark III Mark IV e Dickey John Seed Manager e Vanguard PIC Seed Monitor e Task control unit compliant implements sprayer seeder and planter NOTE Dual Variety Function cannot be used with a three motor VRD planter NOTE PTO Hitch and SCV can be used as a recording source on certain vehicles only SeedStar is a trademark of Deere am
119. NOTE NOTE The shapefile conversion process could take up to 30 seconds Please wait PC10857QI UN 26AUG09 You can cancel the shapefile conversion process by selecting the cancel button Selecting the CANCEL button takes you back to the Shapefile Conversion Page OQU06050 00011EA 19 01SEP09 1 1 80 1 9 060910 PN 128 Documentation Shape file Failed The shapefile conversion failed A file is missing or corrupt Make sure bp shx dbf files are on the card If a shapefile cannot be converted this screen appears There are 7 different errors e File is missing or corrupt Make sure the matching shp shx and dbf files are on the card Include matching shx and dbf files or the system can not convert the shapefile Make sure that files are in the Rx folder on the CF Card e Shapefile error Shapefile format is not compatible e Database file error incorrect version dBase file version number incorrect e Database file error file format incorrect PC10857QL UN 26AUG09 dBase file format is incorrect e Index file error shp file header does not match dbf file header e Projection file error Validate the shapefile is formatted in WGS84 projection e Unknown error The file could not be validated e If you get any of these messages select ENTER button to go back to the Shapefile Conversion Page NOTE If card is removed during the shapefile convers
120. Number using the key pad D Optional Indicates I required field SH Select ACCEPT d n E S NOTE If six varieties have already been entered entering f S O a seventh variety will replace the first variety entered This process will repeat for each new variety past six A Brand C Color B Variety D Lot Number OQU06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 3 17 N PER 7 7 emoving Varieties Add Edit Variety Once a variety has been entered it cannot be deleted or edited using the GreenStar Display However it is possible to remove a variety from view on the display Choose the variety you wish to remove from view From the variety drop down A select the entry with the dashes Select Accept A Variety drop down menu i Lot Number x Es O bei Indicates al required field 7 gt 5 5 O a Continued on next page QUO06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 4 17 8 0 6 060910 PN 115 Documentation Assign Varieties to Rows The operator may assign a variety to any number of row units in any configuration up to six varieties may be chosen to document for any one planter Select Assign Variety to Rows Choose the variety that is to be assigned NOTE Assigning varieties to rows will begin with Row Unit 1 on the left and continue in order to end of the planter on the right As with any implement right and left are determined as sitting in the seat direction of travel when the
121. O06050 0000CD6 19 310CT07 5 12 120 4 060910 PN 223 Performance Monitor Fuel Per Area PC9054 UN 17APR06 The current fuel per area measurement gal area or O O M Z 2 a liters area will be shown on the screen The value is based on current fuel usage implement header width and speed The area counter is enabled when the arrow is in the down position The figure below shows the fuel per area icon Fuel Per Area OQU06050 0000CD6 19 310CT07 6 12 Instantaneous Productivity EE vty i CG Instantaneous Productivity is calculated from the O O WAY a a vehicle speed and implement boom header width and is expressed in terms of area hour If recording is off the area hour value will be zero The figure below shows the instantaneous productivity icon Instantaneous Productivity OQU06050 0000CD6 19 310CT07 7 12 Area Counter PC9056 UN 17APR06 Le The operator is able to select an area counter The O O Y a HL counter can be reset by the operator in the totals page The PM will use the current implement width setting the speed priority is GPS speed radar speed wheel speed and the recording status to count hectares acres If recording is off area will not accumulate If the value exceeds 9999 9 then the counter will reset to zero The figure below shows the area counter icon OQUO6050 0000CD6E 19 310CT07 8 12 Area Counter Distance Counter
122. O5AUG05 MENU button PC11392 UN 140CT08 PC8674 UN O5AUG05 JS56696 0000373 19 27MAY09 1 2 When using an ISO implement on a vehicle with multiple Virtual Terminal VT Displays including the GS2 display connected to the network it is necessary to specify which display is the primary Virtual Terminal To assign the GS2 display to be the primary Virtual Terminal set Function Instance C to zero or press the Restore Default button D A ISOBUS Tab B Virtual Terminal Check Box C Function Instance Drop Down Menu D Implement Bus Function Instance Drop Down Menu E Restore Defaults Button Display Diagnostics es JK Changing these settings may cause devices to stop functioning Function Instance Oe implement Bus Function Instance PC11394 UN 140CT08 JS56696 0000373 19 27MAY09 2 2 60 4 060910 PN 63 Auxiliary Controls Auxiliary Control Safety Signs Auxiliary Control Detected CAUTION Auxiliary Control Detected Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement To avoid the risk of death or serious injury to a bystander ensure e Users know which function is mapped to each control e Controls are properly labeled This message occurs when the system detects an Auxiliary Control Press Enter key F to navigate to the home page Go to the Auxiliary Controls page by pressing the Mapping key G to review or
123. QUICK CAL or STANDARD CAL after a Row Compensation Calibration is performed in uniform crop STANDARD Cal which uses actual scale weights is the best form of calibration to use in order to attain more accurate cotton weights Once calibrated additional calibration may be used for any substantial changes in types of cotton variety change moisture crop management quality of defoliation weeds irrigated vs non irrigated crop conditions etc Any of these condition changes in cotton could cause shift in accuracy of the system Throughout the season it is recommended to check accuracy by weighing the cotton Recalibration is suggested if you find that the system is not accurate OUO06050 0002302 19 20NOVO06 1 1 115 3 060910 PN 216 Harvest Monitor Picker Row Compensation Screen SETUP STANDARD CAL Press SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt YIELD CALIBRATION gt gt STANDARD CALIBRATION gt gt ROW COMPENSATION NOTE Only perform once This only needs to be performed after system has been installed or if sensor attachment has changed in any way 1 Press START button to begin procedure NOTE Sample must be of a uniform yield for all rows being harvested Harvest a yield sample 30 5 m 100 ft or 1 4 basket Press STOP button Accept or decline run made E Ee O A date will be displayed if successful OQU06050 0002303 19 20NOVO6 1 1 Quick Calibration Screen SETUP
124. S2 Swath Control Pro Settings Quick Sheet Metric Physical machine reaction Distance traveled at given Distance traveled per GPS Constant Ground Speed delay time speed and time update km h seconds meters meters 3 1 0 83 0 17 3 2 1 67 0 17 3 3 2 50 0 17 3 4 3 33 0 17 3 5 4 17 0 17 3 10 8 33 0 17 6 1 1 67 0 33 6 2 3 33 0 33 6 3 5 00 0 33 6 4 6 67 0 33 6 5 8 33 0 33 6 10 16 67 0 33 9 1 2 50 0 50 9 2 5 00 0 50 9 3 7 50 0 50 9 4 10 00 0 50 9 5 12 50 0 50 9 10 25 00 0 50 12 1 3 33 0 67 12 2 6 67 0 67 12 3 10 00 0 67 12 4 13 33 0 67 12 5 16 67 0 67 12 10 33 33 0 67 15 1 4 17 0 83 15 2 8 33 0 83 15 3 12 50 0 83 15 4 16 67 0 83 15 5 20 83 0 83 15 10 41 67 0 83 18 1 5 00 1 00 18 2 10 00 1 00 18 3 15 00 1 00 18 4 20 00 1 00 18 5 25 00 1 00 18 10 50 00 1 00 21 1 5 83 1 17 21 2 11 67 1 17 21 3 17 50 1 17 21 4 23 33 1 17 21 5 29 17 1 17 21 10 58 33 1 17 24 1 6 67 1 33 24 2 13 33 1 33 24 3 20 00 1 33 24 4 26 67 1 33 24 5 33 33 1 33 24 10 66 67 1 33 27 1 7 50 1 50 Continued on next page OU0O6050 0000E45 19 08SEP09 1 2 100 14 060910 PN 209 Swath Control Pro Physical machine reaction Distance traveled at given Distance traveled per GPS Constant Ground Speed delay time speed and time update
125. SOURCE CONDITION softkey JS56696 00004F1 19 25NOV08 2 8 8 Select MENU button gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button de gt gt EQUIPMENT softkey gt gt MACHINE tab Fill in the machine information MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 Pro JON DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8677 UN O5AUG05 EQUIPMENT softkey Continued on next page JS56696 00004F1 19 25NOV08 3 8 55 2 060910 PN 54 YARA N Sensor PC8663 UN O5AUG05 9 Select MENU button gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt gt DOCUMENTATION softkey gt gt PRODUCT APPLICATION tab View auto generated product application tab MENU button PC8661 UN O02NOV05 NOTE The product application tab needs to be generated manually in case of Field Doc Connect r DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8678 UN O5AUG05 DOCUMENTATION softkey JS56696 00004F 1 19 25NOV08 4 8 Continued on next page 060910 55 3 PN 55 YARA N Sensor GreenStar 2 Pro Documentation 32 0 0 UAN Product Application Type Single Product Prescription Prescription Rate 0 00 ha Target 0 00 Application Rate Method Vha Actual d Rate 0 00 SE 0 0 Wha Advanced Settings 10 Select Rx button to indicate prescription Continued on next page PC11488 UN 25NOV08 JS56696 00004F1 19 25NOV08 5 8 55 4
126. Standard Calibration Screen SETUP STANDARD CAL JOHN DEERE Press SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt YIELD Sai Standard Cal CALIBRATION gt gt STANDARD CALIBRATION NOTE Always read the text to the left of the START STOP arrow This explains the current status of calibration Arrow changes back and forth between START and STOP When yield calibration is stopped START arrow is shown When yield calibration is running STOP arrow is shown STOP arrow CALIBRATION IS RUNNING Push button to STOP CALIBRATION START arrow CALIBRATION IS STOPPED Row Push button to START CALIBRATION Correction INFO 1 Press START button NOTE If Quick Calibration Procedure is started on prior page weight will count up on SETUP STANDARD CAL screen 2 Harvest a yield sample 3 Press STOP button to end procedure 4 Enter scale weight for sample just harvested Harvested Weight Approximate weight of cotton that has been harvested during calibration process PC11077 UN 06MAR08 Scale Weight Allows scale weight to be entered after a calibration run is complete During calibration run Smor Galibtatiawie Stoppe GE indicates approximate weight of cotton that has been C Harvested Weight G Yield Calibration harvested D Scale Weight Calibration Factor Allows mass flow sensor to read LY SE will GC See ted 2 Harvest a yield sample of one to four round modules EE DE Stop harvesting before completing the l
127. Star Display and the Original GreenStar PC8663 UN O5AUG05 PC8657 UN O5AUG05 Original GreenStar Monitor ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR button Monitor application will not be available and will not appear on menu OUO6050 0000CCA 19 310CT07 1 1 Flow Chart Setup Harvest Monitor Page 2 Page 1 Yield Units Area Units Set Number of Rows Yield Calibration Run Page Recording and Spacing ON OFF Bales Acres Total Width Quick Cal Material Pounds Hectares Spacing Standard Cal Header Kilograms Active Rows Manual Cal Combination Hundred wt Machine Model Row Correction Cal Manual Metric Tonnes Tons OU06050 0000CCB 19 270CT08 1 1 Setting Yield Units Screen SETUP Press SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt YIELD UNITS NOTE See standard weight chart section for standard weights of crops e Bales e Pounds e Kilograms e Hundred Wt e Metric Tonnes e Tons OQU06050 00022FF 19 20NOVO06 1 1 Setting Area Units Screen SETUP HARVEST MON Press SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR Press AREA UNIT button to toggle between ACRES and HECTARES Selection will appear boxed in and capitalized OUO06050 0002300 19 20NOVO06 1 1 115 1 060910 PN 214 Harvest Monitor Picker Setting Rows and Spacing Screen SETUP ROWS amp SPACING Select SETUP gt HARVEST MONITOR gt SET ROW amp SPACINGS
128. T09 G A Ei OQU06050 0001206 19 280CT09 6 13 Map View Options Moving Overhead View e The vehicle is fixed and stays centered on the map while the map moves e The direction of the vehicle travel is toward the top of the page Continued on next page Moving Overhead View PC10857RE UN 010CTO09 OQU06050 0001206 19 28OCT09 7 13 75 9 060910 PN 96 GreenStar General Perspective View e Functions similar to Moving Map View PC10857RD UN 010CT09 Perspective View OQU06050 0001206 19 28O0CT09 8 13 Fixed Overhead View e The vehicle moves back and forth while the map is fixed e North is always at the top of the page Recording Start or Stop button Map recording can be turned on and off manually or automatically Go to the Equipment Softkey to select the recording source MENU gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt gt EQUIPMENT soft key gt gt MACHINE tab gt gt RECORDING SOURCE drop down box This button is used to start and stop recording when the recording source is set to Manual When an automatic recording source is selected in Equipment setup this button will be disabled When the red circle is blinking coverage recording is on See EQUIPMENT softkey in the GreenStar General section for more details on automatic sources that can be used to turn recording on off PC10857RF UN 010CTO9 Fixed Overhead View 0QU06050 0001206 19 2
129. Ti hput Zeie zm e Lortab 480 au 8 a Average KeA 10 64 w aope SCH Area Worked o 34 Ss an A Re H ei 4 T osd Destination oa an Kat zZ An oad Number ege i F an Time Remaining m w q Puel U w View Pigan 0 0 8 Current Date Range 02 05 2009 ez Totals 02 05 2009 Q Continued on next page JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 12 13 80 59 060910 PN 168 Documentation 5 S de Sle H 3 z co E 3 E a a You have the ability to set up your Run page the way you prefer Main menu Layout Manager J We would suggest using the following layout on combines JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 13 13 Surface Water Management Ee Select WATER MANAGEMENT gt TYPE nagement Choose DITCH or LEVEE PC10857VO UN 01APR10 lt a f 7 z OU06050 0001270 19 01APR10 1 1 Other Operation The OTHER operation tab is used for activities that do not have a task controller associated Using a self propelled windrower and recording a coverage map would be one example Select or Enter a type Select or Enter a name Although the other operation tab will not allow yield recording the following information will be available PC10857VN UN 01APR10 e Area e Area Remaining e Time e Productivitiy 0QU06050 0001271 19 01APR10 1 1 80 60 060910 PN 169 Totals TOTALS button Totals The Totals page show the data based on which items in the dropdown menus are s
130. Tracking is used to keep the lateral error low If your machine gets offline up to a foot the Tracking Sensitivity may be set too low Line Sensitivity Heading adjusts how much the unit corrects for heading error If you see a lot of left and right steering the Heading Sensitivity may be set too high Each sensitivity has an optimum value that works best for the specific vehicle platform you are using Refer to www StellarSupport com for recommended starting points for your vehicle platform Q would like to use the coverage map feature in GreenStar 2 How do properly set this up A Select GS2 button A and select Map Settings Then select the drop down menu for Foreground and select Coverage This selection will paint the map a light blue color If you are seeding or applying chemical you can select either Seed Rate 1 or Product Rate 1 as Foreground Either of these selections will color the map based on a legend that corresponds with the amount of seed or product applied Q My GreenStar 2 does not recognize setup data saved from Apex What do need to do to get this working properly NOTE Apex is not available in all EAME countries Continued on next page A First verify Apex and GS2 software versions are compatible For example if you are running 1 1 GS2 software make sure you have at least 1 1 Apex software Next when saving data to the card using Apex make sure to have the proper items check marked e g En
131. a H S 5 8 5 a OQU06050 0001076 19 O6APRO9 4 4 85 5 060910 PN 174 Viewing Current Harvest Data Once the Home Page has been created and configured it can be used to show the operation current data This data can be toggled between the current Field data and the current Load data by pressing the button A When looking at the field data it is possible to view either the totals for all varieties or toggle to view the last variety harvested This is done by pressing button B It is only possible to view data for a variety that has already been harvested If there is variety in the field that has not been harvested it does not appear in the rotation A Field Load Toggle Button B One AIl Varieties Toggle Button PC108571J UN 25MARO9 OQU06050 0001078 19 25MARO9 1 1 Crop Season GreenStar 2 Pre R C Field Locator Auto Detect Field Exit PC10857IK UN 25MAR09 A Crop Season GreenStar 2 Pro field documentation tracks the crop season for each operation A This allows you to report on everything that you did for a crop even if some of the operations occurred in the previous year Common examples of this are fall tillage operations and winter grain crops The Crop Season is selected on the Client Farm Field page from the drop down This value is automatically set to the current calendar year unless the operator changes OUO06050 0001079 19 O6APRO9
132. a boundary The fuel data is approximate and tends to reflect a greater quantity than used GreenStar 2 Pro Reports and Totais Field Totals RJ Harvest Combine R7 jent h Gent are Farm Fiers rent Fask Hareest Kees 2009 Wet Vieki buac 192 5 Dry Views Sec Average Moisture wa 14 38 Wet Weight ap 12614 buy 2207 5 Dry Weight x aa 122720 rout 2191 5 Wet Throughput uh 7405 Average Productivity teem 19 09 A Worked Ggs FR Ares Remaining fae Tiree Worked E Time Remaining _ hy Fuel Usage Coon Date Range 03 19 2009 03 24 2009 A Box on Left C Lower Box on Right B Upper Box on Right PC108571IS UN 25MAR09 OQU06050 000107E 19 25MAR09 2 3 Pressing the button next to Current Field Totals A changes the screen to display load totals The load totals screen is the same as the field totals but only displays the totals accumulated since the last time the Save Load button was pressed A Field Load Totals B Harvest Combine Corn GreeaStar 2 Pro Reports and Totais Field Totals mon Harvest ine Com Le 4 Dei Fare farm keng Fiski ask Harvest p Season 2009 Wet Vieki buac 1825 Dry Yie auie 161 2 Average Moisture wa 14 38 Wet Weight Zo 123614 our 2207 5 Dry Weight gg A 122720 tw 2191 5 We Tu pue EE 2405 Average Productivity acm 19 09 A Worked petites ree Ares Rem
133. aches the soil At a 10 km h 6 mph planting speed you travel 2 8 m 8 8 ft in one second That s 280 mm 10 5 in of travel distance every one tenth of a second Example Entire seed delay time from the switch being selected in the cab the clutch stops the seed meter stops and all the seed has reached the soil time elapsed 0 8 seconds You can see that changing 0 3 0 8 seconds on the look ahead time can dramatically change the location of your seed placement when turning on or turning off On average most row crop planters generally set a turn off time to 0 3 seconds and a turn on time between 0 5 1 0 seconds On average most air carts set a turn off time at 0 6 seconds and a turn on time at 1 0 second Minimize Skip on ranked tools seeding tools with multiple ranks Set swath settings for minimize skips Swath Control maps to the rear rank on the tool so the Turn on time must be increased to account for rank spacing See figure at the end of this section A The goal is to compensate for Rank Delay spacing by entering ranked turn on for the Turn on setting Turn on Rank Delay Ranked Turn On Maintain a constant turn around speed to keep the Turn On time accurate Examine and adjust the settings before planting NOTE Ranked Delay is a time not a distance and is affected by speed Sprayers At 24 km h 16 mph in a self propelled sprayer if the average physical reaction time of the system turn
134. ails function allows documentation and TESE anes communication of related information between desktop Ak software and GS2 for products like chemicals fertilizer E TT and crop Product Details are only available for the Operations Planting Seeding and Product Application Product Application is supported by sprayer and spreader 12 00 NOTE The GreenStar Seeder Sprayer Spreader Pro Universal activation enables the Product Details function Product Details isn t available in all countries 3 S 7 5 d OQU06050 00011FE 19 O5OCT09 1 1 80 14 060910 PN 123 Documentation Access Product Details for Planting Seeding Europe Only 1 If A or B is grayed out define C first 2 Press button A or B 3 Product details screen will appear NOTE Button A is available only with single variety Buttons B are only accessible if dual variety was selected Information Types available for Planting Seeding e Germination Rate e Genetically Modified e Priming Information e Thousand Corn Weight Plant Seed Continued on next page Variety seedsha z a SS eh asss HeightDepth 0 0 tem Lot Number Product Details Height Depth tem LX1048294 UN 24AUG09 Variety 2 ES Ss z v LX1048295 UN 24AUG09 OUO6050 0001200 19 14SEP09 1 2 80 15 060910 PN 124 Documentation If Type is setup to Genetically Modified the popup S provid
135. aining _ ae Th Worked erg Hai 0 63 Time Remaining th ae 0 0 Date Range 03 19 2009 03 24 2009 PC10857IT UN 25MARO09 OQU06050 000107E 19 25MAR09 3 3 85 10 060910 PN 179 Totals GroenStar 2 Pro Reports arri Totais Viewing Filtered Totals Reports Clean v RLJ Totats ee 159 12 The GreenStar 2 Pro field documentation system also Harvest Combine Dry Yield 449 15 allows you to view totals for other operations or to view meas SES Goen the accumulated data for several fields or even several re WIES aes years This allows you to have some of the power of the eee Wet eg 575 72 H Fieta Apex desktop system in the cab Sac a GE 366 00 NOTE Apex is not available in all EAME countries Beste weide 4094 The filtered totals reports can only operate on Avemoe Productivity 7 45 E data that is present on the data card If the Area woned 9 45 S card has been cleared or if operations have Ares feet 2 been performed using a different card that data Time Worked 00 20 i is not be available for reporting Mgr view rare EE We The filtered totals are seen by selecting the View Custom KE el 09 10 2000 A 2 2 Filter button A at the bottom of the totals screen This will bring up the Custom Filter dialog box A View Custom Filter button OQU06050 000107F 19 11MAY09 1 3 The Custom Filter allows you to choose the criteria for the data that you want to se
136. aised it will automatically go back To combine less than a full cut press the arrows D or F tg a full cut yg to reduce the gray bar B to the correct width and correct placement along the width of the header A Arrows C NOTE Changing cut width is no longer available and G increase the crop width This adjustment allows on the Run Page of Harvest Monitor using for the correct number of acres to be calculated based on the Original GreenStar monitor OUO6050 0000CA9 19 310CT07 4 4 80 45 E Documentation Setting up Harvest Doc Pages 1 Select MENU gt gt GS2 PRO gt gt RESOURCES amp CONDITIONS 2 Setup Client Farm Field 3 Select MENU gt gt GS2 PRO gt gt DOCUMENTATION gt gt HARVEST PC8663 UN O5AUG05 Menu button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 gt Pro GreenStar2 Pro button PC8676 UN 05AUG05 Resources amp Conditions button PC8678 UN 05AUG05 Documentation button JS56696 000049F 19 25MAY10 1 4 NOTE Harvest Monitor is in the CommandCenter on 70 Series Combines 1 On screen Mapping Functions are handled through the Mapping Icon Select MENU gt gt GS2 PRO gt gt MAPPING gt gt MAP SETTINGS gt gt FOREGROUND MAP drop down list Continued on next page PC8663 UN 05AUG05 PC8661 UN 02NOV05 JON DEE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GreenStar2 Pro button Mapping button PC8672 UN 05AUG05 JS56696
137. alibration ccceceeeeetteeteeeees 115 4 Standard Calibration cccceeeeeeee 115 5 Manual Adjustment of Calibration Factor 115 6 Feporclpg enee 115 6 Performance Monitor Performance Monitor ssssesseeseeeeseeeeereeeeenee 120 1 BPM BASIC PERFORMANCE MONITOR Functionality 120 3 Recording Sources for DM 120 7 Recording Sources for ADM 120 8 Performance Monitor ssssesseeseeeesneeereeneenee 120 9 PERFORMANCE MONITOR CALIBRATIONS 2 ccecceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeteees 120 10 Configuring Tractor For DIRECT GPS or Ground Based Radar Feed CAN Based Vehicles ONLY 120 11 Dual Beam Radar Sensor Only Automatic Calbratton 120 11 RADAR CONNECTION SIGNAL VALIDATION BPM MODE ONLY 120 12 PERFORMANCE MONITOR TOTALS SEET et 120 14 ADVANCED PERFORMANCE MONITOR ADM 120 17 Additional Functions Available in APM Mode tetera ae 120 19 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Message Center 125 1 Resetting Display 125 5 Pre Season Checklist for Seeding 125 6 Pre Season Checklist for Guidance 125 6 Pre Season Swath Control Pro for Planters Checklist ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 125 7 Frequently Asked Questions ssneeeseeeeeee 125 8 Reprogramming Error Codes na0assaa0aaaa 125 11 Alarm Screens oneeeeneeeesneeeeesennreesenreereee ee 125 12 Task Controller Alarms cceeeeeeeeeees 125 13 Diagnosti
138. allowed on my GreenStar 2 Display What should do about it A Check Diagnostics page C from the GreenStar 2 Pro Menu and change the view box from Deere GPS to Recording This should tell you what recording was stopped and you can make the necessary adjustments Q When spray or plant using both the Original and GS2 Displays get error message ID 234 or Display address claim conflict What does this mean and what should do A Both displays are trying to run as the primary display If the GS2 is the actual primary display power down and unplug it then power up again with only the Original GreenStar Display plugged in Go to SETUP gt ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR gt DISPLAY ADDRESS and set it as the primary Now plug in the GS2 Display with the power still running on the Original display If you have two Original GreenStar displays hook them up to the primary connections and turn on the power Go to SETUP gt ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR and select line D so it shows as primary Turn off the power unhook the primary processor and display and hookup the secondary display to the auxiliary connections Power up and go to SETUP gt ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR and select line D to set to Aux 1 Now power down and hook up the processor primary display and secondary display to the correct connections Finally power up once more You may have to run Standard Run Page Layout from the Setup menu after you are set up Q
139. ample 8030 wheel tractors have a minimum turn radius of 6 1 6 7 m 20 22 ft Choose a number to start with and change as needed for accuracy Turning Sensitivity AutoTrac gain setting when the vehicle is in an automated turn This is adjustable by the operator to improve performance default 70 Verify proper dimensions correspond to the Machine selected NOTE Not all recording sources are available 5 for all machines i fi R Machine Turn Radius Machine Turn Radius JS56696 0000378 19 310CT07 3 4 Machine Offsets Machine Offsets Press CHANGE OFFSETS button on Machine Setup screen Offsets are used to eliminate skips or overlaps due to an offset receiver To enter machine offsets e Select input box e Enter amount of offset in cm in using numeric keypad and select enter button e Select the receiver toggle button to move the offset to the right or left of cab center Neon meening If no receiver offset is required then RECEIVER OFFSET EE input box should read 0 2 B In line distance from non steering axle to GPS receiver z Machine offsets 3 In line distance from non steering axle to e A Lateral Distance from center line of machine to GPS EE receiver E ann aaa from the GPS receiver to e B In line distance from non steering axle to GPS gt S Receiver S e C In line distance from non steering axle to connection point The connection point is where the tractor connects to the implement drawbar h
140. and Offsets Aene T unta u ia e S 95 3 Boundary SA note N cea midne ie tlcucene 95 1 Constant Offset Boundary e 75 21 Turning EE EE 95 3 Creating ENEE 75 21 Map GROUP ebessen EE 75 15 inti RECH 75 15 dee SES Eege 80 31 Highlight EE E sa tie Tearecaice tact 75 22 Eo o ski eR ee 30 5 Line Flags muse ns tae acptarstarsten Arabarntan fap ton T A 75 22 Focus dante EE ENEE EE 30 5 Point Flags Pi IT tet eG AACR os EES 75 22 Hitch Type L iau dee EE eed bens E dE dE ENEE EENS EE d ERKENNEN 75 7 Mapping Softkey ere hk Ao ee 75 15 Home BEE BE 20 6 Measurements Hours Since Last Service cccssseeeesesstteeeeeeeees 120 9 Setting Units of Meaeure 30 7 Humidity d Ee EE E E NEE 75 5 Memory Space KEE Metin Sones SSK 75 5 Memory Tab I GreenStar 2 GES 75 1 Mergen ALAR ees eats 20 6 Impassable Interior Boundam AA 75 14 Menu Button 20 3 25 2 Implement Message Center 20 6 125 1 Implement Widths SEENEN 95 7 PO OMS cee eater eege Oar SMe ects 125 2 Operating EE 60 1 Metric Setup WEE SEENEN EEN Nee D 95 4 Setting Units of Measure raean a nanan annann aa nanana 30 7 L EE 95 6 Metric bolt and screw torque va lues ccc ccccceccceceeeeee 130 2 Physical Wide SEENEN SE EE 75 7 Physical Width Table sssnnoonnnnnnnnennnnnennnnennane 95 7 Moisture Track Spacing ENNEN 95 7 Alarm SetU piee a a a 80 52 Input elle AA E tie eae ei E E A 25 1 Gottechem eie et Ee ee 80 52 Inserting Data Card cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetesenees 20 5 Correct
141. apped item C to see only the Functions in this Section Mapped implement functions OUCC002 00029E9 19 04DEC08 5 5 65 1 1 060910 PN 74 Auxiliary Controls Auxiliary Controls Assignment Error Messages While assigning functions some assignment error messages may appear When an auxiliary function is not responding to an assignment request the error message A appears Auxiliary function is not responding Check assignment on Auxiliary Controls page The related assignment B is displayed Press key E to reach the Auxiliary Controls page or enter key F to return to the previous screen IMPORTANT It is recommended to press key E to reach the Auxiliary Controls page and check the auxiliary function assignment NOTE The failed assignment is indicated by the missing status indicator while the input device and input are displayed CO XXXX pb e Auxiliary Controls Assignment Error Ai Auxiliary function is not responding Check assignment on Auxiliary Controls page w a O xl amp ET Auxiliary Assignment Time out ZX1042163 UN 04DEC08 A Assignment Error B Assignment E Auxiliary Controls Page Access Key F Enter Key OUCC002 00029ED 19 04DEC08 1 4 When an auxiliary input is not responding to an assignment request the error message A appears Auxiliary input is not responding Check assignment on Auxiliary Controls page The related assignme
142. ar displays A 8 4 VGA color screen in a metallic silver housing GSD2600 One of the RCD GreenStar displays A 10 4 VGA color touchscreen in a metallic silver housing Guidance Off For use when only documentation is needed GVC Global Vehicle Communications Harvest Doc A suite of applications on the MP and RCD that record the crop yield on a field The Harvest Doc applications are capable of recording map based crop yields Continued on next page JS56696 00004EC 19 01SEP09 1 3 135 1 PN 060910 265 Glossary Glossary of Terms Term Meaning HDOP Horizontal Dilution Of Precision Installed 1 4 of Status pie AutoTrac SSU and all other hardware necessary for use are installed ISO International Standards Organization KeyCard PCMCIA card that holds and activates all AMS software on the Mobile Processor L Band Frequency band containing the StarFire correction signals transmitted from the Inmarsat satellites L1 One of the frequencies used by the GPS satellites L2 One of the frequencies used by the GPS satellites L5 A new frequency available in Block II GPS satellites for additional accuracy LCD Liquid Crystal Display a low power flat panel display Lead Compensation Shows how far down current track guidance looks to for such things as turns Used with Parallel Tracking only LED Light Emitting Diode MP Mobile Processor NA No
143. arget rate changes Target rate has changed Alarm for manual controller Alarm when Raven is communicating everything but an actual rate Raven controller not communicating actual rate Verify Raven controller settings and connections to the display Special handling will be needed for each controller to monitor the health of the connection Communication problem with controller Check connections to controller OU06050 000232D 19 30SEP09 1 1 1 25 20 060910 PN 258 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics GreenStar Diagnostics Required Items for Documentation ISOBUS compliant controllers supporting Task Controller functionality The following items are required for documentation to SE uy function Required Items for Guidance SC Farm and Field The following items are required for guidance to function e Operation e Operation Details e Product Type Name e Target Rate Rate Units e Tracking mode set to Straight Track Curve Track Circle Track only available with optional PivotPro module or Row Finder e Track spacing See equipment section of GreenStar e Recording Source Basics Pro General Setup Implement Width Offsets e Track 0 Except for Curve Track and Row Finder e Controller Setup when using 3rd Party controllers e GPS signal StarFire signal required NOTE 3rd controllers are controllers using RS232 connection Field Doc Connect and OQU06050 000232E 19 01SEP09 1 1
144. arm boot up occurs when the GS2 display has been operating in the last 6 hours and has NOT lost unswitched power during that time It takes 20 30 seconds to power up Shutting Down or Standby mode LED is orange IMPORTANT If LED is FLASHING ORANGE and the screen is blank an out of range temperature condition is detected Turn unit off to prevent damage to the display Recommended Temperature Ranges Operating Temperature 20 to 70 C 4 to 158 F Storage Temperature 55 to 85 C 4 to 185 F PC8572 UN 03AUG05 Display A Display B LED Power Light If LED is RED the unit is not operational Turn unit off The display has encountered an error or issue and is working to recover IMPORTANT Always clean screen display with power off Cleaning screen while operating could result in unintended button selections To clean display power down and wipe screen with a soft cloth sprayed with a non ammonia based cleaner such as John Deere glass or multipurpose cleaner OQU06050 0000C68 19 310CT07 1 1 Screen Protector The use of a screen protector is recommended to prevent wear to the touchscreen surface Screen protector kits made specifically for GS2 displays can be purchased through your local John Deere dealer Screen protector has been pre installed on the touch panel of your display Removing protector reduces the sunlight readability of the display Please see instructions for
145. arness The harness is approximately 1829 mm 6 ft long and consists of a DB9 connector at one end and 5 wires with female AMP pins attached at the other These AMP pins will be inserted into the square 26 pin connector that attaches to the back of GS2 displays from harnesses PF80687 and PF80688 If both a 3rd party controller and receiver will be connected to the GS2 simultaneously two PF90363 kits may be required The Original GreenStar Field Doc Connect harness is only compatible with GS2 through the harness When using the original FDConnect harness you must choose Com port 1 in documentation setup Documentation with third party controllers The list of GS2 supported controllers are the same as with Original GreenStar Display and is available at your local John Deere dealer Two serial ports are available in the GS2 display Port 1 and Port 2 Connect DB9 connector to controller Gender Changer and Null Modem are required when connecting to Rawson and New Leader controllers Properly configure the controller to talk to GS2 Raven Controller under the data menu key verify that bAUD 9600 triG 1 Unit sec LOG ON Rawson or New Leader Controller verify that the settings under the Controller button of the GS2 display match the information on the controller i e Mid Point on the GS2 Display should be the same value as on the Rawson or New Leader controller GS2 will control only one channel of Rawson controller
146. assignment has been completed successfully or not See Auxiliary Controls Disabled Functions hereafter Selecting the Learn Mode allows the operator to map the functions by selecting the respective input controls for the referring assignment See Auxiliary Controls Learn Mode hereafter OUCC002 00029EB 19 16DEC08 3 5 65 17 060910 PN 80 Auxiliary Controls Input Unmapped Unmapped D Auxiliary Controls Disabled Functions C Disabled D Learn Mode A Status Selection B Enabled Auxiliary Controls Disabled Functions The status selection drop down list A allows the operator to enable B or disable C the Auxiliary Control functions and to enable the learn mode D If Auxiliary Controls is Disabled all assignments are shown with a dashed status indicator E In case of a Continued on next page D HE EON STOP TRE Function Implement 2ZX1042160 UN 04DECO08 E Status Indicator Dashed conflict the status indicator E switches from green to red color Selecting the Learn Mode allows the operator to map the functions by selecting the respective input controls for the referring assignment See Auxiliary Controls Learn Mode hereafter OUCC002 00029EB 19 16DEC08 4 5 65 18 060910 PN 81 Auxiliary Controls Enabled Disabled Learn Mode ei Auxiliary Controls Learn Mode C D
147. ast full manually module 7760 Cotton Picker Round Module Calibration 3 Press STOP button to end procedure Empty Instructions accumulator and perform a manual wrap 4 Enter scale weight for sample just harvested Use Make sure the accumulator and bale chamber are empty weight of round module or truck load for calibration before harvesting weight 1 Push START button QUO06050 0002305 19 20NOVO06 1 1 115 5 060910 PN 218 Harvest Monitor Picker Manual Adjustment of Calibration Factor Screen SETUP STANDARD CAL Press SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt YIELD CALIBRATION gt gt STANDARD CALIBRATION NOTE If scale weight is more than 50 higher or lower than displayed weight system will not allow entry of scale weight It is recommended that you review harvesting procedures and verify vehicle hauling cotton away from picker is also following correct procedures At that time repeat calibration procedures Do not change calibration factor in the middle of a field Always read the text to the left of the START STOP arrow This explains the current status of calibration Arrow changes back and forth between START and STOP When yield calibration is stopped START arrow is shown When yield calibration is running STOP arrow is shown STOP arrow CALIBRATION IS RUNNING Push button to STOP CALIBRATION START arrow CALIBRATION IS STOPPED Push button to START CALIBRATION A new calibration fact
148. ation or 1 4 to 3 4 in fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating DX TORQ1 19 08DECO09 1 1 130 1 060910 PN 260 Specifications Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values TS1670 UN O01MAY03 ZF SC ZS Ld Lis LS Bolt or Class 4 8 Class 8 8 or 9 8 Class 10 9 Class 12 9 Screw Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Size N m Ib in Nem Ib in N m Ib in N m Ib in N m lb in N m_ Ib in N m Ib in Nam Ib in M6 4 7 42 6 53 8 9 79 11 3 100 13 115 16 5 146 15 5 137 19 5 172 N m lb ft N m Ib ft N m lb ft N m lb ft M8 11 5 102 14 5 128 22 194 27 5 243 32 23 5 40 29 5 37 27 5 47 35 N m Ib ft N m lb ft N m lb ft M10 23 204 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 46 80 59 75 55 95 70 N m lb ft M12 40 29 5 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120 M14 63 46 80 59 120 88 150 110 175 130 220 165 205 150 260 190 M16 100 74 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 235 400 300 M18 135 100 170 125 265 195 330 245 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410 M20 190 140 245 180 375 275 475 350 530 390 675 500 625 460 790 580 M22 265 195 330 245 510 375 650 480 725 535 920 680 850 625 1080 800 M24 330 245 425 315 650 480 820 600 920 680 1150 850 1080 800 1350 1000 M27 490 360 625 460 950 700 1200 885 1350 1000 1700 1250 1580
149. bleshooting and Diagnostics Device Info and Bus Status When DEVICE INFO button is selected controllers communicating on CANBUS communication system will be indicated Message counts indicate quantity of communications from controller When BUS STATUS button is selected status of various communication networks will be indicated PC8663 UN O5AUG05 PC8655 UN O5AUG05 MENU button Message Center MESSAGE CENTER button With Info Icon PC8670 UN O5AUG05 Electronic CONTROL UNIT INFORMATION button PC8671 UN O5AUG05 BUS INFORMATION button OQU06050 0002327 19 120CT09 7 7 Resetting Display IMPORTANT All setup data entered since power up could be lost when using reset button Should display fail to respond to operator inputs system can be reset by selecting and holding the reset button for 3 seconds until the light on the front of the display starts blinking This will reboot system and restart all applications on display If resetting the display is frequently required contact a John Deere dealer It is recommended to turn power off before attaching or removing implements and other electrical components on CAN Bus communication system A DISPLAY RESET button S 4 So SE O PC8705 UN 17AUG05 OQU06050 0002328 19 130CT09 1 1 125 5 060910 PN 243 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Pre Season Checklist for Seeding In the Offi
150. button shown on previous K R page will bring up the Product Application screen This Product Application screen allows the operator to change Product Type or Product Name Rate Units are set on Ib ac and can not be changed when using a dry box Pressing the Omna Product Type Enter button E will save changes and return operator to the GreenStar2 Pro Documentation screen Pressing the Cancel button D will return the operator to the EE GreenStar2 Pro Documentation screen without making Ma any changes psat Rate Units A Product Type D Cancel button B Product Name E Enter button C Rate Units i PC9716 UN 13NOV06 Product Application screen OQU06050 00022CB 19 31MAR10 3 3 Product Details Europe Only The Product Details function allows documentation and communication of related information between desktop software and GS2 for products like chemicals fertilizer and crop Product Type Herbicide Product Name Select Buffer Zone Water Product Details are only available for the Operations Planting Seeding and Product Application Product Application is supported by sprayer and spreader NOTE The GreenStar Seeder Sprayer Spreader Pro Universal activation enables the Product Details function Product Details isn t available in all countries LX1048293 UN 24AUG09 OQU06050 0001203 19 O50CT09 1 1 80 25 en Documentation Access Pr
151. c Addreseses 125 16 Trouble Code Pop Up Boxes Platform Core Software sesseeeeseeeeeeesere nesre e serene 125 18 iii 060910 PN 3 Contents 060910 PN 4 Safety Recognize Safety Information This is a safety alert symbol When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual be alert to the potential for personal injury Follow recommended precautions and safe operating practices T81389 UN 07DEC88 DX ALERT 19 29SEP98 1 1 Understand Signal Words ADANGER A signal word DANGER WARNING or CAUTION is used with the safety alert symbol DANGER identifies the most serious hazards DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near specific hazards General precautions are listed on A WARNING CAUTION safety signs CAUTION also calls attention to safety messages in this manual A CAUTION TS187 19 30SEP88 DX SIGNAL 19 O3MARQ3 1 1 Follow Safety Instructions Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs Keep safety signs in good condition Replace missing or damaged safety signs Be sure new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety signs Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in this operator s manual TS201 UN 23AUG
152. c information This information can assist the John Deere Dealer in diagnosing problems Different device controllers can be selected from drop down box as shown MENU button PC8655 UN 05AUG05 Select DIAGNOSTIC ADDRESSES button The number of devices available will depend upon machine Message configuration The list of addresses can be scrolled up or Center down with rotary thumb wheel Selecting an address will show data for that address MESSAGE CENTER button With Info Icon PC8668 UN O5AUG05 DIAGNOSTIC ADDRESSES button Continued on next page OQUO06050 0002327 19 120CT09 5 7 125 3 e Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Trouble Codes PC8663 UN O5AUG05 Select TROUBLE CODES button a list of controllers will appear and controllers with diagnostic codes are indicated MENU button PC8655 UN 05AUG05 Individual controllers can be accessed by navigating with rotary thumb wheel and selected by selecting ENTER button to view codes for that controller iG Message Center Codes can also be displayed for all controllers by selecting SHOW ALL button with rotary thumb wheel and selecting ENTER button Codes can be relayed to a John Deere dealer to assist in diagnosing machine problems MESSAGE CENTER button With Info Icon PC8669 UN O5AUG05 TROUBLE CODES button Continued on next page OQU06050 0002327 19 120CT09 6 7 1 25 4 060910 PN 242 Trou
153. c with the master backlight switch of a compatible vehicle system In certain John Deere cabs the display will also be capable of controlling the cab backlighting when adjustments are made e Sync with Cab disabled lIt behaves like Standalone Mode but status description changes to reflect the Sync with Cab capabilities are available Continued on next page Display Main Page Synchronization with Cab Disabled Diaptay Main Za ol aa Mode Standalone ES ENR W d EI ww g O O d 9 9 Sa 5 Display Main Page Standalone Mode No Network OQU06050 0000E59 19 31OCT07 1 2 30 6 060910 PN 27 Display Setup The Advance Display Settings button found on Display Advanced Backlighting Main page will open the Advanced Backlighting Settings Settings page The Advanced Backlighting Settings page allows the operator to enable synchronization with cab backlighting using a check box When backlight is synchronized with cab the operator can adjust the balance between the cab s backlight and the display s backlight using the sliding scale Pei Enable Synchronization q with Cab Backlighting e 3 Dm A Balance Adjust the balance of the display s backlight relative to the cab s backlight 4 gt Ce V PC10364 UN 30SEP07 Advanced Backlighting Settings Button PC10363 UN 30SEP07 OQUO06050 0000E59 19 310CT07 2 2 SETTINGS softkey I
154. cate prescription in 0 0 Continued on next page JS56696 0000493 19 06OCT08 4 7 45 4 060910 PN 41 GreenSeeker 11 Select GreenSeeker from Prescription drop down list Continued on next page JS56696 0000493 19 06OCT08 5 7 45 5 060910 PN 42 GreenSeeker Prescription Date Created Product Type Rate Units Look Ahead sec Out of Field Loss of GPS Prescription Rate 0 00 gal ac 4 12 Select the ENTER button to accept the prescription Prescription Multiplier 400 PC10004 UN 23APR07 PC8649 UN 01NOVO05 ENTER button Continued on next page JS56696 0000493 19 06OCT08 6 7 45 6 060910 PN 43 GreenSeeker GreenStar 2 Pro Documentation Single Product Dolomite 28 Prescription Rate 0 00 gal ac Prescription Greenseeker Target ne Application ____ Rate 8 08 Method gal ac Actual k Geh 0 00 Height Depth 0 0 gal ac ele Advanced Settings 13 Setup is done Begin the application 7 12a E PC10005 UN 25SEP07 i el The GS2 is now ready to receive target rates from GreenSeeker JS56696 0000493 19 06OCT08 7 7 45 7 060910 PN 44 COM Port Assignment Why Assign the COM Port The RS232 Serial COM Port setup is necessary to connect different control unit or components to the GS2 display
155. ce Review all current Operator s Manuals Quick Reference Guides Installation Instructions and Product Updates Read and perform all implement calibration procedures for your machine s Review Prescriptions for Map Based Prescriptions in Apex In Apex NOTE Apex is not available in all EAME countries Ensure all farm and field names are entered and accurate Enter all seed varieties Enter all flags for tracking Ensure all data from Field Doc has transferred properly from JDOffice 1 5 Save all data to your Compact Flash Card In the Machine Make sure the display address is set to primary Adjust backlighting and contrast on the GS2 display Set record stop delay height In the Field Check StarFire receiver for GPS Signal Review Pre Season Checklists for your specific machine and implement NOTE When checking for GPS signal move machine to open view of sky and turn key to second position If receiver has been stored for longer than six months it may take the receiver one to two hours to lock on to a GPS and or differential signal JS56696 00004E6 19 01SEP09 1 1 Pre Season Checklist for Guidance In the Office Review all current Operator s Manuals Quick Reference Guides Installation Instructions and Product Updates Read and perform all implement calibration procedures for your machine s
156. change the Auxiliary Control assignments If Disable is selected default all Auxiliary Controls will be disabled WARNING uxiliary Control Detected Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement To avoid the risk of death or serious injury to a bystander ensure Users know which function is mapped to each control Controls are properly labeled Disable If Enable is selected all Auxiliary Controls will be enabled 2ZX1042319 UN 04DEC08 OUCC002 0002A57 19 28O0CT09 1 6 Auxiliary Control Detected CAUTION Auxiliary Control is disabled because requested assignments could not be completed Go to the Auxiliary Controls page to enable Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement This message occurs when the system detects an Auxiliary Control and at least one of the requested assignments could not be completed It is necessary to check the Auxiliary Controls page by pressing the Mapping key G and review the assignments before Auxiliary Control can be enabled Continued on next page SE XXXX Auxiliary Controls Auxiliary Control Disabled Auxiliary Control is disabled because requested assignments could not be completed Go to the Auxiliary Controls page to enable PC10857RT UN 220CTO09 OUCC002 0002A57 19 280CT09 2 6 65 1 060910 PN 64 Auxiliary Controls Auxiliary Control Co
157. chine On towed implements disconnect wiring harnesses from tractor before servicing electrical system components or welding on machine E DX SERV 19 17FEB99 1 1 TS218 UN 23AUG88 Read Operator Manuals for ISOBUS Implements In addition to GreenStar Applications this display can be used as a display device for any implement that meets ISO 11783 standard This includes capability to control ISOBUS implements When used in this manner information and implement control functions placed on the display are provided by the implement and are the responsibility of the implement manufacturer Some of these implement functions could provide a hazard either to the Operator or a bystander Read the operator manual provided by the implement manufacturer and observe all safety messages in manual and on implement prior to use NOTE ISOBUS refers to the ISO Standard 11783 JS56696 0000490 19 130CT09 1 1 05 2 060910 PN 8 Safety Handle Global Positioning Receivers and Brackets Safely Falling while installing or removing a global positioning receiver can cause serious injury Use a ladder or platform to easily reach a mounting location Use sturdy and secure footholds and handholds Do not install or remove the receiver in wet or icy conditions The receiver mast used on implements is heavy and can be awkward to handle Two people are required when mounting locations are not accessible from th
158. cle to change these settings to fit their needs Once these Continued on next page OUO6050 00022AC 19 280CT08 1 8 30 3 Soi PN 24 Display Setup Go to MENU gt gt DISPLAY button gt gt DISPLAY softkey E EE MENU button PC11392 UN 140CT08 PC11393 UN 140CT08 DISPLAY softkey OQUO06050 00022AC 19 280CT08 2 8 PC11437 UN 240CT08 PANEL DIM button allows operator to quickly darken screen with one button push When the operator engages the panel dim feature the screen temporarily darkens in order to reduce glare Screen will resume normal brightness when an alarm condition exists or when operator touches screen 2600 only or activates any f PANEL DIM butt button on display control Se NOTE To exit Panel Dim press any button on display control or turn thumb wheel OQUO6050 00022AC 19 280CT08 3 8 BRIGHTNESS button can be changed by selecting PLUS PC11440 UN 260CT08 or MINUS button Gei GI BRIGHTNESS button Continued on next page OQU06050 00022AC 19 280CT08 4 8 060910 30 4 PN 25 Display Setup NOTE Sync with Cab feature only functions on selected vehicles Sync with Cab check box when activated allows the GreenStar display to control the brightness of other displays within the vehicle cab Deselecting check box will allow only display to lighting to change with no effect on other cab displays and lights If deactivated
159. code shows up again check battery power and recharge it as needed Please contact your John Deere dealer 1386 Display Unit Temperature Too High The LCD backlight was not turned off when the temperature was above the highest limit Please contact your John Deere dealer 1386 1 Display Unit Temperature Too Low The LCD backlight was not turned off when the unit temperature was below the lowest limit Contact you John Deere Dealer 3597 2 Regulate Voltage 5 0 v Abnormal The 5 0 v regulated power is out of range Click Cancel if it occurs occasionally If it occurs continually contact your John Deere Dealer The 1 5 v regulated power is out of range Click Cancel if it occurs occasionally If 3598 2 Regulated Voltage 1 5 v Abnormal it occurs continually contact your John Deere Dealer 3599 2 Regulated Voltage 3 3 v Abnormal The 3 3 v regulated power is out of range Click Cancel if it occurs occasionally If it occurs continually contact your John Deere Dealer 523310 12 eee REES Failed to read write from to the NOR flash See your John Deere dealer 523771 3 CCD Line Voltage Too High The voltage on the CCD_HIGH line of the CCD network is above the nominal Cycle power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the harness wiring The voltage level on the CCD_HIGH line of the CCD network is below the nominal 523771 3 CCD Line Voltage Too Low Cycle power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the battery and harness
160. completed Go to the Auxiliary Controls page to enable Auxiliary Control Disabled Auxiliary Control configuration changed Auxiliary Ge Control is disabled because requested This message occurs when the Auxiliary Control assignments could not be completed Go to the configuration has been modified during run time e g Auxiliary Controls page to enable additional input and or implement added and at least one of the requested assignments could not be completed It is necessary to check the Auxiliary Controls page by pressing the Mapping key G and review the assignments before Auxiliary Controls can be enabled PC10857RU UN 220CT09 OQU06050 0001224 19 280CT09 4 4 1 0 3 060910 PN 12 Updating Software GS2 Live Update Before running GS2 Live Update make a backup copy of your data card content To create a backup of your data save a copy of the files from your flash card to your PC John Deere AMS develops software updates system enhancements and performance improvements for your GS2 display as well as many other components The GS2 Live Update is a desktop software application that automatically alerts you of recent updates to your GS2 system and walk you through the downloading process To install the GS2 Live Update insert the CD into your CD ROM drive and follow the on screen prompts If no prompts appear double click My Computer and find the drive associated with your CD
161. ct MENU button gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt EQUIPMENT softkey H Machine tab A Select the desired machine type model name and connection Type then press COM Port button B ZX1043696 UN 03DEC09 Com Port settings page appears see Com Port Settings OU06050 0001236 19 26MAR10 1 1 060910 PN 51 50 7 COM Port Assignment Com Port Settings Use tnis screen to deactivate a profile for a specific z machine Com Port Settings IMPORTANT If two Com Port B are associated to a profile individually deactivate each COM Port The following procedure stands for one COM Port deactivation Repeat procedure for each COM Port To deactivate a profile A for a specific machine proceed as follows 1 Select MACHINE tab then the desired Machine Type 2 Select in the profile A drop down box 3 Select Com Port B number to deactivate 4 Then press ENTER button C to deactivate profile or CANCEL button D to cancel procedure The COM Port Profile is now deactivated for a specific machine When the component is reconnected to the GS2 display the Profile is automatically recalled and loaded A Profile C Enter button B Com Port D Abort button ZX1043700 UN 03DEC09 OQU06050 0001237 19 17FEB10 1 1 50 8 060910 PN 52 YARA N Sensor YARA N Sensor NOTE GreenSeeker is for use in North America and YARA N Sensor is for use in Euro
162. cting Fields H No Field Found 1 Drive within 30 5 m 100 ft of intended field The current field could not be found Please drive closer to your field or verify that your field catalog is up to date and try again If not within 30 5 m 100 ft of intended field select Find Field An alarm will appear No Field Found The current field could not be found Please drive closer to your field or verify that your field catalog is up to date and try again S D a KA 7 S 2 No Field Found JS56696 0000376 19 30SEP09 1 4 2 Select Find Field Button A Message will be displayed 2 2 S while the field is being found Finding Field Please Finding Field wait while the field catalog is searched e Please wait while the field Catalog Is searched S D T 5 Finding Field JS56696 0000376 19 30SEP09 2 4 3 When the fields are found select the current field from S the drop down list Select Field After the current field is selected client farm and field Please select your current field from the categories will be automatically updated list below 2 D 7 Z 7 l A A 2 S 2 Select Field Continued on next page JS56696 0000376 19 30SEP09 3 4 90 3 060910 PN 184 Field Locator GreenStar 2 Pro R C Q 009 Crop Season Task v Field Locator a Vv Operator SC Auto Detect Field Exit Field Locator Settings Field Locator A Resources Tab E Farm I Operat
163. cumenting the operation Verify implement type model name implement width and track spacing when changing implements Implement width and track spacing are independent of each other NOTE IMPLEMENT tab will show HEADER for Combines ROW UNITS for Cotton Pickers and BOOM for Sprayer NOTE Implement width may come from controller on select controllers such as SeedStar NOTE In some cases a higher degree of precision can be achieved for track spacing when track spacing is entered in by rows instead of feet More decimal places are used in the track spacing calculation when entered in by rows versus the three decimal places allowed when entered by feet Defining Implement Width and Track Spacing Implement width and track spacing can be defined two ways enter the working width of the implement or enter the number of rows and the row spacing To toggle between these two select the m ft rows button Implement Width m ft enter total implement working width Implement Width rows enter number of rows and the row spacing in inches Track Spacing Used in guidance for how far each pass is from the last pass It is entered the same way as Implement Width For perfect guess rows this distance Continued on next page ao 0 Implement Width rows Row Width in Track Spacing Row Width rows in Physical Width ft PC9903 UN O9JANO7 Track Spacing E Row Width will be
164. d Connector OU06050 0000CE3 19 13NOV08 1 2 PC9744 UN 20NOV06 60 2 060910 PN 61 ISO Implements Spuit Hoofdmenu 0 0 amp km h o o LU 0 0 Zm ha h F O TARGET RATE IMPOSSIBLE ACTUAL RATE TOO HIGH JOHN DEERE Sprayer Menu The John Deere pull type sprayer presents its information as shown The machine layout allows the control and E ee Sei de Seeder setup of all machine functions like tank volume boom and planting devices The documentation sections spray rate control etc See specific product package can only coniniunicate with one OM for details implement at a time TASK CONTROLLER Implement width sections operation type Some ISOBUS compliant implements like the John implement type machine type recording Deere pull type sprayer support the Task Controller source target amp actual rate parameters based documentation Task Controller is part of the are set automatically with Task controller documentation functionality build into the Display Software based on the ISO implement and supports Documentation of ISOBUS implements The communication depends on the availability of the optional Task Controller support in the implement controller OQUO06050 0000CE3 19 13NOV08 2 2 60 3 SC PN 62 ISO Implements Virtual Terminal Displays MENU Softkey gt gt DISPLAY Softkey gt gt DIAGNOSTIC Softkey gt gt ISOBUS tab PC8663 UN
165. d do not want to document field operation data e Operator Used to separate data from different operators e License Used to document applicator license for operator e Crop Season Used to separate data from different crop seasons CONDITIONS tab e Temperature PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 r DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8676 UN O5AUG05 RESOURCE CONDITIONS softkey e Wind Speed e Wind Direction Sky Condition e Humidity e Crop Growth Stage e Soil Moisture e Soil Temperature OQU06050 00022B4 19 270CT09 1 1 75 5 060910 PN 92 GreenStar General EQUIPMENT softkey PC8663 UN OSAUGO5 The equipment screen is used to record data by machine to document total area and hours Equipment settings are also used for inputs on implement size GPS receiver location etc Track spacing is used for machine guidance and coverage maps The GREENSTAR2 PRO EQUIPMENT screen can MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 contain up to four tabs GreenStar2 MACHINE tab gt Pro IMPLEMENT 1 tab Ze IMPLEMENT 2 tab optional GREENSTAR2 PRO button IMPLEMENT 3 tab optional Spar a EQUIPMENT softkey 0QU06050 00022B5 19 20NOVO06 1 1 75 6 060910 PN 93 GreenStar General MACHINE and IMPLEMENT tabs MACHINE tab allows setup of the following e Machine Type Used to select machine type e
166. d map will indicate flag lines Pressing FLAG button again will de activate flag e Point flags mark a specific point in a field like a rock tree stump or where machine ran out of seed or spray Point flags can also be used to indicate locations for soil sampling and field scouting When a POINT FLAG button is selected a flag will be marked for that location Multiple point flags can be selected for a particular field e Area flags are used to mark an area of interest such as a patch of weeds a low spot in a field or a tile line Width of an area flag is equal to implement width in Equipment settings When an AREA FLAG button is pressed FLAG ON button will flash indicating flag is active and map will indicate flag area Pressing FLAG button again will de activate flag Up to six flags can be configured Select button to setup from drop down box then indicate a name and flag mode Flags can only be removed using desktop software OQU06050 00022BD 19 20NOVO06 1 1 75 22 060910 PN 109 Documentation No GPS Documentation If GPS is lost or there is no receiver a grower can still document and accumulate information or Totals The software used an alternative speed source wheel speed OQUO06050 0000E54 19 01SEP09 1 1 Turning Documentation On and Off NOTE Totals listed under TOTALS button are only calculated when documentation is turned on See DOCUMENTATION softkey in this section to turn on
167. duct Details For Europe Only e Load Name e Load Number e Load Destination e Residue management os R Derwite t anaki rate comes from control unit on selected control units Application CH Harvest Loi e Crop Type water e SS Ge Manayenel EEN e Variety z D 3 o A NOTE If using Harvest Doc or Harvest Monitor in a 70 Series combine all Harvest Monitor functions are accessed through the armrest CommandCenter Please consult the 70 Series Automatically Generated Operations Operator Manual for more detailed information e Type e Name on using the CommandCenter Some operations are automatically created when the display is connected to certain machines and a client Water Management farm field and task are defined e Type Example When a SeedStar Gen II planter is connected to the display and a client farm field and task are defined NOTE See your SurfaceWater Pro Operator s a seeding operation is automatically created The details Manual for more information of the operation will still need to be defined Other Limited Availability of Operations Continued on next page OQUO6050 0000C8E 19 12MAY10 1 2 80 3 060910 PN 112 Documentation Some operations WILL NOT be available when display is attached to certain machines and implements Example When Harvest Monitor from a John Deere 50 60 or 70 Series Combine NA or 9000i series Europe is connected to the di
168. e You must select are Operation Opemtion Type Type first as this causes some of the data filters to change For harvest operations the Crop and Variety are required but you can select All for the Variety All of the other fields can either be left as All or specific values can be chosen Press the Enter key to create the report 2 a If you have a lot of data on the card generating the 2 report takes longer particularly if you are performing an 1 operation at the same time While the report is being 7 created you can view other screens normally The display gt lets you know when the report is complete S RS Continued on next page OQUO06050 000107F 19 11MAY09 2 3 85 11 060910 PN 180 Totals When you return to the report screen you see the results of your custom filter This screen is like the current totals screen with the exception that the left hand box now shows the custom fitter that was used The results on the custom filter report include the current totals for the operation that you are performing if it matches the filter that you specified The current totals are included as of the time that the report was created If you would like to refresh the screen to show more recent data you can press the Refresh filter button at the top of the screen A You can change the custom filter by pressing the Modify Custom Filter button which brings up the custom filter dialog box again You can also return to t
169. e European Sprayer e SeedStar Air Cart e European Spreader e SprayStar e European Wrapping Baler e Accu Depth e Rauch Axera Fertilizer Spreader e Original StarFire Receiver e Harvest Monitor Except 70 Series Combines e TCM e Self Propelled Forage Harvester e European Drill OQUO06050 0000CA2 19 18MAY09 1 1 Operating Original GreenStar Monitor IMPORTANT If dual monitors are being used with an Original GreenStar Display on the system along with a GS2 display the Original GreenStar Monitor application will not be available and will not appear on menu Once in Original GreenStar Monitor application operator interface will function the same as the Original GreenStar Display See vehicle or implement Operator s Manual for more information OUO6050 0000CA3 19 310CT07 1 1 1 05 1 060910 PN 213 Harvest Monitor Picker Original GreenStar Monitor Press MENU button gt gt ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR button Harvest Monitor is only available through the ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR application on the GS2 display Once in the Original GreenStar Monitor application operator interface will function the same as the Original GreenStar Display NOTE The original GreenStar Monitor is only viewable as a full screen IMPORTANT If dual monitors are being used with an Original GreenStar Display on the system along with a GS2 display Harvest Monitor will automatically function on the Original Green
170. e Swath Control ORG e GS2 Rate Controller ORG e Swath Control Pro Settings Quick Sheet e GS2 button H Setup Guide e Tips for Operating iTEC Pro and Swath Control Pro JS56696 00004EA 19 01SEP09 1 1 125 7 060910 PN 245 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Frequently Asked Questions e Q When try to record in GreenStar 2 get the message Implement Recording Not Allowed What do need to do to fix this A Verify you have the correct Client Farm Field and Task set up under GS2 button G Then make sure you have an operation setup in button 1 If you have Tillage Product Application or Other operation defined verify you only have one operation set up If running a Planting or Seeding operation it is possible to set up a Product Application operation as well If the error message remains select button C and select Recording from the drop down menu This is a Recording Diagnostics page and will give you an idea of why the system will not allow recording Q I m attempting to dial in my AutoTrac Universal system and don t understand what each sensitivity is for A Refer to the AutoTrac Universal Quick Reference Guide that came with your AutoTrac Universal System or print it off from the www StellarSupport com website It defines these and other terms Steer speed is how fast the ATU wheel turns Acquire sensitivity is how aggressively the unit drives to the line Line Sensitivity
171. e adjusted in two places GREENSTAR2 PRO EQUIPMENT screen gt gt HEADER tab e One of two home pages options PC8663 UN O5AUG05 PC8661 UN O02NOV05 MENU button GreenStar2 Pro 2 2 KON DEERE AG MANAGEMEN SOLUTIONS PC8677 UN 05AUG05 Continued on next page GREENSTAR2 PRO button EQUIPMENT softkey OUO6050 0000CA9 19 310CT07 1 4 80 42 060910 PN 151 Documentation GreenStar 2 Pro Equipment Implement Type Platform a Ww Implement Model Implement Name 30 s Implement Width ft T k pce 00 000 ft 30 0 Control On Off A Machine B Header Menu C Implement Type Drop Down E Implement Name Drop Down Menu Menu F Change Offsets Button Header type and size are setup according to the operator s manual The width of the header is shown on the HEADER tab screen as Implement width Press arrows H I K and L to increase or decrease the amount of cut width on the left or right side Continued on next page D Implement Model Drop Down G Change Widths Button H Increase Cut Width Left Hand Side Hand Side I Decrease Cut Width Left L Increase Cut Width Right Hand Side Hand Side PC10652B UN 28MAY09 J Overlap Control Check Box K Decrease Cut Width Right The Overlap Control Check Box J allows the operator enable or disengage the overlap control feature Press C
172. e field for the destination For example an operation that is delivering to several elevators can create a Load Name for each elevator A single load can have totals from more than one field This allows you to finish a field and start another while tracking the load in a truck or cart OU0O6050 000107D 19 06APR09 1 1 Viewing Current Totals Reports The GreenStar 2 Pro field documentation system allows you to view the totals for the operations that you are performing This is a powerful tool that can display totals by field crop variety and load Totals reports can be viewed by selecting the J button from the GreenStar 2 Pro screens PC10857IR UN 25MAR09 Continued on next page OU06050 000107E 19 25MAR09 1 3 85 9 060910 PN 178 Totals The Totals screen shows the current totals The operation type client farm and field and crop season are displayed in the box on the left A This box also contains the navigation buttons that allow you to change the contents of the screen The upper box on the right B shows the operational data This depends on the type of operation selected but normally reflects either the application or harvest data The box on the lower right C displays productivity data This information is displayed for all operation types The time and area remaining are dependent upon the field boundary This information is not available if the field does not have
173. e file matches the 48 Update file invalid original image User removed the compact flash card during a reprogramming session Repeat the reprogramming 51 User aborted process with the compact flash card inserted the entire session 55 Controller flash erase failed A PF controller could not erase its flash memory A PF controller received a record that was missing a colon Customer could try reprogramming the 56 Message missing colon controller again in case of a bus error A PF controller received a record that was too long Customer could try reprogramming the controller 57 Record too long again in case of a bus error A PF controller received a record that was not the expected length Customer could try 58 Invalid record length reprogramming the controller again in case of a bus error A PF controller received a record that was out of the expected sequence Customer could try 59 Sequence error reprogramming the controller again in case of a bus error Controller received odd A PF controller received a record that had an invalid address Customer could try reprogramming the 60 address controller again in case of a bus error A PF controller stopped responding to the display during a reprogramming session Check connection to the controller may require a power cycle If communication is resumed repeat the 61 Controller timed out reprogramming session NOR flash reprogramming There was an error with trying to reprogram the NOR flash boot application ima
174. e ground or from a service platform Use proper lifting techniques and wear proper protective equipment TS249 UN 23AUG88 DX WW RECEIVER 19 08JAN08 1 1 05 3 060910 PN 9 Safety Signs Implement Detected Warning SCHER Implement Detected Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement To avoid death or serious injury to a bystander understand how this display operates the functions of the implement Read and understand the implement Operator Manual This message occurs when the system detects an ISOBUS implement For more information see READ OPERATOR MANUALS FOR ISOBUS IMPLEMENTS in the Safety section AWARNING Implement Detected Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement To avoid death or serious injury to a bystander understand how this display operates the functions of the implement Read and understand the implement Operator Manual 5 D amp l 7 g 8 2 OQUO06050 0000E6B 19 06OCT08 1 1 Auxiliary Control Safety Signs y Weg WARNING Auxiliary Control Detected uxiliary Control Detected Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement KEE Auxiliary Control Detected To avoid the risk of death or Improper operation can cause unintended serious injury to a bystander H ensure implement movement Users know which function is P H H ini mapped to each control D To avoid the risk of death
175. e input device and implement configuration Example A joystick 4 inputs and an implement 4 functions are connected to the vehicle e Input 1 function 1 e Input 2 function 3 e Input 3 function 2 and 4 e Input 4 not assigned In this example the implement requests function 3 to be mapped to input 2 and both functions 2 and 4 to be mapped on input 3 Input 4 remains blank This is called a preferred assignment and is requested by the implement as soon as implement and input device are connected Once an assignment has been changed Continued on next page aes di EI Wb STOP e Poe EN GC ZX1042158 UN 04DEC08 by the operator the implement may store the mapping as the new preferred assignment for this particular configuration If joystick and implement are disconnected and reconnected at a later date the implement is able to reload the assignments again Based on input device and or implement requirements the assignments may be limited e The single assignment icon A can be set by an auxiliary function and or input If an implement function sets a single assignment icon it can only be mapped separately to ONE button of the input device and no additional function can be assigned to this button If an input sets a single assignment icon it can only be mapped to ONE implement function e The assignment lock icon B states that the assignment is requested automatically by the implemen
176. e map on the GS2 display does not start painting at the same time product starts applying adjust Turn on and off times in increments of 0 1 of a second until your coverage map starts and stops painting the same time your product starts and stops applying Symptom Problem Solution Coverage Map paints after product application begins Turn on time is to large Decrease Turn on time Coverage Map paints before product application begins Turn on time is to small Increase Turn on time Coverage Map stops painting after product application stops Turn off time is to large Decrease Turn off time Coverage Map stops painting before product application stops Turn off time is to small Increase Turn off time OQU06050 00011F7 19 25MAY10 1 1 Coverage Map The As Applied coverage map is used to show where the vehicle has applied product The Coverage Only is used to show where the vehicle has been in the field same coverage map that is displayed on guidance pages See the GreenStar General Mapping button Maps Tab section of this Operators Manual for details on Coverage Only and As Applied coverage maps OQU06050 00011F 1 19 10SEP09 1 1 100 3 060910 PN 198 Swath Control Pro Accuracy e Understand how field conditions and applied product rate affect machine dynamics The overall Swath Control Pro system accuracy is y e Ensure GPS Receiver went through a warm
177. e on the RTC chip or no power applied to the chip Implement CAN Line Voltage Too The voltage on the CAN_HIGH line of the Implement Bus is above the nominal Cycle 524215 3 A ee e RA High power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the harness wiring 8 The voltage on the CAN_HIGH line of the Implement Bus is below 0 5 v Cycle power 524215 4 d EE on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the battery power and recharge the battery as needed Implement CAN Line Voltage Too The voltage on the CAN_HIGH line of the Implement Bus is above nominal Cycle 524217 3 A ane g 3 High power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check wiring Implement CAN Line Voltage Too The voltage on the CAN_LOW line of the Implement Bus is below the nominal Cycle 524217 4 P 9 power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check the battery power Low and recharge the battery as needed OU06050 000232A 19 130CT09 1 1 125 12 Be Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Task Controller Alarms Alarm Task Controller Device Configuration Error The device configuration block of the connected implement isn t valid The following error was detected Manufacturer Code Industry Group Identity Number Device Class ISO Error Code Faulty Object ID This alarm screen will be displayed whenever an error in the received Device Configuration Description of the ISO
178. e operator can configure five RUN pages on the HOME page To view Multiple RUN pages click the HOME button on the menu bar of the display Each time the HOME button is clicked the screen will advance to the next RUN page 1 In Layout Manager select page number using the list When the last RUN page is being displayed on the screen box B clicking the HOME button will bring up the first RUN page 3 Put check in Include page in Home Page Collection checkbox To set up Multiple RUN pages 2 Configured the page with the applications to be displayed OUO6050 0000E57 19 310CT07 1 1 70 5 060910 PN 87 GreenStar General License Agreement The first time you access the GreenStar tab on the display menu a license agreement will appear If you are the purchaser of the display read the agreement fully check the box next to I am the purchaser of this display and Accept agreement if you agree to the terms The License Agreement can be obtained from you local John Deere dealer or can be viewed at www StellarSupport com Greenstar Software License Agreement ee SYS OFTWARE LICENSE AGREEWENT FOR JOHN DESPRE DIS LAY MPORTANT REAC CAREFULLY Th s sctware license agreerrent iz a legal zart ach between you and tae licensor licensor identified kelow and coverns your use ol Johr Deere display un ts ithe display By cliddng tae Accept Eutton be ow or by cet wating crocheny se using he d splay
179. e the setup data is saved to the data card prior to operating If the vehicle is running during setup and programming turn the vehicle off with key in the OFF position and wait 30 seconds before restarting This ensures that all data is saved to the data card DO NOT turn the key to the start position directly from the accessory position The reduction in voltage during the starting phase could result in a loss of all setup data IMPORTANT If changes are made while machine is in auxiliary mode turn key off and wait for display s power light to turn off before starting the ignition This allows display to shut down and save data IMPORTANT Data card must be in display during operation or system functionality will deteriorate During power up of display a start up screen will show a status bar that indicates display is powering up Once the display has powered up if no implement is connected a default performance monitor screen will be shown If an ISO implement is connected that implement s information will be shown in application info area along with 10 softkeys Input Fields There are a variety of input fields and buttons that allow the operator to navigate through the screens on the display and input values e Drop Down Box e Input Box e Check Box e Button Fields are selected by touching screen Key pad will appear to input alpha numeric data Drop Down Box Continued on next page PC8845 UN 300CT
180. e threshold that causes the Coverage Map to paint PC10857RQ eugene a y CN orange aligns with the GPS Accuracy Indicator bar graph under the StarFire receiver icon Both the map and bar 30 graph will turn orange when GAI lt 9 See your StarFire manual for more information on the GPS Accuracy Indicator SF2 GPS Accuracy Indicator GAI a Overlapping coverage will paint the normal dark blue color GPS ACCURACY box whether or the overlapping coverage was recorded with reduced GPS accuracy OQU06050 0001206 19 28OCT09 13 13 Boundary Type Description NOTE Headlands are for use with iTEC Pro Other Available Boundary Types GreenStar software may view headlands on the Guidance page but will not utilize them e Exterior Exterior Headland NOTE Sprayer Pro functionality is based up on e Interior Optional exterior interior and impassable interior Passable Interior boundaries functionalities Impassable Interior Interior Headlands Required if Impassable Interiors are used JS56696 0000494 19 25NOV08 1 1 75 12 PN 99 GreenStar General Boundary Screen MENU gt gt GREENSTAR 2 PRO gt gt MAPPING gt gt BOUNDARIES tab NOTE Apex is not available in all EAME countries The boundary screen allows operator to set up the following information e Client set up in Apex or as Custom Name e Farm set up in Apex or as Custom Name e Field set up in Apex or as Custom Name e
181. ed Display Secondary Navigation Secondary display controls consist of five buttons located on backside of display They provide backup navigation in the event that the primary display controls are not communicating with display ENTER button A and CANCEL button D operate the same as they do on the primary display controls Up Arrow B and Down Arrow C simulate thumb wheel operation on display control DISPLAY RESET button E resets display without cycling power on vehicle Hold for 3 seconds to reboot A Enter D Cancel B Up arrow E Display reset C Down arrow Wa Le Te Sc Gy Display Secondary Navigation PC8580 UN 17AUG05 OQU06050 000229E 19 20NOVO06 1 1 20 4 060910 PN 17 Getting Started Data Card IMPORTANT Do not remove 12 volt power from display until the LED light is black Prematurely removing power green or orange light status may cause loss of data and or the display to lose functionality It may take up to 20 seconds after removing key power for the LED light to completely go black The data card should not be removed during this period also IMPORTANT Data card must be in display during operation or system functionality will deteriorate IMPORTANT Do not remove data card while display is reprogramming Doing so can damage display and put software in an irrecoverable state Any time machine configuration changes are made the po
182. ed for machines and systems that conform to implementation level 2 of International Organization for Standardization ISO 11783 The purpose of ISO 11783 is to enable electronic units to communicate with each other providing a standardized system that is easy to read and understand The operator can use the display as a tractor performance monitor and a monitor for an ISO 11783 compliant implement Software updates are published at www StellarSup port com Each display also comes with a GS2 Live Update CD Live Update can be installed on an internet connected PC and alert the user when updates to the display are available Live Update guides the user through the downloading process The download is stored on a data card and inserted into the display to complete the update OQU06050 0000C67 19 25NOV08 1 1 20 1 060910 PN 14 Getting Started Front of Display Display A is located in cab and allows the operator to view instantaneous information from seat while operating the vehicle LED B indicates power mode of display Cold boot progress bar is green with a yellow outline LED is orange for a split second then solid green Cold boot up occurs when the GS2 display has been powered down for over 6 hours It takes 60 80 seconds to power up regardless of switched or unswitched power condition Warm boot progress bar is yellow with a green outline LED is orange for a split second then solid green W
183. ed to distinguish between different models Implement Name Used to distinguish multiple machines of the same model NOTE Implement widths or offsets can not be defined for Implement 2 or 3 E IMPLEMENT TYPE drop down G IMPLEMENT NAME box drop down box F IMPLEMENT MODEL drop down box For IMPLEMENT 3 tab to appear implement type must be selected in IMPLEMENT 2 tab IMPLEMENT 3 tab allows setup of the following Implement Type Used to select implement type e Implement Model Used to distinguish between different models or multiple machines or the same model Implement Name The name is used to further clarify which implement is being used NOTE Implement widths or offsets can not be defined for Implement 3 JS56696 0000379 19 30SEP09 6 6 95 9 060910 PN 195 Swath Control Pro Theory of Operation Swath Control is an optional GS2 Pro Module that can be purchased and activated on a GS2 display Swath Control Pro is an operator assistance tool that can turn machine and implement sections on and off automatically Swath Control Pro utilizes the following components for operation e Global Positioning System GPS receiver e GS2 Display activated with Swath Control Pro Module e Capable control units Swath Control Pro utilizes the previous as applied coverage and boundaries exterior interior and exterior headland to determine section status OQU06050 00011EE 19 O6APR10
184. eeeeeeeees 50 3 COM Port Settings 3rd Party Control Units 50 4 COM Port Setting Review 50 6 Deactivate COM Port 50 7 Com Port Settings ccccssseccceeesssssteeeeeeeeeee 50 8 YARA N Sensor VvARAN Gensor 55 1 ISO Implements Implement Detected Warning sssssssssssssseseeeeeeee 60 1 Operating ISO Implement 60 1 ISO Implemente enne 60 2 Virtual Terminal Displays ccccccccseeeeeteees 60 4 Auxiliary Controls Auxiliary Control Safety Signs cece 65 1 Auxiliary Control Alerte 65 4 Auxiliary Control Softkey c ccccceeeeeeeeees 65 7 Auxiliary Controls Page Implement Function Mapping esccceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeee 65 8 Auxiliary Controls Assignment Error Messages 65 12 Auxiliary Controls Preferred Assignments 65 14 Auxiliary Controls Conflicts and Disabled Funchons 65 15 Layout Manager Layout Manager 70 1 Configure Multiple RUN pages 70 5 GreenStar General License Agreement ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenennennreneeeene 75 1 GREENSTAR2 PRO button 75 1 Advanced Setup cc ssccessssstteeeeeeeessssseeeeess 75 2 RESOURCES CONDITIONS button 75 5 EQUIPMENT softkey 75 6 MACHINE and IMPLEMENT tabs 75 7 Mapping Goftkey 75 8 MAPS taD e a ast aA AR Sie St 75 8 Boundary Type Description sssnnnenneneeeeeeee a 75 12 Boundary Gecreen 75 13 Continued on next page Original Instructions All information illustrations and speci
185. eeeeesneeeeeeees 95 3 Sensitivity EENEG 95 3 T U RE Ill 80 27 E EE 75 5 Unified inch bolt and screw torque values 130 1 KEE 80 2 Task Controller ee 60 3 V Alarm S A a ge 125 13 Temperature EEN 75 5 Vanguard eeeeseeeeeeiseeeeeiseesisiseeesisrsrernrereresrerereerens 80 34 Thumb Wheel ENEE EEN 80 54 Time Virtual Terminal Setting Format EEN 30 7 Function bag stees es 60 4 Toatal Area eist 60 4 Performance Monitor ENEE 120 15 elteren 30 5 Top and Bottom Boundaries sssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 75 18 E Ce NEE 75 19 W Torque charts MOto aia ana 130 2 Unified inch eera a ek oC E Total Distance e east tree etamadatinut 75 5 Performance Monitor 120 16 Total Engine Hours Y Performance Monitor ssesseesseeeeseeesrereserreeenn 120 16 Total Fuel Used P rforman e GE 120 15 YARA N Sensor EE ER ana 55 1 Total Idle Time Yield Unit cinien eierniie 80 53 Performance Monitor EES 120 16 Cptton Yer EAEE EE EE 115 1 t oc te ease eade age EEN 85 1 ei 85 2 Performance Monitor 120 14 En le e WEE 120 16 Botte Eet EEN EE 85 1 Touchscreen Calibration et A8 ih hs oe tele cee 30 8 TOS bisa sted cies petted so ate oo ee pee ek E E cee ah 30 8 Track Ee Le WEE 95 7 Index 7 GE PN 7 Index 060910 Index 8 PN 8 Glossary Technical Information Technical information can be purchased from John Deere Some of this information is available in electronic media r such as CD ROM disks and in printed
186. elected For example when a Harvest task is selected for a farm and field planting data will not show and when Crop Totals are shown information for each particular crop is not broken down by which farm or field the crop was in This can be filtered further by filtering by field crop and load All values shown are for the items that are used for filtering ITEM SPECIFICATION e Area Area harvested with recording ON e Date Range Beginning and ending date of harvest activity e Average Productivity The average amount of area harvested per hour when recording is ON e Moisture Percent of moisture of the crop as determined by Harvest Monitor e Yield dry Crop yield as determined by Harvest Monitor if dried down to the standard payable moisture The standard payable moisture is entered for each crop with desktop software e Yield wet Yield of the crop as it comes out of the field e Productivity Average wet mass of the crop per hour Length of time Number of hours that recording has been ON e Fuel Used Estimated total fuel used e Mass dry Dry mass as determined by Harvest Monitor if dried down to the standard payable moisture e Mass wet Wet mass as determined by Harvest Monitor e Additional items that will show depending on how it is filtered include e Client Anyone including yourself that data will be collected for such as a landlord PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button PC8661
187. ent 1 Tab Menu Menu K Recording Source Drop Down C Implement 2 Tab E Machine Model Drop Down H Machine Turn Radius Menu Menu Input Box L Record Pause Button F Machine Name Drop Down I Turning Sensitivity Input Box Menu NOTE All items and changes will be saved under the current machine name The Machine and Implement tabs are required to be populated with equipment information such as Machine Model Model number of the vehicle being used For John Deere vehicles model numbers will be available from the drop down list Machine Name The name is used to further clarify which machine is being used For instance if there are hoe two 8430 s in your operation the machine names may be e W s John and Deere or 8430 1 and 8430 2 or simply e ores 1 and 2 However settings pertaining to the tractor Machine Type Vehicle type being used e g Tractor Combine Sprayer such as turning radius turn sensitivity dimensions etc are stored to the name PC10857IY UN 30MAR09 Continued on next page JS56696 0000378 19 31OCT07 2 4 060910 PN 188 95 2 Machine And Implement Setup Machine Turn Radius How sharp the machine can turn without an implement attached and without applying brake pressure The turn radius is half the diameter as measured at the center of the rear axle of a row crop tractor and the pivot point on tracks and 4WD tractors Ex
188. enter Reprogram Device Screen e Push REPROGRAM DEVICE button e Choose software version from the drop down box and press enter OUO06050 0000C66 19 270CT09 1 1 15 1 060910 PN 13 Getting Started Theory of Operation IMPORTANT It is important to follow proper use guidelines with the touchscreen on the 2600 GS2 display Do not contact the touchscreen with an object harder or sharper than a fingertip pen pencil point or any metal objects Heavy pressure can also damage underlying components and void the touchscreen warranty Light amounts of pressure if exerted continuously can degrade touchscreen reliability Store the display near room temperature during the off season and in the original shipping container with no items contacting the touchscreen surface The display is primarily used as an operator interface for guidance and documentation applications The primary navigational point of the display is the touchscreen which allows the operator to input information by touching the screen The 2600 can also use the display control which allows use of input buttons and thumb wheel GreenStar Basics Software The display comes standard with a basic software feature set e Manual Guidance e Documentation field and harvest e On Screen Mapping e Prescriptions e ISOBUS VT functionality When connected to a GPS receiver the system allows the operator to drive vehicle with the aid of GPS W
189. enu The APM application contains all functions of the BPM plus an additional 7 functions When the GS2 Display is connected to John Deere CAN electronic based vehicles the following real time functions become available e Wheel and Radar or GPS Speed e Wheel Slip e Instantaneous Productivity PC9134 UN 17APR06 APM Icon e Area Counter e Distance Counter e Engine Speed RPM s e Rear Hitch Position e System Voltage e Engine Coolant Temp e Engine Oil Pressure e Hydraulic Oil Temp e Transmission Oil Temp Optional items based on vehicle platform and configuration are e PTO Status Front amp Rear e Fuel per Hour e Fuel per Area e Radar Connection and Calibration OQU06050 0002312 19 070CT08 1 3 tayout Manager Select an area from above PC9034 UN 17APRO6 Z gt Layout Option A The APM is only available in layout manager option A as seen in the example image below APM will not function in any other screen layouts currently Conti Performance Homi tor gal ac Ms Led Run Screen for APM in Layout A PC9135 UN 18APR06 nued on next page 0QU06050 0002312 19 070CT08 2 3 120 17 060910 PN 236 Performance Monitor Drop down menus for APM selectable functions NOTE 8030 s and 7030 s will NOT display TIME TILL EMPTY in the GS2 display even though it is available in the tractor command center To
190. er If you are satisfied with the selection press the ENTER button If the selection is not what was intended press the large block area again or press the CANCEL button to start over Layout Manager Options with Example Layouts Layout Manager Select an area from above 4 Le Layout Manager Option A Layout Henger Select an area from above E Layout Manager Option F tayout Manager Select an area fram abave A Le Layout Manager Option G PC9036 UN 17APRO06 PC9034 UN 17APRO06 PC9038 UN 17APRO6 Continued on next page PC8649 UN 01NOVO05 PC8582 UN 01NOVOS ENTER button CLEAR button GreenSter 2 Pro Guidance EA II dd de DDDDDDDD I No GPS Signal Example of Layout Option A Idd dd cep DDDDDD op 0 0 2 oO 0 081 EE Example of Layout Option E 0 0Z 4 0 0BVZ oo oO total gat Example of Layout Option G PC11395 UN 140CT08 PC9037 UN 17APRO6 PC11396 UN 140CT08 OQU06050 0002360 19 280CT08 4 5 70 3 060910 PN 85 Layout Manager tayout Manager II ddd iiep gt DDDDDDD 0 0 0 088 Na GPS Signal 0 0Z oO S oo 8 Ee H d 0 0m 2 Select an area from above 7 total gat d Layout Manager Option H tayout Manager 0 0 0 08 OO 0 0 2 g GEERT Eer a P g o o 8 E T Select an
191. er Hardware 247 Current Vehicle Model Number 248 Current Vehicle Serial Number 249 Original Vehicle Model Number 250 Original Vehicle Serial Number 0U06050 000232B 19 01SEP09 2 2 125 17 060910 PN 255 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Trouble Code Pop Up Boxes Platform Core Software FAULT CONDITION FAULT DESCRIPTION ALARM TEXT CAN bus inbound communications overload CAN bus communications overload Reset the display or turn the power off and then back on When an implement s object pool is rejected by the VT There is a technical problem preventing proper operation of the display with the following implement Please contact implement manufacturer with this information A valid card is inserted that contains bad setup data The setup data on the compact flash card is invalid Please resave the setup data to the card from your computer A valid card is inserted that contains bad setup data that cannot be read by this version of the display software The setup data on the compact flash card can not be read by the display Please update your display software A card is inserted that can not be used by the display The compact flash card is not compatible with the display Please use a different card If the user is in the middle of setting up a new operation and they switch to the homepage the apps on the homepage would be disabled in that case Similar
192. ers practical solutions gt E in the areas of marketing financing equipment l A d selection and compliance bw RE ki Fundamentals of Services manuals show you how to EE repair and maintain off road equipment Fundamentals of Machine Operation manuals explain machine capacities and adjustments how to improve machine performance and how to eliminate unnecessary field operations THE PRECISION FARMING GUIDE FOR AGRICULTURISTS TS224 UN 17JAN89 TS191 UN O2DEC88 TS189 UN 17JAN89 TS1663 UN 100CT97 JS56696 00004D6 19 070CT08 1 1 060910 PN 277 John Deere Service Literature Available 060910 2 PN 278 Glossary John Deere Parts We help minimize downtime by putting genuine John Deere parts in your hands in a hurry That s why we maintain a large and varied inventory to stay a jump ahead of your needs TS100 UN 23AUG88 DX IBC A 19 04JUN90 1 1 The Right Tools Precision tools and testing equipment enable our Service Department to locate and correct troubles quickly to save you time and money Well Trained Technicians School is never out for John Deere service technicians Training schools are held regularly to be sure our personnel know your equipment and how to maintain it Result Experience you can count on TS102 UN 23AUG88 DX IBC C 19 04JUN90 1 1 Prompt Service Our goal is to pr
193. es Mois from Ref Point ft Memory Usage k Swath Control Status Activated 66666 Swath Control License M setion Control Command Section Command Legend Off On 0 1 Minimum 2 Outside Exterior Boundary 3 4 Inside Interior Boundary 7 Undefined Over Previous Coverage Select GREENSTAR2 PRO gt DIAGNOSTIC gt SWATH CONTROL e A View Dropdown box e B No of Controllers Detected Indicates the number of Controllers on the CAN Bus e C Equipment Type Indicates the equipment type that Diagnostics information is currently being viewed for e D Name Indicates the Machine Implement Name e E Swath Control Capable Indicates if the selected Equipment Type C is a Swath Capable Machine or Implement Yes Machine Implement is Swath Capable No Machine Implement is not Swath Capable e F Primary Swath Controller Indicates if the selected Equipment Type C is the Primary Swath Control Operation Yes Machine Implement is the Primary Swath Control Operation No Machine Implement is not the Primary Swath Control Operation e G No of Section Indicates the number of selection on the selected Equipment Type C e H No of Boundaries Indicates the number of Boundaries in the current field e 1 Distance from Reference Point Indicates the distance from the start point e J Memory Usage Indicates the percentage of memor
194. es a check box to mark whether the product is Product Details Entry Type Ww modified or not Modified LX1048553 UN 24AUG09 OQU06050 0001200 19 14SEP09 2 2 Product Details Screen Europe Only NOTE Max 25 entries could be added To add a detail press F This will open the Product Details Entry screen A Type E Button to change or delete B Name or Variety a data set C Value designator 1 F Button for new data set D Value designator 2 G Cancel Back to prior page gontant LJ D e Buffer Zone Pavement 45 0 m g OG 2 E H 2 T D 8 3 x OUO6050 0001201 19 14SEP09 1 1 80 16 060910 PN 125 Documentation Product Details Entry Screen Europe Only After the operator defined field E an input in field F G and H is possible When operator has finished the input he either confirms with K or cancel with J Delete Data Set 1 Select field E 2 Choose 3 Press button K a O A Type F Dropdown list can be S B Name changed C Units G Units dropdown list can t J D Value be changed 5 E Dropdown list can t be H Value field a changed J Cancel back to Product S Details Screen 3 K Accept changes back to x Product Details Screen OUO6050 0001202 19 050CT09 1 1 GS2 Shapefile Converter EE EE The GS2 Shapefile Converter converts shapefile prescriptions to a form that can be used
195. esktop software For best accuracy exterior boundaries should be driven In the HEADLAND INDICATOR check box mark whether you want the indicator on or off This will count down the distance to the next headland on the Guidance map Headland Boundary Headlands will show on the Guidance View tab as dashed pink lines to show where the headlands exist in maps and perspective views Only Exterior Boundaries and Impassable Interior Boundaries can have a Headland Boundary PC11418 UN 210CT08 D Mapping Softkey NOTE Apex is not available in all EAME countries Headland Boundaries can either be driven or entered as an offset from the Exterior or Interior Boundary JS56696 0000496 19 O6OCT08 1 1 75 15 060910 PN 102 GreenStar General Driven Headland Offset Boundary se Different Size Boundarie puejpeay Headland 5 8 Exterior Boundary 2 Impassable d Driven Headland Boundary Different Size Boundaries A Driven Boundary Different C Exterior Headland E Interior Headland Size Boundaries D lInterior Boundary F Field B Exterior Boundary Impassable Impassable Creating a Driven Boundary 4 Select DRIVEN from the creation method drop down 1 Select MAPPING softkey gt gt BOUNDARIES tab menu for Exterior Headlands or place a check in the DRIVE BOUNDARY check box for Interior Headlands 2 Select the Client Farm and Field from the drop down menus 5 Enter the distance fro
196. esseeceeeeesseeceeeeeeeeesseeeeeenees 30 7 Half ergeet 70 1 lu EE EE 30 7 Hardware torque values Frequently Asked Questions sssseeeseeeeseee eenen 125 8 MeMO arn A ahi ed eal ee ie 130 2 EREE E Age ee ed 70 1 Hptegd Wehr 130 1 Function INStanCe sssrinin 60 4 Harvest Calibration siie i 80 49 EREM le E Pah 80 42 Documentation 80 37 Continued on next page 060910 Index 3 PN 3 Index Page Page Harvest Screens a 80 54 ISO BUS EE 05 2 Header SOlUP EE 80 48 L Low Flow Compensation e 80 50 Settings SE aca A SE ETIE EN Ee 80 39 Language AT 80 38 E 30 7 aE OE A AEAEE E EE 80 48 Layout Manager ANEA APIE AA AGA AE EAAS AANE NEE 70 1 dei CIE EEN 85 2 Configure Harvest Monitor Multiple RUN Pages s sesseseiseieiseeeieieeeeieeerreeeen 70 5 Uocumentation ENEE 80 48 DEES ege rr r seas cba aan iE E 70 3 Flow Chart Liebe eer 75 5 COON ENEE 119 1 c HF bs Reece ae A On Se 75 22 Moisture RO 15 1 POMS CHON EE 80 52 Load IVP Aeterna i ac tio ae as tn as cee 80 40 Original GreenStar Monitor ssssssssnsennennereennen RE EE 15 1 Row Compensation Low Flow Compensation 0 0 cccccceeeeeeseseseeeee 80 50 E te EE 115 4 SOUP EE 80 53 M Header Ee GE E 75 7 Offset EEN 80 41 Machine Model 95 2 Platform Belt Fichkunp En 80 48 Machine Nannies tc fe Sere Ee 95 2 See GC e TEE 75 7 Setup EE 80 48 Machine Turn Radius ooocccccccccccccccccccececccccccccccccecee 95 3 eu EE 80 41 Machine Type SEET NE RRE 95 2 Headl
197. ext page PC10857UI UN 30MAR10 4 3 12 16 20 24 ee 12 OQU06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 8 17 80 7 060910 PN 116 Documentation Seed Corn planted in a 6 female 2 male configuration PC10857UJ UN 30MAR10 Riet a a a a EECH 12 OQU06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 9 17 Seed corn planted with male rows set to NOT PLANTING PC10857UK UN 30MAR10 4 3 12 16 20 24 BSSRRR SSSRRR MERENN E EE EE E 12 OU06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 10 17 5 refuge with 4 contiguous rows and 1 2 planter one variety and 1 2 planter second variety PC10857UL UN 30MAR10 4 S 12 16 20 24 12 OQUO6050 000126E 19 20MAY10 11 17 Population Seeds Acre If using a John Deere SeedStar planter this number is set using that monitor This is also true for any compatible controller installed If using a non John Deere SeedStar planter the target rate button is active on the GS2 display PC10857U0 UN 31MAR10 E Select Target Rate Button OQUO06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 12 17 Select Rate Units Continued on next page Use 1 Rale bar All Drive Sactions PC10857UP UN 11MAY10 OQU06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 13 17 80 8 060910 PN 117 Documentation Select the target rate box B and enter the desired number on the key pad If using a multiple drive planter check the box A to assign the target rate for each drive sectio
198. ff 90 seconds Any than 60 seconds This will prevent a new time the GS2 display looses unswitched power load from being created when for example it will go through a longer startup sequence a truck is being topped off In addition yield or moisture maps will need to be reselected after power up Save to a PC card before starting Harvest otherwise it can be setup in cab as a new names OQU06050 00022DA 19 30SEP09 1 1 80 38 me PN 147 Documentation PC8663 UN O5AUG05 Changing Harvest Settings NOTE Operations can be set up using desktop software and saved to a PC card MENU button gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt DOCUMENTATION button gt HARVEST tab Select CHANGE HARVEST SETTINGS button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 MENU button FON DEERE AG MANAGEMEN SOLUTION PC8678 UN 05AUG05 Crop Type He cetie Management GREENSTAR2 PRO button DOCUMENTATION button Change Harvest Settings com DeKalb DKC61 21 Chop and Spread Erand Varioty nad Name Load Destination Load Number Auto Increment Load Number Continued on next page PC10857VJ UN 01APR10 Change Harvest Settings JS56696 000049C 19 01APR10 1 3 80 39 060910 PN 148 Documentation This screen allows operator to define e Crop Type e Brand e Variety e Variety Locator e Residue management or Gin Turnout Load NameSelect ENTER or NEXT bu
199. fications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice COPYRIGHT 2010 DEERE amp COMPANY Moline Illinois All rights reserved A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual Contents Page Boundaries Tab 75 15 Driven Headland Offset Boundary 22 75 16 Top And Bottom Offsets Boundary 75 18 Constant Offset Boundary cccssseeeeeeeeee 75 21 FLAGS tale EE 75 22 Documentation No GPS Documentation 80 1 Turning Documentation On and On 80 1 How Documentation Organizes Data 80 1 DOCUMENTATION softkey ssneeeeneeeeeeeeen 80 2 Task NoteS isiii neie ieni ieii i a 80 2 Operations norena 80 3 Tillage Operation cccccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 80 4 Controllers ccececceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeetees 80 4 Using Documentation with a Planter 2 80 4 Using Documentation with Seeder Air Carts 80 11 Required and Optional Items For Documentation 80 12 Product Details Europe Only 80 14 Access Product Details for Planting Seeding Europe Only nnnonnssonnnnnneenaeeenn 80 15 Product Details Screen Europe Only 80 16 Product Details Entry Screen Europe Only 80 17 GS2 Shapefile Converter 80 17 Shapefile Conversion Home Page 80 18 Shapefile Conversion in Progress 00
200. g numeric keypad enter update 7 Select SAVE THIS CURVE button 8 To restore default curves select CROP button to toggle to RESTORE CURVE DEFAULTS Select SAVE THIS CURVE button to restore default curves for the selected crop JS56696 00004A9 19 070CT08 1 1 Selecting Recording Selected recording will be boxed and in capital letters JS56696 00004AA 19 070CT08 1 1 Setting Yield Area Units This screen is a continuation of SETUP HARV MON PAGE 1 screen This screen allows operator to choose Yield Units and Area Units that will be displayed on RUN pages It also allows operator to configure RUN pages and turn on and off printer functions Yield Units NOTE See Standard Weights Chart section for standard weights of corps To select units of measure for yield readings select YIELD UNITS button and SETUP YIELD UNITS PAGE 2 screen will appear Select desired unit Area Units To select units of area select AREA UNITS button on SETUP HARV MON PAGE 2 screen AREA UNITS button will toggle between ACRES and HECTARES Selection will appear boxed in capital letters JS56696 00004AB 19 070CT08 1 1 80 53 060910 PN 162 Documentation Variety Locator Check the Variety Locator box E in Harvest Settings to have the GS2 automatically change to the variety that was recorded while planting This will record the variety that is coming into the center of the header ve
201. g source chosen by the operator blinking means recording on white means recording off In APM the Green arrow pointing down denotes In Work status PC9097 UN 17APR06 O f e u Recording Status BPM PC9098 UN 17APR06 Recording Status APM OUO06050 000230C 19 30SEP09 1 3 Service Intervals The operator is able to view and change the Service Intervals Field When the operator changes the Service Interval the Hours Since Last Service value will remain unchanged If the operator sets the interval to zero the Service Interval function will be disabled The valid range is 0 990 hours When Service Interval Hours Since Service is less than 20 hours to next service the operator will see an alarm saying The vehicle is due for service in XX hours After the alarm is cleared by the operator it will not display again until the next power cycle The first PC9099 UN 17APR06 og Service Interval Service Interval figure below shows the service interval input field while the second figure shows the alarm box when the vehicle needs to be serviced OQUO06050 000230C 19 30SEP09 2 3 Hours Since Last Service The operator is able to manually reset the hours since service value at which time an alarm will display confirming that the total should be reset The first figure below shows the reset button for hours since service and the second shows the confirmation alarm On C
202. ge 62 problem Unknown controller A PF controller returned a response that the display did not know how to interpret 63 response Reprogramming session Generic notification that some part of the reprogramming session failed Another error will be 81 failed reported in addition to this one to indicate the specific failure mode OU06050 0002329 19 01SEP09 1 1 125 11 aot Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Alarm Screens SPN FMI Applicable Failure Mode Recommended Solutions gt The voltage level of the switched power is greater than the nominal Turn off the 158 3 Dee Supply Voltage Too ignition key then turn it back on If this diagnostic code shows up again check power 9 supply wiring Please contact your John Deere dealer The switched power voltage is below the nominal Turn off the ignition key and turn it 158 4 VTI Switched Supply Voltage Too Low back on If this diagnostic code shows up again check the battery Please contact your John Deere dealer The voltage level of from the battery power supply is greater than the nominal Cycle 168 3 Unswitched Supply Voltage Too High power on the display If this diagnostic code shows up again check wiring Please contact your John Deere dealer The voltage level from the battery is lower than the nominal Cycle power on the 168 4 Unswitched Supply Voltage Too Low display If this diagnostic
203. gh a John Deere Dealer and entered into the display OQUO06050 00011EF 19 25MAY10 1 1 100 1 060910 PN 196 Swath Control Pro System Overview The system can be configured to operate in three modes e Minimize Skip e Minimize Overlap e Percent Overlap Minimize Skip ensures product coverage up to field boundaries interior boundaries and as applied area reducing skips Minimize Skip can result in over application and is 100 overlap Minimize Overlap ensures that product coverage does not extend over or out of field boundaries It also ensures that product coverage does not extend into an interior boundary This setting could cause skips along field boundaries or interior boundaries depending on the angle a boundary is crossed Minimize Overlap can result in under application and is 0 overlap Percent Overlap allows settings from 0 125 Overlap NOTE To achieve increasing amounts of overlap utilize the Percent Overlap between 100 125 This will allow the operator to achieve desired results and prevent skips by creating intentional overlap It is not recommended to utilize the Turn on and Turn off times to achieve intentional overlap this can cause additional system complications A Exterior Boundaries Drop Down Menu B Exterior Boundaries Percent Input Box C Interior Boundaries Drop Down Menu D Interior Boundaries Percent E Coverage Drop Down Menu F Coverage Percent Input Box
204. h 5 mph Select and hold slip switch for a minimum of 3 seconds to zero out slip It is recommended to have an implement connected to the vehicle but not engaged in the ground no load OUO06050 0000CDA 19 01SEP09 1 2 Radar Calibration The operator is able to calibrate the radar through a series of steps illustrated in the following figures e The operator initiates the calibration procedure by selecting the calibrate radar button e Measure out a 123 m 400 ft course and select Start Calibration at the beginning of the course e Drive the course and then hit stop at the end of the course NOTE The radar cannot be calibrated unless on a CCD Based vehicle The only exception to this is if you directly hook the radar to the display via the Greenstar harness direct radar PC9119 UN 17APRO6 WV Radar Calibration button connection then radar calibration is possible on a CAN Based vehicle See notes below for configuring radar on a CAN based tractor See CAN Based vehicle list in APM section If the calibration was not successful the operator will be taken back to the first calibration screen OQUO6050 0000CDA 19 01SEP09 2 2 120 10 060910 PN 229 Performance Monitor Configuring Tractor For DIRECT GPS or Ground Based Radar Feed CAN Based Vehicles ONLY NOTE If you have any questions your John Deere dealer can assist in field installing GPS or a radar device CAN Ba
205. hange Offsets button F to access the change offsets page OQUO06050 0000CAY 19 31OCT07 2 4 80 43 060910 PN 152 Documentation A lIn line distance from D In line distance from connection point to rear of implement B In line distance from front to rear of implement C Lateral distance from connection point to control point of implement point of implement E Lateral Offset Toggle Button connection point to control A In line distance from connection point to rear of implement Blies distance from front to rear of implement Lateral distance from connection point to control point of implement In line distance from connection point to control point of implement Change Offsets Continued on next page PC10653 UN 160CT0O7 OQU06050 0000CA9 19 310CT07 3 4 80 44 060910 PN 153 Documentation Seed Type Corn Variety Variety 18889 One of two home pages options A Entire Width of the Header C Increase Cut Width Left E Increment Input Box G lIncrease Cut Width Right B Part of the Header Crop is Hand Side F Decrease Cut Width Right Hand Side coming into D Decrease Cut Width Left Hand Side Hand Side Cut Width Adjustment is available in either a full or half the actual width of crop coming into the header It also screen on the home page creates accurate on screen and desktop software maps When the header is r
206. he current totals by pressing the View Current Totals button at the lower left of the screen lent Client Parm Farmi Field Field Fask Greenstar 2 Pro Re s and Totais a Harvest Ppertion Harvest Combine F crop Com F Variety Wet Vieki buac 135 5 Dry Yie 193 3 bute Average Moisture ray 15 89 Wet Weight bi 5664 tour 101 5 Dry Weight vaia 5612 buy 100 3 Wet Throughput buh 2867 variety1 Krop Season 2008 Load Marne Trach Load Destination Elevator Load Number EE Views Current Totals Average Productivity acm 14 66 Area Worked pee Ly Ares Remaining Dech Time Worked Ha 0 04 Time Remaining ch Fuel U Zeie DD Date Range 03 19 2009 03 19 2009 PC10857IW UN 25MARO09 A Refresh Filter Button B Modify Custom Filter Button C View Current Totals Button OQU06050 000107F 19 11MAY09 3 3 85 12 060910 PN 181 Field Locator PC8663 UN O5AUG05 Field Locator MENU gt gt DOCUMENTATION PC8676 UN O5AUG05 DOCUMENTATION Softkey JS56696 0000374 19 310CT07 1 2 GreenStar 2 Pro R C Client bd Field Locator ik 2009 Crop Season Di Auto Detect Field Exit Field Locator Settings Field Locator A Resources Tab E Farm I Operator M Field Locator Settings B Conditions Tab F Field J License Number C Notes Tab G Task K Field Locator D
207. hen combined with an optional AutoTrac activation and vehicle steering kit system can automatically guide machine though the field Documentation can be used to record data tied to GPS coordinates On some machines rates yield implement width or other information is recorded from the vehicle CAN Bus The displays can also be connected to certain 3rd Party control units to record rate information This data is collected on the compact flash card and can be unloaded into desktop software to produce maps and reports of field activities NOTE 3rd Party control units are control units using RS232 connection Field Doc Connect and ISOBUS compliant control units supporting Task Controller functionality On screen mapping uses GPS and a recording source to create real time maps of field activities Operators are able to see the areas or the as applied maps of the field they have covered Original GreenStar Monitor function can be used to operate selected John Deere implements as they would normally be used with the original GreenStar display The 2600 is also mounted in tandem with an original GreenStar display In this configuration John Deere machine specific information displays on the original GreenStar display and GS2 Basics applications is shown on the 2600 The 2600 display has an integrated performance monitor that can be used to record area and other data based on implement width and ground speed Display can also be us
208. icle since the last reset by the total engine hours accumulated when the vehicle is moving since the last reset Hours PC9091 UN 17APR06 0 0 amp Average Operating Speed accumulated when the vehicle is sitting still will not contribute to these calculations Continued on next page OQU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 7 12 120 15 060910 PN 234 Performance Monitor Total Engine Hours PC9092 UN 17APR06 Engine hours are a value that represents the number of O O HO a total h tenths of an hour that the vehicle s engine has run since last reset Engine hours are only incremented when the Tial Eome h engine RPM s are above 0 Gees ech OQU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 8 12 Total Idle Time PC9093 UN 17APRO6 The operator will be able to view a value that represents O O H O la idle h how much time the vehicle has spent in the idle state This value will increment any time the vehicle is running and is at idle The vehicle is considered to be at idle if all of the following conditions are met Total Idle Time s All SCV s are in neutral or float e Engine RPM is above 0 e Vehicle is not moving based on radar GPS or wheel If all of the conditions listed above are met the application speed sensor will count record how much time is spent at idle e Front and Rear PTO are disabled 0QU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 9 12 Total Distance PC9094 UN 17APRO6 The total distance c
209. implement is used PC11405 UN 150CT08 Implement Offsets E In line distance from connection point to connection point for second implement Value only needed if second implement is used F Offset Toggle Button G A B Documentation Swath Control location when in use A In line distance from connection point to front of implement B In line distance from front to rear of implement C Lateral distance from connection point to control point of implement D In line distance from connection point to control point of implement NOTE For 3 pt mounted implements dimension D does not need to be entered Typical Planter Setup JD 1770 16R30 NT planter with a 2 point connection e A 3 8 m 12 6 ft B 0 m 0 ft even though it is physically 2 m 6 8 ft e C 0 m 0 feet Typical Disk Setup JD 637 F 10 8 m 35 5 ft disk setup A 3 m 9 9 ft e B 5 m 16 4 ft e C 0m 0 ft JS56696 0000379 19 30SEP09 3 6 95 6 060910 PN 192 Machine And Implement Setup Change Widths MAAT A Width ft Track Spacing 40 000 et C ft Physical Width 48 000 t D Implement tt PC9902 UN O9JANO7 Track Spacing A m ft rows button B Implement Width C Track Spacing D Physical Width Implement Widths Used to enter implement width and track spacing for guidance This value is also used to calculate total area when do
210. implement is working Choose the End Row NOTE The end row is the row in which the variety chosen is to stop The row entered is included Assign Multiple Varieties If multiple varieties are to be assigned select the page forward soft key Choose the next variety to be assigned Choose the end row Notice that the start row is the row after the last end row Example Variety 1 was assigned to rows 1 through 4 page forward is pressed the next start row will be 5 Repeat this process until all rows of the planter that are dropping seed are assigned the correct variety If a row will not be planting you must select and assign Row Not Planting from the drop down list PC10857UE UN 30MAR10 Assign Variety to Rows Select the variety 1 Start Row Fnd Raw Cancel PC10857UF UN 30MAR10 If a change needs to be made to a previous row assignment pressing the page back key allows editing to occur to an earlier row variety OUO06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 5 17 Several examples of variety assignments are as follows 1 2 Planter 3 Varieties 1 2 Planter Single Variety PC10857UG UN 30MAR10 4 3 12 16 20 24 CC TTC Riede 12 OUO06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 6 17 3 Varieties with the middle variety spanning the disconnect PC10857UH UN 30MAR10 4 3 12 16 20 24 EHTE MENNEN SERE 12 OQUO06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 7 17 5 Refuge with 4 contiguous rows Continued on n
211. ine coolant in C or F PC9142 UN 18APR06 Engine Coolant Temperature OQU06050 0002313 19 0O70CT08 2 6 Engine Oil Pressure Pressure of engine oil in KPA or PSI PC9143 UN 18APR06 4 gt 3 Engine Oil Pressure W psi OQU06050 0002313 19 070CT08 3 6 System Voltage APM Battery system voltage PC9144 UN 18APRO06 System Voltage OQU06050 0002313 19 0O70CT08 4 6 Transmission Oil Temperature The temperature of the transmission oil displayed in degrees C or degrees F PC9145 UN 18APR06 Transmission Oil Temperature OQU06050 0002313 19 0O70CT08 5 6 Rear Hitch Position APM Displays the current rear hitch position and position limits PC9146 UN 18APRO06 142 es Rear Hitch Position OQU06050 0002313 19 070CT08 6 6 120 19 060910 PN 238 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics PC8664 UN O5AUG05 Message Center Message Center screen can be reached by selecting the 10 26 am Clock button GS2 2600 display only or MENU button f then MESSAGE CENTER button With Info Icon MESSAGE CENTER button showing time PC8663 UN 05AUG05 MENU button PC8655 UN 05AUG05 Message Center MESSAGE CENTER button With Info Icon Continued on next page OQUO06050 0002327 19 120CT09 1 7 060910 125 1 PN 239 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics A g O
212. ine type To review the Com Port Settings for this specific machine press DIAGNOSTIC softkey C Select COM PORT in the VIEW A drop down box The information table B appears and displays the Port 1 C and Port 2 D profile assignments N Sensing N Sensing LH Product App 2ZX1043699 UN 03DEC09 The information B column displays a summary of e E Profile name relevant to each Com Port F Port Type G Implement Name H Controller Protocol 1 Model of Control Unit J Baud Rate transmittion speed K Communication Status active inactive ef e e L Operation Type Product Application OQU06050 0001235 19 26MAR10 1 1 50 6 060910 PN 50 COM Port Assignment Deactivate COM Port Ae Machine Type Tractor Machine Model 7x30 Machine Name 7530 Connection Type Rear Rigid 3 pt Machine Turn Radius 6 7 m GreenStar 2 Pro Bquipment Turning Sensitivity Z 0 00 m 70 JE Change Offsets Recording Source Documentation and Coverage 10 35am Ee ZX1043695 UN 03DEC09 IMPORTANT Each time a component is disconnected from the machine it is necessary to deactivate the relevant Profile and each associated COM Port On Forage Harvester or Combine equipped with an integrated printer do not manually deactivate the printer profile To deactivate a profile access the COM port setup page Sele
213. ing cceesseeeeeeesesteeeees 80 53 Setting Yield Area Units cceeee 80 53 Variety Locator 80 54 Original GreenStar Monttor 80 55 How to Set Up Harvest Monitor for Combines on a GS2 Display 80 55 Surface Water Management 80 60 Other Operation 80 60 Totals TOTALS button 85 1 Harvest Totals ccccssceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 85 2 General Overview 85 2 Set Up Totals on Home Page s ssssseeeeeeeseeee 85 3 Configuring Totale 85 3 Viewing Current Harvest Data 85 6 ee EE 85 6 Overlap Control 85 7 Recording Load Data 85 7 Adding to an Existing Load 85 9 Additional Load Tips 85 9 Viewing Current Totals Reports ccccceeees 85 9 Viewing Filtered Totals Report 85 11 Field Locator Field Labor ai p eege a eege te 90 1 Setup Field Locator ccccccccccessssseeeeeeeeesseee 90 2 Selecting Fields cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 90 3 Deal disci Se the cot a cate te 90 5 Machine And Implement Setup Machine Getunp 95 1 Implement Setup cccccccsesssseeeeesssssseeeeeeeess 95 4 Swath Control Pro Theory of Operation 100 1 Compatibility cccccccccccessssssteeeessessteeeeeeerens 100 1 System Overvlew nne 100 2 Boundartes AANEREN 100 2 Turn on and Turn off Settings ceee 100 3 Coverage Map 100 3 ACCUFACE aea e een 100 4 Limitations of Swath Control Pro 100 5 Swath Control Pro button sssssesseeeeseeeeeee
214. initial pass then guides off of previous pass The abbreviation for agriculture The agricultural equipment division of John Deere AGC Automatic Gain Control AMS Ag Management Solutions Apex Desktop software for field mapping The successor to JD Office Adjustable Seed Rate Controller Legacy variable rate seeding controller for planters One of the SeedStar ASRC generation 1 controllers Also known as Variable Rate Variable Drive VRD or VR Companion to the Seed Monitor AT AutoTrac ATU Universal AutoTrac A guidance system for vehicles that do not support AutoTrac directly AutoTrac Assisted steering system based on satellite guidance that automatically steers the tractor through the field AutoTrac Deactivation Message Shows operator why AutoTrac deactivated C amp CE The consumer and commercial equipment division of John Deere CSF The construction and forestry division of John Deere CAN Controller Area Network CCC Customer Contact Center CCD Chrysler Collision Detection Later named SBI when it became a commercially available system CE Conformit Europ ne European mark signifying compliance of directives Circle Track Only available with optional PivotPro module Uses a center pivot center point location to define concentric circles tracks Configured 2 4 Status of pie Valid AutoT
215. ion Setup wiet 80 51 Interior Headland ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 75 14 Curve ISO Eege deet ee ates 80 53 Compliant Auxiliary Controls ccccesssseeeeesssteeeeeeeseeeeees 65 7 Implement Functions esssneeeneeeeeeeneneeeeeeereeeene 65 7 Implements cccccccccecceecceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 1 60 1 RELO a l BS 2225 E EE EN 05 2 20 1 Continued on next page Index 4 GE PN 4 Index Page Page Pinout N GreenStar Component ee 130 4 GSD RCD WEE 130 4 Navigation Planters RI EE 20 3 25 1 Swath Control Pro 100 10 New Leader 80 34 Platform Core Software Non Deere Controlers n 20 1 80 34 Trouble Codes ccccccsceceeseeeseeeseeeseeeeeeseeneeeaees 125 18 Numene Fommat ue ee el eee 30 7 Platform Belt Pickup c cccccccccsecsseeseeeseeseeeeees 80 48 Belle EE E 75 22 O Power Light Re VE 20 2 Offsets Stage Siinne aa aia Eei aS 20 2 Boundaries Rower up ieii a e e e Sued e ae e asi 25 1 ENEE 75 21 Pre Season Checklist ChE la EE 75 21 EE IEN 125 6 Drtuen vith cece Rh hence eek en ees 75 16 Seedos eh ke atk Beal eh a te 125 6 Creating eee eee eee eter ae peer oer eee ae eee etre 75 16 Prescription Headlan cccccccccccccccccccceeccececeececteceutcecttecns 75 21 lg lei EE 80 32 Greating eer 75 21 Eu 80 32 Top and Bottom ccccccceccescsccescessesceseeseesssesees 75 18 Prescriptions Ce EE NEE ee ee 80 31 Groating EE 75 19 Background Layer ENEE 80
216. ion process or engine is shut off shapefile must be reconverted OQU06050 00011EB 19 01SEPO09 1 1 80 20 060910 PN 129 Documentation Shapefile Conversion Maximum Number of Rates Shapefile Conversion ae a oS The number of rates in the shapefile exceeds the maximum number of rates supported in a prescription The number of rates will be reduced 11 13am If more than 254 rates are present in the shapefile this If this message is displayed the GS2 automatically message appears PC10857QK UN 26AUG09 reduces the number of rates by minimizing the differences between the shapefile and the generated prescription OQU06050 00011EC 19 01SEP09 1 1 80 21 060910 PN 130 Documentation Shapefile Conversion Summary Page The shapefile conversion succeeded Total Area 73 93 Total Product 429825 Maximum Rate 940 07 Minimum Rate 0 00 Average Rate 581 36 conversion 4 Once shapefile conversion is complete this screen appears Verify that the information is correct before accepting Operator must accept to save the converted shapefile IMPORTANT If the ENTER button is grayed out the product type or rate units were entered incorrectly and do not match the rate units in the Shapefile Conversion ac Ib Ib ac Ib ac Ib fac Please check the results and accept or cancel the PC10857QJ UN 26AUG09 o
217. is displayed on guidance pages NOTE If Coverage Only map is selected the legend of the map view will read Coverage only and the Coverage Map toggle button will be disabled Guidance Lines D Check this box if you would like your Guidance Lines to show on your map view Prescription Legend E Check this box if you would like your Prescription Legend to show on the map view page NOTE An area of the prescription that has been assigned a zero rate will now appear black on your prescription map in the GS2 Grid F Check this box if you would like a grid pattern to show up in your map view Grid Size G Enter the size you want the grid to represent on the map view Drainage Map H Check this box if you would like to view your Drainage Map Surface Water Pro Pro Plus Only Continued on next page Map Settings e En Foren Se Coverage Only s Os och Oz Prescription Legend ou Gy 2 sue 30 000 gt Drainage Map Ops Points Q gt Depression Map O3 GPS Accuracy Clear Field Map Coverage PC10857RW UN 280CT09 Map Settings Map Settings Button A PC10857RH UN 280CT09 Survey Points I Check this box if you would like to view your Survey Points Surface Water Pro Pro Plus Only Depression Map J Check this box if you would like to view your Depression Map Surface Water Pro Pro Plus Only Clear Field Map Data Clear Coverage Only map data
218. isabled D Learn Mode A Status Selection B Enabled Auxiliary Controls Learn Mode The status selection drop down list A allows the operator to enable B or disable C the Auxiliary Control functions and to place the system under learn mode D e f the Learn Mode is selected and the operator leaves the Auxiliary Controls page without any action the Auxiliary Controls status enable disable will remain as set prior to entering the Learn Mode e H an assignment has been completed successfully in the Learn Mode the cursor colored rectangle switches to the next possible assignment During the assignment process the implement does NOT follow any functions which have been assigned before As long as the Learn Mode is selected Auxiliary Controls is in a pending status neither enabled nor disabled e If Auxiliary Controls was in Enabled status before selecting the Learn Mode all additional assignments can be used as soon as they have been completed successfully If Auxiliary Controls was in Disabled status before selecting the Learn Mode the system has to be enabled again before the new additional assignments can be used Selecting the Learn Mode allows the operator to map the functions semi automatically Therefore it is necessary to select the implement specific function on the Auxiliary Controls page and set any input device function IMPORTANT The preferred assignments which have
219. isplay Dee Sen vette cea Ne Cue PONE See NEEN EEN 30 3 Seeding Documentation 80 2 Pre Season Checker 125 6 Equipment Kee ee eeneg 75 6 Serial Number Hitch Type gedeeft ove DE ods E EES dE cde Eih EEN 75 7 NEE 30 1 El 75 7 Service IntervallS cccccccccccccccccccccccceccceeeecnctetecbenenacs 120 9 MOG EE 75 7 Settings Recording Gource eneee 75 7 Basic Performance Monitor BPM Te aea an ALee 120 6 GreenStar 2 GS2 BEE 75 1 elen Ee 90 2 Mapping E 75 15 GPS he Bee a ERS tee che Hel acd maak 45 1 Settings Softkey phos pest cee es eta ei 30 7 Harvest coe ee ee aN tg aA 80 39 ls 85 1 SOMOS A E acta cee dee ee es 30 7 Software Swath Control Bro 100 10 lee 30 1 Setup Challenge Code ssnsesseeessnnsenneeserneernrnsernnssree nne 30 1 Basic Performance Monitor BPM HERE Baty aot ede eG 120 3 Compatibility ee theo eh Roh Math 100 9 Boundaries ie vee EE ee 75 12 Desktop Software EEN 80 54 Corn CAs gett Chante 80 48 Documentation Software Documentation Trouble Codes 125 20 Client Farm Field Task 0cccccccccccceccscesceececeeees 80 2 Leben dee ee ER 20 1 Field LO CAO ooccccccceeeeeeeeeeececccceccccccccccccccccccecccccccccese 90 2 LOACING EE 15 1 EE 45 2 Platform Core Software GreenStar 2 GS2 ccccscsccsssssessssessesssessveveveveveves 75 2 Trouble e 125 18 Continued on next page Index 6 ci PN 6 Page Page Serial Number 30 1 Tractor Update mea a e ie ee A oR 20 1 Direct GPSixccn EE 120 11 Software Update 15
220. itch except on 2 pt pivoting implements large planter In this case measure the distance back to the pivot point immediately behind the hitch e D Vertical distance from GPS receiver to the ground NOTE Offset D is for use with Surface Water Pro Machine Offsets A Lateral distance from center line of machine to GPS receiver B In line distance from non steering axle to GPS receiver C In line distance from non steering axle to connection point D Vertical distance from GPS receiver to the ground E Offset Toggle Button F Non Steering Axle Location Drop Down Menu JS56696 0000378 19 31OCT07 4 4 95 3 060910 PN 189 Machine And Implement Setup PC8663 UN O5AUG05 Implement Setup Implement 1 Tab MENU gt GREENSTAR2 PRO gt EQUIPMENT gt IMPLEMENT tab MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 gt Pro GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8677 UN 05AUG05 EQUIPMENT button Continued on next page JS56696 0000379 19 30SEP09 1 6 95 4 060910 PN 190 Machine And Implement Setup GreenStar 2 Pro Equipment Implement Width rows 12 Track Spacing 12 rows A Machine Tab B Implement 1 Tab C Implement 2 Tab D Implement 3 Tab Menu E Implement Type Drop Down Implement Tab G Implement Name Drop Down Menu H Change Offsets Button F Implement Model Drop Down I Change Widths Buttons Men
221. ite Q What is Optimize Shading A The Optimize Shading feature available with StarFire iTC software versions 3 01K and newer allows you to continue using AutoTrac when GEI SF2 reception is degraded due to shading Optimize Shading allows a minimum of 4 satellites in solution with only L1 communication to maintain running AutoTrac Optimize Shading is only available with SF1 and SF2 on iTC receivers and will not function with RTK or Gen 2 receivers When using RTK the Optimize Shading checkbox is still displayed but it has no affect on the receiver Optimize Shading can be used with both Original and GS2 displays Q Does Optimize Shading Affect AutoTrac Accuracy A Although Optimize Shading allows the user to continue using AutoTrac it is operating on a degraded signal level and the operator can expect the system to be less accurate Line jumps and shifts may be more prevalent Optimize Shading does not affect GPS accuracy when all of the L1 and L2 frequencies are available to the receiver It merely allows AutoTrac to stay engaged when GPS signal is degraded If the receiver has full signal Optimize Shading does not affect accuracy Q Should Leave Optimize Shading on All the Time JS56696 00004E8 19 130CT09 2 3 125 9 060910 PN 247 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics A Under most circumstances Optimize Shading should be turned off It should only be used in situations where the operator wou
222. iz 7 2 S oO a Carrier A Carrier B Carrier Type C Base Solution Rate D Rate Units Specify the carrier by pressing the Carrier button on the GreenStar2 Pro Documentation screen OQUO06050 00022CD 19 06APR09 4 4 80 30 060910 PN 139 Documentation Map Based Prescriptions Prescriptions Application Plans from desktop software can be applied using selected implement control units Map based prescriptions are compatible with the following equipment e SeedStar Generation II gray Boxes on planter frame 1900 carts PIN 690101 and higher and all 1910 carts with Variable Rate Drives Application Plans can be in seeds per hectare hectare e SeedStar 2 planters with Variable Rate Drives e Air Cart must have Variable Rate Drives Compatible with Gen2 1900 and 1910 model air carts and SeedStar 2 air carts with variable rate drives Application Plans must be kilograms hectare kg h for fertilizer or seed Application plans cannot be in liquid form Multiple prescriptions can be applied simultaneously by creating an operation for each tank e Task control unit compliant implements sprayer seeder and planter e Sprayers and SprayStar Gen IV e 3rd Party Controllers Ensure that accurate data is recorded by setting control unit rate units equal to Application Plans 3rd Party Controllers compatible with the following list of variable rate control units Raven 440 450 460 660 SideKick GreenSeeke
223. l reaction time remains constant for that machine configuration The machine travels more or less distance while the reaction is taking place at different ground speeds NOTE It is not recommended to utilize the Turn on and Turn off times to achieve intentional overlap this can cause additional system complications To achieve increasing amounts of overlap utilize the Percent Overlap between 100 125 This will allow the operator to achieve desired results and prevent skips by creating intentional overlap The best method to determine the correct Turn on and Turn off times is to turn on or off a section manually Measure the time from when the switch is actuated to when product starts or stops For a sprayer measure the time from when the switch is actuated to when product starts and stops reaching the crop Enter Turn on and off times to the nearest 0 1 of a second If the Turn on time is set to 0 3 seconds the command signal is sent when the system estimates the section to be 0 3 seconds from the boundary or non covered area The coverage map begins painting 0 3 seconds after the command signal is sent If the actual machine reaction time is 0 8 seconds the machine will travel 0 5 seconds past the boundary or into the non covered area before applying In this situation the coverage map began painting before the actual application started therefore the two did not match As the Turn on time increases the command signal is sent
224. land control checkbox is deactivated If the operator wants to use headland control in the new field the headland control checkbox needs to be activated again Section Status Bar F Detected sections are displayed here from the implement setup The sections that are on show as green or blue The sections that are off show as gray or white NOTE Status icons vary according to applications OQU06050 00011F4 19 25MAY10 2 2 Setup IMPORTANT Some operators connect two separate fields into one using a land bridge between them Product may still be applied over this strip of land if Swath Control Pro is left on To prevent unexpected coverage always turn Swath Control Pro or the master switch OFF while transporting between fields NOTE Documentation is recommended but not required when operating Swath Control Pro If a client farm field are selected only the coverage or as applied map for that field are displayed When using Headland Control a Client Farm Field Field boundary and Exterior Headland must be defined The following items are optional when operating Swath Control Pro e Client Farm and Field if not selected all coverage maps are saved to undefined Client Farm and Field and data is not able to be saved to desktop software e Documenting field operational data e Field Boundaries e As applied Map e Prescription e Set up data from desktop software A The GS2 Display 2100 or 2600
225. laration of Conformity Deere amp Company Moline Illinois U S A The person named below declares that Product GreenStar 2 Display 2100 Product GreenStar 2 Display 2600 fulfills all relevant provisions and essential requirements of the following directives Directive Number Certification Method Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004 108 EC Self certified per Annex II of the Directive Name and address of the person in the European Community authorized to compile the technical construction file Henning Oppermann Deere amp Company European Office John Deere Strasse 70 Mannheim Germany D 68163 EUConformity johndeere com Place of declaration Urbandale lowa U S A Name John H Leinart Date of declaration 26 September 2007 Title Engineering Manager Ag Management Solutions Manufacturing unit John Deere Intelligent Solutions Group S D E S l e S O x lt a 0U06050 0001205 19 280CT09 1 1 1 30 5 060910 PN 264 Glossary Glossary of Terms Glossary of Terms Term Meaning AB Curves Uses a manually driven curved path with two end points beginning and end to generate parallel passes Accuracy Bar Step Size Used to set the value of offtrack distance each arrow on the Path Accuracy Indicator represents Activated 4 4 Status of pie with A Resume switch has been selected and AutoTrac is steering the vehicle Adaptive Curves Uses a manually driven
226. ld like to continue running AutoTrac if a reduction in signal quality is expected and optimum AutoTrac accuracy is crucial Optimize Shading should be turned off if during a critical operation whereby it would be preferable for AutoTrac to disengage during signal degradation than to continue running AutoTrac with reduced accuracy Q Does Optimize Shading Affect Documentation Coverage Mapping or Swath Control A Having Optimize Shading checked will have no effect on Documentation Coverage or Swath Control if degraded signal due to shading is encountered Documentation Coverage and Swath Control require a minimum of only 3D RTG to operate Q Can run over my previously recorded adaptive curve lines A Yes with a feature within adaptive curves called Repeat Mode which allows you to repeat over previously recorded adaptive curve lines This is located by going to GS2 Pro Guidance B Guidance Settings Tab and selecting the Change button next to the label Curve Track Settings In here there will a check box to turn on Repeat Mode e Q How many iTEC Pro sequences can have A The number of differently named sequences is limited only by the size of the data card e Q How do I remove unused iTEC Pro sequences A Sequences are stored on the data card and cannot be deleted Individual sequences cannot be removed but sequences can have the functions edited or removed NOTE If contents of card are deleted your iTEC
227. lert operator at a specified offtrack distance Turn Predictor Alerts operator by predicting the end of pass This feature can be turned on or off by selecting or deselecting Turn Predictor check box Turning View Can assist operators to guide vehicle from one pass to the next by showing an overhead view of the field USB Universal Serial Bus Continued on next page JS56696 00004EC 19 01SEP09 2 3 135 2 PN 060910 266 Glossary Glossary of Terms Term Meaning VDOP Vertical Dilution Of Precision VR Variable Rate Controller Another term for the ASRC One of the SeedStar Generation 1 controllers VRF Variable Rate Fertilizer Controller Planter controller used to control the variable application of liquid fertilizer VT Virtual Terminal WAAS Wide Area Augmentation Service Wedge Box One of a family of general and special purpose controllers used throughout the Ag division ww Worldwide JS56696 00004EC 19 01SEP09 3 3 135 3 060910 PN 267 Glossary 1 35 4 060910 PN 268 Index Page Page A e le CN 120 6 SOUP aie ee ect et de EE 120 3 Activation Bolt and screw torque values Activations Tab Metric EE 130 2 GreenStar E 75 1 Unified NCH ine egener AEN SEENEN 130 1 EE 30 4 Bootup EE 20 2 25 1 SMW ARG eebe 30 4 Boundaries EE 75 13 Addresses Boundary Type Description seseseeeeereeeene
228. librations Color Test Touchscreen Test Touchscreen Calibration The main function under the tests tab will be Touchscreen calibration Touchscreen calibration will be required when the screen icon does not align with the area depressed This may be caused by normal wear and tear age certain weather conditions and contaminants on the screen chemicals solvents etc Touchscreen Calibration 1 Under the Touchscreen Calibration button a new screen will appear with an X in the upper right corner 2 Press the screen at the X and continue to follow the X s around the screen Always press the screen directly at the center of the X Reset Touchscreen calibration will abort any saved calibrations and allow the user to start over and perform a new calibration Color Test Under the Test button select the color test The color test will display 3 distinct colors on the display for approximately 5 seconds If you do not see 3 distinct colors contact your John Deere Dealer for service Touchscreen Test PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button PC11392 UN 140CT08 C Display DISPLAY button PC8683 UN 05AUG05 DIAGNOSTICS softkey Under the Test button select the Touchscreen Test This test will allow the user to identify a pixel problem on the screen 1 As you touch the screen a sighting target will show up on the area touched 2 Continue to touch the screen around the area of suspected pixel malf
229. llage work if the work is being done at 30 degrees from east and west entering 120 degrees will give headlands on all sides of the field In this case Constant Offset headlands could also be used Efforts have been made to make the most logical headlands based on the way the field normally is farmed If desired headlands are not coming out as expected change the Row Heading to several angles close to the direction of travel If still not satisfactory a Driven Headland boundary will need to be recorded PC10504 UN 11SEP07 NOTE Top and bottom headlands are calculated as offsets and may not be appropriate for all fields Headlands will be created when the Row Heading is more than 15 degrees from any side of the field Machine Implement page The width of each headland can be changed Example if the west end has 32 76 2 cm 30 in headland rows and the East end has 48 76 2 cm 30 in headland rows enter 24 4 m 80 The defaults for Offsets X and Y are twice ft for X and 36 6 m 120 ft for Y the implement width as entered from the JS56696 0000499 19 280CT08 3 3 7 5 2 0 060910 PN 107 GreenStar General Constant Offset Boundary NOTE A boundary cannot intersect itself Press first before pressing the Record Pause button Record Pause button to pause recording just to begin recording again prior to stoopina Alwavs start movina forward Constant Offset Headland Boundary not driven sa
230. ller Protocol D if applicable 5 The press ENTER button to save profile or CANCEL button to cancel procedure All COM PORT assignments for a specific machine can be reviewed from the GreenStar 2 Pro Diagnostic Reading page To review the Com Port Settings select MENU button gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt DIAGNOSTIC softkey C ZX1043698 UN 03DEC09 The Diagnostic Readings page appears see Com Port A Profile D Controller Protocol Setting Review B Com Port E Enter Button C Port Type F Abort Button OUO6050 0001233 19 04FEB10 1 1 50 3 ee PN 47 COM Port Assignment COM Port Settings 3rd Party Control Units Com Port Settings A Profile D Next Page Button B Com Port E Abort Button C Port Type F Implement Type IMPORTANT When connecting with a Rawson control unit turn main switch to OFF before leaving vehicle or performing maintenance NOTE 3rd Party control units are control units using RS232 connection Field Doc Connect NOTE Please visit www StellarSupport com for list of third party compatible control units Data from 3rd Party control units can be recorded directly from the following control units NOTE Go to www StellarSupport com to find the latest information about approved platforms e Rawson Accu Rate and Accu Plant e Dickey John Seed Manager e Vanguard PIC Seed Monitor e Amazone e LH Technologies System will record Actual Rate
231. lost the StarFire iTC button from the GS2 Main Menu How can get it back A Go to MENU gt MESSAGE CENTER gt button A highlight GPS Receiver select Reprogram Device and select current software 2 60Y Contact your dealer if problem persists Q Why did my AutoTrac options disappear from my GS2 Display A First check the GPS status to see if you are receiving signal and ensure the Terrain Compensation Module Continued on next page is on and calibrated You can also check the button F from the GreenStar 2 Pro Menu to see if the AutoTrac line shows as active If not call 1 888 GRN STAR to activate it Q used Swath Control Pro on my GS2 System on a field that want to reapply but the system shows the field as already covered and won t allow me to spray it again A You need to create a new task so that same field will appear as a completely separate layer The GS2 coverage map will then be blank and you ll be allowed to spray the field again Q What is Shading A Shading occurs when obstacles such as trees buildings or other solid objects block all or part of a satellite s signal GPS satellites emit two frequencies L1 and L2 The L2 frequency is weaker than L1 and thin objects like tree leaves will block L2 easily where the L1 signal will go right through To run AutoTrac the StarFire requires a 5 satellites solution with full communication with the both the L1 and L2 frequencies from each satell
232. ly if the user was changing the status of a job the apps on the homepage would be disabled In both of these cases there is no error There is an alarm or pop up within the GreenStar 2 application that requires your attention Data Card 90 Full Unload and cleanup data card or insert new data card soon Data Card Full Unload and cleanup data card or insert new data card VI Implement is removed Communication lost with ISO implement If implement was not disconnected check connections and cycle power Internal Memory Full From VI Object Pools Internal memory dedicated to ISO implements is full Remove implements to free memory space Internal Memory Full From Documentation and Curved Track data Internal memory is full New software found for display New software found for display This alarm will re appear at every power cycle or if card is re inserted The following VI s are no longer communicating with the display Check the indicated device s and CAN bus wiring Some device s are no longer communicating with the display Check the CAN Bus wiring CAN bus inbound communications overload CAN Bus communications overload Reset the display or turn the power off and then back on A failure has been detected in the display s internal memory Reprogramming An error occurred during reprogramming Perform reprogramming process again If problem reoccurs contact your John Deere
233. ly one half to two thirds of ground speed at which Standard Calibration procedure for this crop and condition was run and in an area that is reasonably level and uniform in yield Screen SETUP YIELD CALIBRATION Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt YIELD CALIBRATION IMPORTANT Be sure combine grain tank and unloading auger are empty Be sure wagon or truck hauling grain away from combine is empty 1 Select CALIBRATION MODE button and select LOW FLOW 2 Select START STOP button and display will change to YIELD CALIBRATION IS RUNNING NOTE There is a delay after changing ground speed before moving indicator responds Therefore after making a ground speed adjustment wait 10 to 20 seconds and observe effect of moving indicator before making another adjustment 3 Begin harvesting and adjust ground speed until moving indicator stabilizes in target range 4 HARVESTED WEIGHT cell should increase while harvesting 5 Harvest known amount of grain grain tank full truck load wagon load etc 6 When known load is completed stop machine and allow all harvested grain to enter grain tank NOTE Message with the following information may appear Comp Flow Too High Repeat Comp Run If this message appears it will not be possible to enter scale weight Repeat optional Low Flow Compensation procedure paying special attention to keep moving indicator in target range A 7 Select START STOP button again to st
234. m the GPS receiver to the edge of the field This can be done during the first pass 3 Choose TYPE of boundary you want to drive from the around the field and then the distance would be half drop down menu the implement width Continued on next page OQUO6050 0000E76 19 30SEP09 1 3 Driven Headland SE S B Exterior Boundary Impassable Headland Headland e 18 3 m 60 FT Interior Boundary Impassable j pe D I SCH PN 103 GreenStar General 6 Choose whether the boundary will be left or right of the tractor s receiver or left or right of the implement s calculated position NOTE Select the toggle button to record left or right of either the tractor receiver or the implement If set from the implement the location will be left or right of the rear of the implement IMPORTANT When toggling the button to change the recording position recording must be PAUSED or OFF OQUO06050 0000E76 19 30SEP09 2 3 7 Press the Record Pause button at least 1 or more seconds after the vehicle begins moving forward around the section of the field for the boundary being recorded Record light should blink red and pink when recording is on If you need to pause recording to drive around an obstacle press the Record Pause button Record light will show solid red When Record Pause button is pressed again recording will resume The boundary will show a straight line fr
235. me size on all sides B Exterior Boundary Impassable we v Kl L Headland S o T Exterior Boundary Impassable S D z S Constant Offset not driven same size on all sides A Constant Offset Headland C Exterior Headland E Interior Headland Boundary not driven same D Interior Boundary F Field size on all sides Impassable B Exterior Boundary Impassable Headland Constant Offset Boundary 2 Choose Exterior Headland from the TYPE drop down 1 An Exterior Boundary must exist for the field menu Continued on next page JS56696 000049A 19 06O0CT08 1 2 75 21 060910 PN 108 GreenStar General 3 Enter the name of the headland boundary in the HEADLAND GROUP drop down menu You can save several headland boundaries for a field for different implement widths In the Boundary Offset input box indicate the distance from the headland to the exterior boundary e g If the planter is a 16R30 and two passes are planted in the headland enter 24 4 m 80 ft Repeat steps 2 4 for Impassable Interior Headlands Also an Interior Boundary must exist and Interior Headland must be chosen JS56696 000049A 19 O6O0CT08 2 2 FLAGS tab FLAGS tab allows setup of flags for guidance and documentation There are three types of flags line point and area e Line flags marks tile lines When a LINE FLAG button is pressed FLAG ON button will flash indicating flag is active an
236. n PC8661 UN 02NOV05 If the vehicle is running during setup and programming turn off the vehicle with key in GreenStar2 the OFF position and wait 30 seconds before 5 Pro restarting All data is saved to the data card aA preventing it from being lost DO NOT turn the key to the start position directly GREENSTAR2 PRO button KA S PC8676 UN O5AUG05 from the accessory position The reduction in voltage during the starting phase could result in a loss of all setup data The documentation screen allows the setup of operations and specific details that are associated with those operations Client Farm Field and Task Setup RESOURCES CONDITIONS softkey PC8677 UN O05AUG05 NOTE See GreenStar 2 Basics and Pro General Setup RESOURCES CONDITIONS softkey for more information on setting up Client Farm and Field NOTE For some Task Controller supportive implements the operation type equipment type and implement width are set automatically when supported by the implement EQUIPMENT softkey PC8678 UN 05AUG05 Select RESOURCE CONDITIONS softkey Select or Enter Client Farm Field and Task Select EQUIPMENT softkey Setup recording source and implement width Select DOCUMENTATION softkey Choose the type of operation and the details of each operation Ore GON Ps EE Ne DOCUMENTATION softkey The name of the operation appears on the documentation tabs OQUO06050 00022C0 19 29MAR10 1 1
237. n Deere RECEIVED a 35 2 HesourceslCondons e 75 5 Auxiliary Controls elle ei Ir EE 25 2 EE 65 4 EEE 30 5 Assignment Error Messages 65 12 COMMIS enna EEN 65 15 Cc Disabled Functions 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 65 15 Implement Function Mappimg 65 8 Calibration Preferred Assignments snnsnneineineinenneinennennne 65 14 Adjust Manual 80 51 SOKOV eA ee Geer e 65 7 COWON eee a e E a E A e E 115 6 Average Fuel Economy Ozolu p M A ie et tee 115 3 Performance Monitor 120 15 Quick Calibration cccccceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 115 4 Average Fuel Per Area Row Compensation ccccccceceeeesseteeeeeeeeeeees 115 4 Performance Monitor 120 15 Standard CGaltbration 115 5 Average Operating Speed Dual Beam Radar Gensor 120 11 Performance Monitor 120 15 Harvast E 80 49 Average Productivity Performance Monitor 120 10 Performance Monitor 120 15 Radar Calibration ccccsssscceceeesssssseeeeseeeees 120 10 Cancel Button 20 3 25 2 B Secondary Navigation 20 4 Central Injection Gvstem 40 1 Basic Performance Monitor DEM 120 1 Challenge Code 30 1 Beete ee 120 12 Checkbox Recording EE 120 7 Focus Goor nee 30 5 Highlight Color piene ao 30 5 Continued on next page Index 1 SC PN 1 Index Page Page Syne le EE 30 5 Message Center 125 1 CIS Controllerics 2 312 ae eee ee ls 40 3 Platform Core Software Cleaning Display 20 2 Trouble Codes 125 18 CU Sneha Nace ee eS em
238. n G Implement Type E Status Indicator H Auxiliary Controls Softkey F Implement Function I Message Center Softkey dials etc 2ZX1042323 UN 11DEC08 An auxiliary input device C consists of a number of Inputs D These inputs may be buttons switches This Auxiliary Controls page allows the user to match these inputs with various implement functions This process is called Mapping an input to a function Once this Mapping is completed a function F may be connected Continued on next page performed by activating the associated input The available functions F and inputs D depend on the ISO compliant implements controls G that are currently OUCC002 00029E9 19 04DEC08 1 5 65 8 060910 PN 71 Auxiliary Controls Display Auxiliary Controls Status Enabled Input Device Function a Unmapped V Unmapped Implement ZX1042324 UN 04DEC08 Auxiliary Controls A Input Device Selection C Implement Function E Implement Type B Input Selection D Status Indicator green mapped red un mapped To assign one of an input device s input controls to one of an implement s functions perform the following steps D 1 Select an implement function C by using the up and down arrow buttons located on the left hand side of the screen or by pressing directly on the desired implement function touchscreen functionality 2 The r
239. n eene 75 12 Diagnostics E 125 16 Exterior Boundary ENEE 75 14 Advanced Performance Monitor Exterior Headland cc cccceeseesecseeteeeeeeeteeesees 75 14 Engine Coolant Temperature cssesesceseeseeeeees 420 19 Headland Boundary cccccccccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 75 15 Engine Oil Pressure Be Bas erate pater EA E 120 19 Headland Group Parise SAM ate etree ue clears oes shia eee ee Ee 75 15 Engine Speed sescssesssssesseesseeseseeeesneeesneeees 120 19 Impassable Interior Boundary 1 1111111111111 75 14 Rear Hitch Boston 120 19 Interior Headland e e AN dE 75 14 ee GE 120 19 Mapping Softkey EE 75 15 Transmission Oil Temperature cccceeeee 120 19 Offsets Advanced Performance Monitor Constant EE 75 21 GENEE 120 1 120 17 Creating EEN 75 21 Additional FUNCTIONS ooocooccoocccccecccececeecccceeee 120 19 Driven EE 75 16 Recordings ieiet a ohie teirte AE EE 120 8 Creating ENEE 75 16 EE EE 80 11 Headland EE 75 21 EE 125 12 CLEARING EE 75 21 Alarms Top and Bottom ceceecccseeteeteeeeeeeeeteeeseens 75 18 Ei E 05 2 Creating EE 75 19 Task EE 125 43 Passable Interior Boundem 75 14 Alerts EE 75 12 Auxiliary Contre 65 4 Btidblgeeg 2 30 4 Resetting Display ccccssssescssesseesssssessesseeeeeeee 425 5 CONTON eben derung TA Geng S de age dr 30 6 Area EE 125 5 Breet Ee 80 53 Button Broa E EE 75 22 Cancel EE 25 2 Area Units DUM BE 30 4 ee e EE 115 1 RTE ee 25 2 E ap Mem 25 2 No
240. n on the planter If multiple targeted rates are desired un check box A and assign each drive section a targeted rate as performed on the first A User 1 Rate for All Drive B Target Rate Selections checkbox Assign Target Rate x Units vw 1 2 Rate Seeds ac A Units wv Ce a Use 1 Rale fur All Drive Sactions D E E 2 a E Io o Ei O a ei Use 1 Rate for All XY Derive Sectinns Es i 2 Ka E Io o Ei O a OUO06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 14 17 Advanced Settings Optional The advanced settings softkey allows the user to provide more information about the operation that is going to be recorded This information will be available in APEX for later analysis Select Advanced Settings A PC10857UT UN 31MAR10 A Advanced Settings button Continued on next page OQU06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 15 17 80 9 060910 PN 118 Documentation Select Application Method A EEN Settings Select Tillage Practice B Conventional Till PX Tillage Practice v D Seed Height Depth 2 2 tn J E 3 Ko SS S Cancel Accept 5 a e D Es E E gt R wo Kal S O a S D Es E E 2 R wo Kal CH Wi a Tillage Practices B OQU06050 000126E 19 20MAY10 16 17 Enter seed height depth P TRTE ee Seed Height Depth 2 2 in OUO060
241. n toggle button has been selected the maps are changed to the predefined foreground and background Swath Control Pro Settings Button B This button brings up the Swath Control Pro Settings screen C Swath Control Pro Settings Screen C Fine tune the settings to optimize Swath Control Pro performance Headland Control Checkbox D Check this box to turn on Headland Control Uncheck the box to turn it off Headland Control allows Swath Control Pro to turn on and off at the Headland Boundary to apply product only to the main portion of the field while not applying to the headland area Product can be applied to the headland with Headland Control turned off PC10857QN UN 26AUG09 Exterior Boundaries interior Boundaries Turn on sec Turn off sec PC10857QQ UN 26AUG09 A Operation Toggle Button D Headland Control Check B Swath Control Pro Settings Box Button E Swath Control Check Box C Swath Control Screen F Section Status Bar Swath Control Checkbox E Check this box to enable Swath Control Pro Uncheck the box to disable it Continued on next page OQUO6050 00011F4 19 25MAY10 1 2 100 7 060910 PN 202 Swath Control Pro NOTE Headland Control is only available if Swath Control is activated Deactivating Swath Control also disables Headland Control even if the corresponding checkbox is still checked If the operator changes the field in the display head
242. nal Low Flow Compensation procedure may be performed to obtain an improved level of accuracy in situations where there are large variations in grain flow rate The following paragraphs describe different screens that are used in calibration procedure Calibration In Progress or System Not Calibrated Cell This section displays if mass flow sensor has been calibrated to desired crop If system has not be calibrated a message displaying System NOT Calibrated will be displayed If standard calibration has been performed a bar graph indicating flow rate sensor has been accurately calibrated If a standard and low flow calibration has been completed bar graph will expand to show an increased area of accuracy Calibration Mode Cell This screen indicates whether Standard Calibration procedures or optional Low Flow procedure is to be performed Select CALIBRATION MODE button to switch between STANDARD CALIBRATION and optional LOW FLOW CALIBRATION Yield Calibration Cell This screen allows calibration procedure to be started or stopped Harvested Weight Cell This screen indicates approximate weight of grain that has been harvested during calibration process Scale Weight Cell This screen allows scale weight to be entered after a calibration run is complete during calibration run indicates approximate weight of grain that has been harvested Calibration Factor Cell Value shown here allows mass flow sensor to
243. nfiguration Changed KE Auxiliary Control configuration changed Go to the Auxiliary Controls page to review configuration Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement To avoid the risk of death or serious injury to a bystander ensure e Users know which function is mapped to each control e Controls are properly labeled This message occurs when the system detects an Auxiliary Control and that configuration has been modified during run time e g additional input and or implement added Press Enter key F to navigate to the home page Go to the Auxiliary Controls page by pressing the AWARNING Auxiliary Control configuration changed Go to the Auxiliary Controls page to review configuration Improper operation can cause unintended implement movement To avoid the risk of death or serious injury to a bystander ensure Users know which function is mapped to each control Controls are properly labeled 2ZX1042512 UN 04DEC08 Mapping key G to review or change the Auxiliary Control assignments OUCC002 0002A57 19 280CT09 3 6 Auxiliary Control Configuration Changed AE Auxiliary Control configuration changed Auxiliary Control is disabled because requested assignments could not be completed Go to the Auxiliary Controls page to enable This message occurs when the Auxiliary Control configuration has been modified during run time e g additional input
244. ng Productivity Productivity Productivity Productivity Total Fuel Used Total Fuel Used Date Total Bales Total Lint Date Estimated time and area remaining require that an exterior boundary has been selected Harvest Combine Harvest Cotton Harvest SPFH Operator Operator Operator Destination Destination Destination Load Load Load Load Name Load Name Load Name Residue Management Gin Turnout In addition the totals will be filtered on the Load level If Harvest is not selected in the Operation list box the Load list box should be disabled PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 Pro ZA JOHN DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8679 UN O5AUG05 TOTALS softkey To filter totals select criteria desired and press enter To clear totals press and hold 0 button Interaction with Harvest Monitor NOTE Today with the current GreenStar display and mobile processor when Harvest Doc is on the bus with Harvest Monitor the Totals come from HarvestDoc not Harvest Monitor The same shall be with Documentation on the 2x00 GreenStar display family The user shall not be able to see Harvest Monitor totals through the Original GreenStar Monitor an auxiliary GSD4 or 70 Series Command Center unless Documentation is off JS56696 000049D 19 01APR10 1 1 General Ove
245. ng Header Width and Header Offset Select Main Menu gt GreenStar2 gt EQUIPMENT gt MACHINE tab gt Machine list box NOTE Select COMBINE COTTON PICKER or COTTON STRIPPER if not detected automatically Define model in list box to right of machine not required Select HEADER tab gt HEADER list box Enter header model if desire not required Header Width is set up in Harvest Monitor See Section on Original GreenStar Monitor or the 70 Series combine Operator Manual for procedures Verify that the proper width has been sent from Harvest Monitor and show in this tab This screen allows operator to define PC10857VL UN 01APR10 e Header Name e Header Width comes from Harvest Monitor see Original GreenStar Monitor or the 70 Series combine Operator Manual e Header Offset e Track Spacing See Guidance section NOTE Header Offset is used for operators using an offset head for example draper Refer to HARVEST section for more information Defining Header Width for Self Propelled Forage Harvesters Header width is set up in OBD RCP 180 and others See the user manual that came with the self propelled forage harvester to verify the correct setup in the OBD Do this for all other implements and headers which cannot be changed in the display itself field is grayed out JS56696 000049C 19 01APR10 3 3 80 41 060910 PN 150 Documentation Cut Width Adjustment Cut width can b
246. nt B is displayed Press key E to reach the Auxiliary Controls page or enter key F to return to the previous screen IMPORTANT It is recommended to press key E to reach the Auxiliary Controls page and check the auxiliary input assignment NOTE The failed assignment is indicated by the missing status indicator while the input device and input are displayed Continued on next page A XXXX Auxiliary Comrols Assignment Error Ai Auxiliary input is not responding Check assignmem on Auxiliary Controls page W ge II H amp 2ZX1042164 UN 04DEC08 Auxiliary Input Status Enable Time out A Assignment Error B Assignment E Auxiliary Controls Page Access Key F Enter Key OUCC002 00029ED 19 04DEC08 2 4 65 12 060910 PN 75 Auxiliary Controls When an implement rejects an assignment the error message A appears Assignment not accepted by auxiliary function Check assignment on mapping screen The related assignment B is displayed Press key E to reach the Auxiliary Controls page or enter key F to return to the previous screen IMPORTANT It is recommended to press key E to reach the Auxiliary Controls page and check the auxiliary input assignment NOTE The rejected assignment is indicated by the missing status indicator while the input device and input are displayed es XXXX K Auxiliary Contrais Assignment Error ai Assignment not accepted by
247. o SwathControl Pro Get the serial number and challenge code from the display Go to www StellarSupport com and select ACTIVATIONS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS Select GREENSTAR2 gt ACTIVATE AUTOTRAC then follow the GreenStar2 Software Activation prompts to obtain the 26 digit code On the display go to MENU gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt ACTIVATIONS tab Input the activation code Display shows as Activated in the Pro Module area The Display Software Activation Process is completed Keep in mind if you have purchased SF2 level AutoTrac you are required to also activate the StarFire receiver to PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 Pro Se E JOHN DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8675 UN 140CT05 A ZA JOM DEE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button an SF2 level The StarFire is a separate 24 digit activation for SF2 and RTK OQUO06050 00022AB 19 01SEP09 1 1 30 1 PN 060910 22 Display Setup Managing Activations The buttons and functions corresponding to each GreenStar Pro Module activation may be shown or hidden by checking the ON OFF checkbox for each activation The box must be checked to use the corresponding Pro Module By turning OFF activations that are not being used the corresponding buttons and functions will be hidden making the display simpler to na
248. o longer in your selected field Please select your current field After clearing the pop up screen the timer continues to count down until no time is remaining The time is a setup Field Exit Detected option which can be changed by the operator A Field Locator has detected that you are no Field Locator is a useful tool when the operator leaves the longer in your selected field Please select your field and forgets to change documentation so the GS2 is current field not incorrectly logging data Current Field Selection Client S Farm D Field 7 ks Le Field Exit Detected JS56696 0000377 19 280CT09 2 2 90 5 060910 PN 186 Machine And Implement Setup PC8663 UN O5AUG05 Machine Setup MENU gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO gt gt EQUIPMENT allows access to MACHINE and IMPLEMENT setup screens MENU Softkey PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 Pro GREENSTAR2 PRO Softkey PC8677 UN O5AUG05 EQUIPMENT Softkey Continued on next page JS56696 0000378 19 31OCT07 1 4 95 1 060910 PN 187 Machine And Implement Setup Machine Tab GreenStar 2 Pro Equipment Machine Model Connection Type Turning Sensitivity A Machine Tab D Machine Type Drop Down 0 0 in z J Change Offsets Recording Source Documentation and Coverage om Ke Memory Used G Connection Type Drop Down J Change Offsets Button B lImplem
249. oduct Details for Product Application Europe Only 1 If A is grayed out define B and C first 2 Press button A 3 Product details screen will appear Information Types available for Product Application e Active Ingredient e Indication e Buffer Zone e Content e Waiting Time Product Application B Herbicide Ww Product rype Product Name LX1048292 UN 24AUG09 OQU06050 00011FF 19 O5OCTO09 1 1 Product Details Screen Europe Only NOTE Max 25 entries could be added To add a detail press F This will open the Product Details Entry screen A C Product Type Herbicide Product Name a O A Type E Button to change or delete B Name or Variety a data set C Value designator 1 F Button for new data set D Value designator 2 G Cancel Back to prior page 2 o 2 E H 2 7 S 8 3 3 OUO6050 0001201 19 14SEP09 1 1 80 26 060910 PN 135 Documentation Product Details Entry Screen Europe Only After the operator defined field E an input in field F G and H is possible When operator has finished the input he either confirms with K or cancel with J Delete Data Set 1 Select field E 2 Choose 3 Press button K A Type F Dropdown list can be B Name changed C Units G Units dropdown list can t D Value be changed E Dropdown list can t be H Value field changed
250. of rows e Next enter 30 in for each selected row spacing e To enter row spacing you will need to toggle between selected rows Left of first Row should a row spacing of 15 in NOTE Picker setup for skip row cotton will vary from above example 4 Verify TOTAL WIDTH is shown correctly after entering all row spacings Continued on next page OQU06050 0002301 19 130CT09 1 2 115 2 SC Harvest Monitor Picker 5 To make a row inactive select ROW SELECT button until number of desired row appears boxed in Select ROWS ACTIVE button to toggle selected row between ON OFF When a row is inactive its number will appear on display with a slash through it 6 Select MACHINE MODEL button to toggle to proper machine model There may be only one machine model available depending on software version OQU06050 0002301 19 130CT09 2 2 Calibration NOTE Always read the text to the left of the START STOP arrow This explains the current status of calibration Arrow changes back and forth between START and STOP When yield calibration is stopped START arrow is shown When yield calibration is running STOP arrow is shown STOP arrow CALIBRATION IS RUNNING Push button to STOP CALIBRATION START arrow CALIBRATION IS STOPPED Push button to START CALIBRATION Screen SETUP YIELD CAL Press SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt YIELD CALIBRATION Mass flow sensors must be calibrated in orde
251. om where recording was paused to where it was resumed NOTE Many times the boundary should be recorded around an obstacle so iTEC Pro can alert the operator of these obstacles 8 If recording was started along a straight section of the boundary the Stop button can be pressed after turning the last corner near the straight section If recording was started in a corner press the Stop button just prior to the point where recording was started Make PC10501A UN 210CT08 m e C Stop Recording Button D Recording Indicator Light A Record Pause Button B Toggle Button sure the point where recording was stopped does not intersect the point where it was started Pressing the stop button will complete the boundary by showing a straight line between the point where it was stopped and the starting point OQU06050 0000E76 19 30SEP09 3 3 75 17 060910 PN 104 GreenStar General Top And Bottom Offsets Boundary Ne and Bottom Offset eadland Boundary B Ge Boundary Impassable Pas Headland Kal s Q fe j Exterior Boundary 5 Impassable lt D z A Top and Bottom Offset B Exterior Boundary C Exterior Headland D Field Headland Boundary Impassable Continued on next page JS56696 0000499 19 280CT08 1 3 75 1 8 060910 PN 105 GreenStar General Cl D I Client Row 90 0000 gt fone i Heading arclay Bros X Offset 120 000 Farm ft
252. on is malfunctioning Try to reboot the display If the problem persists please contact your John Deere Dealer GPS Alarms For GreenStar Basic Deluxe 200 GPS communications failure No communication with GPS receiver Check connections at GPS receiver No GPS Tracking Disabled No GPS position available Verify GPS receiver has clear view of sky No Diff Tracking Disabled No GPS differential correction available Verify GPS receiver has clear view of sky 2D GPS in use 2D GPS in use Verify GPS receiver has clear view of sky Continued on next page OQU06050 000232C 19 01SEP09 1 2 125 18 PN 060910 256 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics FAULT CONDITION FAULT DESCRIPTION ALARM TEXT Tracking Inaccurate The GPS receiver must be set to report at the 5Hz Rate Confirm settings on receiver The GPS receiver must be set to report at the 5Hz message output rate Confirm settings on GPS receiver and change output to 5Hz For 3rd Party Controllers NOTE 3rd Party controllers are controllers using RS232 connection Field Doc Connect and ISOBUS compliant controllers supporting Task Controller functionality Language Loading Errors CRC bad missing a colon bad prep header etc Language load detected corrupt file Reload software to data card Hardware compat version mismatch Invalid hardware for language file Reload software to data card
253. ons GS2 version 2 01222 or higher GS2 Rate Controller version 2 01k or higher Apex 2 0 Production version or higher Record exterior and interior boundaries if needed Apex Setup Input setup data into Apex new varieties crops farm names etc Save setup data to your GS2 Compact Flash card Insert Compact Flash card into GS2 and verify setup data was saved successfully Day of Planting GS2 Rate Controller setup Machine setup Section setup Swath Control Pro setup Clear any preexisting coverage maps for field if needed Define minimize skips minimize overlap or percent overlap for exterior interior and coverage areas Setturn on off times GS2 Documentation setup Resources Conditions clent farm field and task Equipment machine and offsets Operation seed type brand variety rate etc Prescriptions choose prescription if needed Verify sections Verify offsets Enable Swath Control Pro place check mark in box Enable all sections through the GS2 or turn on section switches using the switchbox Turn on Master Switch foot switch or switchbox Make a partial or complete pass Verify seed placement by digging Additional Resources available on www StellarSup port com
254. ontrol unit making the rate change and the solution pump responding This should be between 0 and 4 seconds Default is 0 0 seconds NOTE Text B will be displayed and the accept button will become inactive when prescription base units do not match i e liquid units vs weight units or gallons vs pounds Correcting the base unit measurement mismatch will allow the prescription to be applied To convert prescription shapefiles select Shapefile from the drop down menu and select the enter button This will take you to the Shapefile Conversion Homepage A Look Ahead Seconds B Text with Accept button Prescription Name S Date Created 6 30 2008 Product Type Fertilizer Rate Units Wha Look Ahead sec Prescription Multiplier Out of Field Loss of GPS P iptio rescr pat n 9 00 Una Rate Units do not match Y Prescription Rate Units gt Prescription cannot be applied OQU06050 000126F 19 31MAR10 3 3 PC10857QW UN 14SEP09 80 32 060910 PN 141 Documentation Viewing Locked Tank Mixes If you created a locked tank mix A in Apex It is possible to view the contents of the locked tank mix Press soft key B to view A Lock Tank Mix B Locked Tank Mix softkey GreenStar 2 Pro Documentation Product Application Type Tank Mix Name Tank Mix Ee Insecticide E Se S Lorsban A B Add Product Add Product Carrier Water floz fac 15 00 Add Prod
255. op Type Com the Load Number by one every time the grain tank auger erns Ploneer stops Variety 24R46 When Auto Incrementing is selected the Save Load Ste button is disabled S Auto Increment Load Number g Check Bos CENE S E ES 4 vost A S OQU06050 000107B 19 27MAY09 4 4 85 8 060910 PN 177 Adding to an Existing Load The Load Number can be changed back to a number that has already been recorded using the and buttons This is useful if Auto Incrementing is turned on and it is necessary to stop or swing the auger in before the bin is emptied The Load Data screen on the home page always shows the totals since the last time the load was saved If the load number is changed to an existing load the totals that have already been saved are not reflected on the screen To see these values use the J button to view the reports Com pre ooo 1638 page S 1029 1 ge w PC108571Q UN 25MAR09 OUO6050 000107C 19 11MAY09 1 1 Additional Load Tips A load does not have to be a combine bin load If your operation is more concerned with truck loads you can track the crop in each truck by using one number until the truck is emptied The Load Name and Load Destination fields do not have to have the name and destination in them If tracking where the crop is going is important to you and you do not care about how it gets there use the Load Nam
256. op calibration Display will change to YIELD CALIBRATION IS STOPPED IMPORTANT Be sure to empty grain tank completely and make sure all grain is on one vehicle wagon or truck 8 Have known amount of grain in truck or wagon weighed While waiting for scale ticket to return you may continue by selecting RUN button 9 When scale ticket returns to combine go to YIELD CALIBRATION screen 10 Select SCALE WEIGHT button to change weight value 11 Using numeric keypad input net weight of grain from scale ticket IMPORTANT Calibration procedures will not change data already saved After changes are made all harvest information collected from that point on will reflect changes NOTE If scale ticket weight is more than 50 higher or lower than displayed weight system will NOT allow entry of scale weight 12 Select SCALE WEIGHT button to enter new value FLOW COMP NUMBER will change automatically when grain weight is entered JS56696 00004A4 19 070CT08 1 1 80 50 PN 060910 159 Documentation Manually Adjusting Calibration Factor Screen SETUP YIELD CALIBRATION Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt YIELD CALIBRATION NOTE Do not perform a manual adjustment of Calibration Factor if you intend on using Low Flow Compensation procedure If scale weight is more than 50 higher or lower than displayed weight system will not allow entry of scale weight A new calibration fact
257. or M Field Locator Settings B Conditions Tab F Field J License Number C Notes Tab G Task K Field Locator D Client H Crop Season L Auto Detect Field Exit 4 Check Auto Detect Field Exit check box L to enable out of field detection If current field in client farm and field has not been catalogued or has no boundary an auto detect field The field you have selected has either exit alarm will be displayed and auto detect field not been catalogued or has no exit check box will be unchecked Auto Detect Field boundary Auto Detect Field Exit will be Exit The field you have selected has either not been disabled cataloged or has no boundary Auto Detect Field will be disabled PC10609 UN 27SEP07 Auto Detect Field Exit JS56696 0000376 19 30SEP09 4 4 060910 90 4 PN 185 Field Locator Operation Once position is determined to be outside of Out of Field Exit Boundary C a timer is started Once the timer ends a field exit alert is displayed A Field Boundary B Bounding Rectangle Around Largest Possible 30 5 m 100 ft C Out of Field Exit Boundary Boundary Rectangle Field Boundary Bounding Rectangle 8 Around largest possible footprint Footprint a 3 Out of Field Exit Boundary l Bounding Rectangle 100 ft 7 Field Boundary JS56696 0000377 19 28O0CT09 1 2 Field Exit Detected Field Locator has detected that gt you are n
258. or can also be entered manually To calculate calibration factor divide weight shown on display by new weight on scale ticket Multiply result by displayed calibration factor see example below This is the new calibration factor To manually enter a calibration factor 1 Press CALIBRATION FACTOR button to change calibration factor Using numeric keypad input calibration factor Press CALIBRATION FACTOR button to enter new value Displayed Calibration Factor 800 X New weight of cotton from scale ticket 4830 Weight of cotton shown on display 5125 New Calibration Factor 754 Example Displayed Calibration Factor 800 800 is factory default value for calibration factor Weight of cotton shown on display 5125 New weight of cotton from scale ticket 4830 New Calibration Factor 754 OQU06050 0002306 19 20NOVO6 1 1 Recording Screen SETUP RECORDING ON OFF Press SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt RECORDING ON OFF BY This screen allows operator to setup recording on off using the following methods Material Flow of Cotton Header Raise Lower Picking Units Combination Raise Lower Picking Units and Material Flow Detected Manual On Off by operator from RUN page OQU06050 0002307 19 20NOVO6 1 1 115 6 060910 PN 219 Performance Monitor Performance Monitor Pe ee The GS2 Display comes standard with many new performance monitor functions and u
259. or can also be entered manually To calculate calibration factor divide weight shown on display by new weight on scale ticket Multiply result by displayed calibration factor see example below This is the new calibration factor To manually enter a calibration factor 1 Select CALIBRATION FACTOR button to change calibration factor 2 Using numeric keypad input calibration factor 3 Select CALIBRATION FACTOR button to enter a new value Displayed Calibration Factor 950 Weight of grain shown on display 27 643 Ib Net weight of grain from scale ticket 27 022 Displayed Calibration Factor 950 X Weight of grain shown on display 27 643 Ib Net weight of grain from scale ticket 27 022 Ib New Calibration Factor 971 New Calibration Factor 971 JS56696 00004A5 19 070CT08 1 1 SETUP MOISTURE CORRECTION IMPORTANT Changing moisture correction in the Moisture Correction cell will not change the data already saved After changes are made all harvest information collected from that point will reflect the changes SETUP MOISTURE screens are used to setup moisture correction moisture alarm on off and moisture curves Screen SETUP MOISTURE Select SETUP gt gt HARVEST MONITOR gt gt MOISTURE Moisture correction screen is used to set moisture correction to match reading from a customer or elevator certified moisture sensor as shown on RUN PAGE 1 screen JS56696 00004A6 19 070
260. otton Power Light 20 2 INTE 115 3 Reset dees EENS 125 5 Gin Turnout Percent 80 41 Secondary Navigation 20 4 Manual Calibration cccssccccceecsssseeeeesessssseeees 115 6 Serial Number 30 1 Quick Caltbratton nne 115 4 STe iLE ANE E PEEN E S E E E EE 30 3 Recording E 115 6 Software Standard Calibration cccssssccceeesssteeeeeeeeeeeees 115 5 Activator eaea e a aai aai 30 1 Country Getting 30 7 Storage iniiai a a ai 20 2 Crop Growth Gtage 75 5 Display Connector ssssseeessseeseeeesnrnerrnrnsrernesrr nne 20 3 DOE E T 75 5 Display Reset Button 20 4 Documentation D EE EE a A a as 80 11 Eltere 22 2200 E E E E ee ec 80 36 Data Card RE 20 5 AER 35 2 El EE 20 5 Dry BOX ENEE 80 23 Remcovipng 20 5 EE 90 1 Slot etter eek ore EE a dale 20 3 VE 45 2 Date TIAIVOS EE 80 37 Setting EE 30 7 No GPS Mode j 5 2 s ccrnscte sections 80 1 Davlight Nightlight EE 30 5 On Off ese Data ate tte at ee ac a ag ete 80 1 80 37 Desktop Solwatewcexia sent eee 80 54 Operations eu 80 3 Device INIO EE 125 5 Optional IteMS EEN 80 12 Device Source Addresses ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccceeece 130 3 HReouirements enarrant rtnn rnnr nnne nenna 125 21 Diagnostic Ode Geer it citi es 125 3 SpreadStar AEE E ENEE Ak Re DEES cvs ee decent eege 80 23 Diagnostics Documentation softkeys cccccsscccceessssssteeeeeeeeeees 80 2 TEEN 125 16 Documentation Software Bulg Sais EE 125 5 Trouble Codes eege enker 125 20 Device EE 125 5 Driven
261. oubleshooting and Diagnostics Alarm Task Controller Invalid Implement Configuration The task controller detected an unsupported electronics configuration on this implement It will be ignored for this operation This alarm screen will be displayed whenever an ISO implement is detected which has member controllers The John Deere Task controller does only support ISO implements with a master controller and no member controllers Task Controller Invalid Implement configuration The Task Controller detected an unsupported electronics configuration on this implement It will be ignored for this operation l f2 es 3 Invalid Implement Configuration OQUO06050 0000CF8 19 130CT09 3 6 Alarm Task Controller Invalid System Configuration The John Deere task controller detected an other conflicting task controller in the system Disconnect the other device for further operation Task Controller This alarm screen will be displayed whenever another ISO Task Controller is found on the ISOBUS Disconnecting l lid S t of the other Task Controllers is required because an nva NW ys em ISO implement can only work with one Task Controller configuration which is in most cases the first one When this alarm screen is displayed the John Deere Task Controller is not the first one and cannot use the ISO implements for sovdligtions Pack ee Se eet documentation purposes the other devices for further operation 8 i x 2 e
262. ounter will accumulate any time the II tractor is moving regardless of recording status or speed e 2 input The distance counter that appears on the main screen is the same counter that appears on the totals Total Distance screen 0QU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 10 12 Resetting Totals H O Many of the counters totals can be reset by the operator 0 O This capability will be accomplished via two different reset Wis h 3 buttons Alarms will display to confirm the actions before 3 the totals are reset d NOTE When operating with APM you must HOLD DOWN D gt 0 T the reset button for 3 seconds to clear out the totals S O D Reset Area Totals this will reset all values on the totals Reset Area Totals page except distance OQU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 11 12 Reset Distance only resets the distance counter el H PC9133 UN 17APRO6 Reset Distance 0QU06050 0002311 19 01SEP09 12 12 120 16 060910 PN 235 Performance Monitor ADVANCED PERFORMANCE MONITOR APM This section covers only those additional functions that become available when operating APM The APM is only available on CAN electronic based John Deere vehicles with a TECU controller which include the following Tractors 8030 s 7030 s 7020 s 6020 s Combines 9060 s 9050 s If the GS2 display is connected to one of the vehicles above the BPM automatically becomes disabled and will not be a selectable option in the m
263. ovide prompt efficient care when you want it and where you want it We can make repairs at your place or at ours depending on the circumstances see us depend on us JOHN DEERE SERVICE SUPERIORITY We ll be around when you need us TS103 UN 23AUG88 DX IBC D 19 04JUN90 1 1 060910 PN 279
264. ow that contains the currently selected implement Another list control will appear in the Input column B Select an item from this list to select the specific input to map to the currently selected implement Function C Functions which are in use are grayed out but can be selected function will be indicated by a cursor colored rectangle IMPORTANT The input device selection list 3 Select the list control under the Input Device column A in the currently selected row 4 Choose an Input Device A by selecting one of the 7 items listed in this control only shows inputs which are compatible to the implement functions A status indicator D will appear to indicate if the input device s input B control was successfully mapped to the implement Function C or not Continued on next page OUCC002 00029E9 19 04DEC08 2 5 65 9 060910 PN 72 Auxiliary Controls e A green status indicator D indicates that the 8 Repeat steps 1 to 7 to map as many controls as is mapping is completed successfully needed e A red status indicator D indicates that the mapping was not successful In this case check the assignments and change as necessary OUCC002 00029E9 19 04DEC08 3 5 Display Auxiliarv Controls Status Device Function Implement Unmapped Unmapped Unmapped Unmapped Unmapped ZX1042156 UN 04DEC08 Auxiliary Controls A lInput Device Selec
265. ox is not checked or inconsistent readings and alarms will be displayed Radar Connection The operator is able to select unselect a check box if the radar is directly connected to the display or not This connection check box will NOT display when operating PC9095 UN 17APRO06 Radar connected to display L Radar Connection APM as it will automatically default to the radar feed via the connection behind the command center OUO6050 0000CD6 19 310CT07 11 12 Implement Header Width The operator is able to enter and view the width of the implement header This value will remain in sync with the Field Doc application implement width This parameter will be used by the PM for area and productivity calculations The figure below shows the implement width icon Recording Sources for BPM APM Below The display will allow the operator to choose from an input list which source or function will indicate that recording is PC9096 UN 17APR06 z af d Implement Header Width on or off The PM will use this status to know when to engage the various measurements and this value will be in sync with the GreenStar Application OQUO06050 0000CD6 19 310CT07 12 12 120 6 060910 PN 225 Performance Monitor Recording Sources for BPM The display will allow the operator to choose from an input list which source or function will indicate that recording is on or off The PM will use this stat
266. p Company SprayStar is a trademark of Deere amp Company Raven is a trademark of Raven GreenSeeker is a trademark of NTech Industries Inc Rawson is a trademark of Rawson Accu Rate is a trademark of Rawson Accu Plant is a trademark of Rawson New Leader is a trademark of New Leader Dickey John is a trademark of Dickey John Vanguard is a trademark of Vanguard AUTO ss Sa ef S ct 6 II s III LUULUL PC8770 UN 110CT05 Recording Source A Manual Recording On Off G Implement Switch Closed B Automatic from controller H SCV 1 C Rear PTO I SCV 2 D 3 point Hitch J SCV 3 E Front PTO K SCV 4 F Implement Switch Open IMPLEMENT tabs allow setup of the following Implement Type Used to select machine type Implement Model Used to distinguish between different models Implement Name Used to distinguish between multiple machines of the same model e Implement Offsets Used to eliminate skips or overlaps due to an offset receiver Implement Widths For more information see MACHINE AND IMPLEMENT SETUP section OQU06050 00022B6 19 01SEP09 1 1 75 7 060910 PN 94 GreenStar General Mapping Softkey MENU gt GreenStar2 Pro gt Mapping The following functionality is accessed with the mapping softkey e On screen Maps e Boundaries e Flags Several map type choices are provided in Map Settings PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU bu
267. pe IMPORTANT FieldDoc Connect Cable must be wired to COM2 on GreenStar side If no implement controller is connected to the GS2 Display the YARA N Sensor cannot be selected E Assign Serial NOTE The GreenSeeker activation enables the Port YARA N Sensor module Memory Used Prepare Card for Removal 1 Connect the implement controller to the GS2 Display 2 Attach YARA N Sensor hardware according to the S YARA N Sensor manual 3 Connect the YARA N Sensor display to the GreenStar RS232 cab connector 8 4 Set COM Port 2 to Field Doc Connect S 5 Calibrate Setup YARA N Sensor System according Assign Seral Fort to the YARA N Sensor manual Serial Port Assignment 6 Select MENU button gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt gt RESOURCE CONDITIONS softkey gt gt RESOURCES tab Serial GPS lx A Setup Tab F Prepare Card for Removal B Summary Tab Button j C Activations Tab G Serial Communication Port Port 2 Fone EES A g H gt D Memory Tab 1 Assignment O E Assign Serial Port Button H Serial Communication Port S 2 Assignment T I Enter Button 7 Serial Port Assignment Continued on next page JS56696 00004F1 19 25NOV08 1 8 55 1 060910 PN 53 YARA N Sensor 7 Fill in Client Farm Field and Task information to WEE enable documentation MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 JON DEE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8676 UN O5AUG05 RE
268. physical width is less than the implement AN GreenStar 2 Pro working width a message will appear as a wc reminder that this is not usually correct A 16R30 planter is physically wider than its 12 2 m 40 ft working width An example where the working e A width is wider than the physical width is a dry Confirm Configuration fertilizer spreader it spreads much farther than the physical width of the buggy The physical width Is smaller than the Implement width which may not allow detection of all Intersections with A Confirm Configura impassable boundaries tion The physical width is smaller than the imple ment width which may not allow detection of all inter S sections with impassable D oO boundaries F Es e gt Q Tt O OQ O nN Confirm Configuration Continued on next page JS56696 0000379 19 30SEP09 5 6 95 8 060910 PN 194 Machine And Implement Setup Implement 2 and Implement 3 tab GreenStar 2 Pro Equipment Implement Type Tillage implement Model Implement Name IMPLEMENT 2 tab A MACHINE tab B IMPLEMENT 1 tab C IMPLEMENT 2 tab D IMPLEMENT 3 tab The IMPLEMENT 2 and IMPLEMENT 3 tabs are primarily used for logging hours against the equipment For IMPLEMENT 2 tab to appear an implement type must be selected in IMPLEMENT 1 tab IMPLEMENT 2 tab allows setup of following Implement Type Used to select implement type Implement Model Us
269. prioritized automatically and the highest priority is displayed 1 Enter Offsets Offsets are critical for Swath Control Pro to function properly GSD Net supplies certain machine offsets but we encourage customers to measure the machine to ensure that you get optimal performance from Swath Control Pro 2 Verify sections and spacing are displayed properly Sections and spacing are set up in the implement control unit Refer to the implement operator manual for more information on the control unit 3 Enable Swath Control Pro by checking the Swath Control check box The Swath Control check box is accessible from the Implement tab or the Swath Control Pro button 4 Set up Swath Control Pro by selecting the Settings button The Settings button is accessible from the implement tab or the Swath Control Pro button PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 Pro A EA r DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8677 UN O5AUG05 EQUIPMENT button PC10857QP UN 26AUG09 Implement 1 Implement tab OQU06050 00011F5 19 25MAY10 2 2 Enabling Enabling the System for a Product Application Operation ALL of the following are required for Swath Control to function e Section Switches are on e Master Implement Switch is on e Swath Control Enabled checkbox is checked e Speed is greater than 0 8 km h 0 5 mph NOTE If IBS Index Boom Section
270. put information on the product that is being applied Location F displays rate that is currently written in the prescriptions Button G displays the rate that is currently being commanded by the controller Location H displays the rate that is physically being applied to the field Location I displays the name of prescription if one is selected Location J displays the application method selected using the advanced settings button M Location K displays the Height Depth and is selected using the Advanced Settings button M Button L is disabled while connected to dry box controller Button M is used to added details GreenStar Documentation A Product 1 B Product 2 C New Product 3 D Product Application Type E Product Type F Prescription Rate G tTarget Rate H Actual Rate I Prescription J Application Method K Height Depth L Remove Button M Advance Settings N Prescription Button Button N is used to select prescription or convert shapefile to a prescription Continued on next page Product Application Type Single Product EN h Prescription Prescription __ red 0 00 tonfac Target 3 00 Application Broadcast J Rate S Method ton ac Actual i Rate 2 00 EE 0 0 tonac e PC10857VI UN 31MAR10 OQU06050 00022CB 19 31MAR10 2 3 80 24 060910 PN 133 Documentation Pressing the Product Setup
271. r Rawson Accu Rate and Accu Plant New Leader Mark III and Mark IV LH Technologies e GS2 Rate Controller NOTE 3rd Party control units are control units using RS232 connection Field Doc Connect and ISOBUS compliant control units supporting Task Controller functionality NOTE Depending on capability of control unit seed dry product and liquid can be applied Setup Prescriptions Client Farm Field and Task Setup NOTE See GreenStar 2 Basics and Pro General Setup RESOURCES and CONDITIONS button for more information on setting up Client Farm and Field Select RESOURCE and CONDITIONS button Select or Enter Client Farm Field and Task Select EQUIPMENT button Setup recording source and implement width Select DOCUMENTATION button SL Re LOANS e Continued on next page PC8676 UN O5AUG05 RESOURCE CONDITIONS button PC8677 UN O5AUG05 PC8678 UN O5AUG05 DOCUMENTATION button PC8704 UN 17AUG05 PRESCRIPTIONS button 6 Choose an operation type Example seeding or product application 7 Select PRESCRIPTIONS button 8 Select the PRESCRIPTION from the PRESCRIPTION drop down box Prescription Multiplier IMPORTANT If using John Deere sprayer rate knob must be set to AUX If using John Deere AirCart or Planter set desktop software as Active Rate If using a 3rd Party control unit see the operator manual of the control unit NOTE 3rd Party control units are control
272. r to achieve accurate cotton weights Calibration should be performed when necessary as condition and maturity of crop change or at least once a season Quick Calibration Easiest calibration procedure when there is no scale available for weighing harvest samples Standard Calibration Used when actual weights can be obtained from a scale for harvest samples Manual Calibration Only used if previous procedures do not work because calibration is off by more than 50 Before performing manual calibration check to make sure all components in yield monitoring system are installed and performing correctly and that sensors are unobstructed Post Calibration Done with desktop software There is no post calibration procedure to be performed in field or on display This is recommended method for best results Desktop software allows post calibration using weight of crop from whole field or weight of crop from each module depending on level of detail wanted Are you a customer that is using Harvest Monitor Cotton for the sole purpose of seeing your yield as you go across the field If you believe it is important for the Harvest Monitor Cotton system to be as accurate as possible at all times in the field on display in cab the following recommendation can help you achieve this expectation Mass flow sensors need to be calibrated to achieve more accurate seed cotton weights shown on the display in the field This is done by performing a
273. rac Activation Tracking Mode has been determined and a valid Track 0 has been established Correct StarFire signal level for AutoTrac Activation is selected Vehicle conditions met DataCard A card upon which setup and documented field data is stored The datacard is PCMCIA on the GSD MP and compact flash on the RCD DGPS Differential GPS A system of increasing the accuracy of GPS using a separately broadcast correction signal Display General term which refers to both Original GreenStar Display and GreenStar 2 Display DOP Dilution of Precision A term used to quantify the accuracy of a GPS fix DRC Dry Rate Controller DTAC Dealer Technical Assistance Center DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code ECU Electronic Control Unit A CPU based device that monitors and or controls a vehicle function ECUs are typically networked together using the CAN EGNOS European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service The European DGPS signal Enabled 3 4 Status of pie Steer Icon has been selected and Steer On is displayed FD Field Doc FD MBA Field Doc Map Based Application Field Doc A suite of applications on the MP and RCD that record the inputs on a field The Field Doc applications are capable of recording map based variable rate inputs FlexBox One of a family of next generation controller systems used throughout the Ag division GAI GPS Accuracy Indicator GPS Global Positioning System GSD GreenStar Display GSD2100 One of the RCD GreenSt
274. ration can cause understand how this display operates the unintended implement movement functions of the implement Read and understand the implement To avoid death or serious injury to a Operator Manual bystander understand how this This message occurs when the system detects an display operates the functions of the ISOBUS implement For more information see READ implement OPERATOR MANUALS FOR ISOBUS IMPLEMENTS in the Safet tion Samay ee ee Read and understand the implement Operator Manual OQUO6050 0000E6B 19 O6OCT08 1 1 PC10339 UN 23SEP07 Operating ISO Implement IMPORTANT Before using display to control ISOBUS to use When used with ISOBUS implements implements read operator manual provided by information and control functions placed on this implement manufacturer and observe all safety display are provided by implement and are the messages in manual and on implement prior responsibility of implement manufacturer OQU06050 0002316 19 O6OCT08 1 1 060910 60 1 PN 60 ISO Implements ISO Implements The John Deere Display GS2 display supports ISOBUS 11783 compliant implements These implements can be displayed and operated with this Display A standardized connector in the back of the tractor allows the connection of such implements ISOBUS implements may support the Aux Control functionality See Aux Control chapter for more details Continued on next page Standardize
275. read accurately This value will be updated automatically by Continued on next page Calibration procedure This value can also be adjusted manually IMPORTANT Before calibrating be sure that combine grain tank and unloading auger tube are empty Be sure that wagon or truck hauling grain away from combine is empty NOTE Message with the following information may appear on screen Low Cal Flow Comp NOT required If this message appears flow rate during calibration was very low Therefore it is neither necessary nor possible to perform optional Low Flow Compensation procedure Standard Calibration procedure is sufficient Yield monitor system can be accurate only if operator follows correct calibration procedures The following procedures should be performed at maximum ground speed which operator expects to run in this crop and condition and in an area that is reasonably level and of uniform yield 1 Select CALIBRATION MODE button to select desired calibration 2 Select START STOP button Display will change to YIELD CALIBRATION IS RUNNING 3 Begin harvesting Weight displayed in HARVESTED WEIGHT cell should increase while harvesting 4 Harvest known amount of grain i e grain tank full truck load wagon load etc 5 When known load is completed stop machine and allow all harvested grain to enter grain tank 6 Select STOP button to stop calibration Display will change to YIELD CALIBRATION IS STOPPED
276. replacement when necessary PC9779 UN 17JANO7 OQUO6050 0000E08 19 26AUG09 1 1 20 2 060910 PN 15 Getting Started Back of Display Backside of Display contains e Display Mounting Holes attach to bracket on machine e Secondary Navigational point provides backup navigation with display e Data Card Door Slot houses data card used for data collection and saving selected display and implement settings e Display Connector connects vehicle wiring harness plugs with display for system power and communication NOTE Backside of display will have label with display model and serial number on it A Display mounting holes C Display connector B Secondary navigation D Compact Flash door PC8863 UN 02NOV05 Backside of Display OU06050 000229C 19 06OCT08 1 1 Display Control CAUTION Do not mount display control on the side of dual displays 2600 and GSD4 This blocks the operator s view and overloads the bracket Mount the display control elsewhere The display control is the secondary navigational point on the GreenStar Display The display control contains 10 available short cut softkeys A J Thumb Wheel A ENTER button B CANCEL button C and MENU button D A Thumb Wheel C CANCEL button B ENTER button D MENU button PC8864 UN O9JANO6 Display Control OUO6050 0000C6A 19 280CT09 1 1 060910 20 3 PN 16 Getting Start
277. rify correct lateral and inline offsets on the Header page The correct variety is saved to the Data Card for each 3 meters 10 feet square grid for each field selected in desktop software The variety locator files must be saved to the compact flash card prior to combining A Variety Locator Message F may appear telling the operator if the file for the current field is found or if a file is available but not used D S 2 A HARVEST D Variety 5 B Crop Type E Variety Locator J C Brand F Variety Locator Message 7 2 Oo 5 a Harvest screen OUO6050 0000CBD 19 310CT07 1 2 IMPORTANT For Variety Locator to work on GS2 u displays varieties must be recorded when planting loaded to desktop software and saved to a Data Card All fields that will use the Variety Locator on a GS2 display at harvest must have the variety seeding information saved to a card using desktop software See the desktop software operator s manual for more information on how to properly save files to a Data Card PC9299 UN 29JUL06 desktop software OQUO6050 0000CBD 19 310CT07 2 2 80 54 PN 163 Documentation Original GreenStar Monitor Press MENU button gt gt ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR button Harvest Monitor is only available through the ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR application on the GS2 display Once in the Original GreenStar Monitor application operator interface will function the same as
278. riginal prescriptions Select the Cancel Button to return to the Shapefile Conversion Homepage to enter the correct product type or rate units NOTE An area of the prescription that has been assigned a zero rate will now appear black on your prescription map in the GS2 OQU06050 00011ED 19 O6OCTO09 1 1 80 22 060910 PN 131 Documentation Using Documentation with a Dry ogee EE Box SpreadStar MENU button gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt gt DOCUMENTATION softkey arme PC8661 UN O2NOV05 This screen allows operator to setup and change product application when GS2 system is connected to a dry box Client Farm Field and Task information must be setup to run documentation for the dry box r DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8678 UN O5AUG05 DOCUMENTATION softkey Continued on next page OQU06050 00022CB 19 31MAR10 1 3 060910 80 23 PN 132 Documentation Product Application tabs are automatically generated when GS2 system is hooked up to dry box controllers The first Product Application tab A is used to set up Bin 1 The second Product Application tab B is used to set up Bin 2 If the machine is equipped with only one bin the second tab will not show up Button C allows the operator to document additional product Button D selects between a single product and tank mix Button E allows the operator to in
279. rive Status 028 CCD Bus Bus Status 029 CCD Bus Positive Voltage 030 CCD Bus Negative Voltage 031 Bezel Key Status 032 Real Time Clock RTC 033 Maximum Sleep Time 038 Synchronize Brightness 039 Daytime Luminance 040 Daytime Luminance Balance Ratio 041 Nighttime Luminance 042 Nighttime Luminance Balance Ratio 043 Internal Speaker Volume 044 Display ISO Function Instance 045 Settings Country Code 046 Settings Language Code Continued on next page OQUO06050 000232B 19 01SEP09 1 2 125 16 Gen PN 254 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Address Number Address Name 047 Settings Numeric Format 048 Settings Date Format 049 Settings Time Format 050 Settings Units of Distance 051 Settings Units of Area 052 Settings Units of Volume 053 Settings Units of Mass 054 Settings Units of Temperature 055 Settings Units of Pressure 056 Settings Units of Force 057 Settings GPS Time Sync 058 Settings Current Date 059 Settings Current Time 060 Radar Calibration Constant 227 Boot Block Program Part Number Software 228 Boot Block Program Version Number Software 231 Board Service Package Part Number Software 232 Board Service Package Version Number Software 233 Virtual Terminal Part Number Software 234 Virtual Terminal Version Number Software 235 Device Part Number Hardware 236 Device Serial Numb
280. rth America NMEA National Marine Electronics Association NMEA 0183 The standard for GPS data transmission between the receiver and any downstream processor PDOP Position Dilution of Precision Performance Monitor Means of displaying status information gathered from the cab of John Deere equipment This includes fuel consumption and equipment performance PF Precision Farming PLD Programmable Logic Device RCD Reconfigurable Display successor to the GreenStar Display RS232 A serial communication interface specification with bandwidth up to 115k bits per second at up to 50 feet RTK Real Time Kinematic A local ground based differential correction technique involving a fixed receiver calculating position offset vectors Row Finder Used in standing row crop applications to mark end of a pass and guide operator to next pass SF StarFire SF1 StarFire differential GPS with standard accuracy 14 inches pass to pass at 20 SF2 StarFire differential GPS with enhanced accuracy 4 inches pass to pass at 20 Set Track 0 Allows the operator to set initial track which all subsequent tracks are created from SM Seed Monitor Legacy seeding monitor controller One of the SeedStar Generation 1 controllers Companion to the ASRC SNR Signal to Noise Ratio SPFH Self Propelled Forage Harvester A machine to harvest crops such as hay or corn for use as animal forage ssu Steering
281. rth America and YARA N Sensor is for use in Europe StarFire ITC Main F Output rate Hz D 5 PC9709A UN 25SEP07 Press MENU button gt gt StarFire TTC button gt gt StarFire C863 UN 0sAUGoS iTC softkey gt gt Serial Port tab Reference the GreenSeeker manual to check for GreenSeeker GPS settings Set the Baud and Output rates for the StarFire iTC on the Serial Port tab page to MENU button match the GreenSeeker settings GGA and RMC must SE be checked in the Messages section of the Serial Port tab page StarFire ITC StarFire iTC button StarFire iTC softkey PC8680 UN O5AUG05 JS56696 0000492 19 25NOV08 1 1 060910 45 1 PN 38 GreenSeeker PC8663 UN O5AUG05 GreenSeeker IMPORTANT FieldDoc Connect Cable must be wired to COM2 on GreenStar side 1 Attach GreenSeeker hardware according to the GreenSeeker manual 2 Connect the GreenSeeker PDA to the GreenStar RS 232 cab connector PC8661 UN O02NOV05 3 Calibrate the John Deere spray system according to the spray system s manual MENU button GreenStar2 Pro gt ad KC r DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS 4 Calibrate GreenSeeker System according to the GreenSeeker manual Calibration may not be needed 5 Set Master Spray Switch in cab to AUX to enable SprayStar to accept the prescription 6 Select MENU button gt gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt gt RESOURCE CONDITIONS
282. rview Combine Specific Items are done through Harvest Monitor calibrating yield moisture selecting the size and type of header etc 1 Select Menu 2 Select Original GreenStar Monitor 3 Slect Setup Harvest Monitor PC8663 UN O5AUG05 Menu gi Original GreenStar 333 ORIGINAL GREENSTAR MONITOR button PC8657 UN O5AUG05 Monitor OQU06050 000127E 19 24MAY10 1 1 85 2 060910 PN 171 Totals Set Up Totals on Home Page 1 Select Menus gt Layout Manager 2 Totals can be displayed at various locations on the screen but are configurable only on a half screen A or on the softkey region B To learn more about setting up different areas of the screen see the Layout Manager section in this operator s manual 3 Select the GreenStar 2 Pro button and find Totals section 4 Select Totals section and then select the Enter button to complete setup PC10857ID UN 25MARO9 5 In the example shown here the flags screen go into the blue region and the yield map into the red region A Half Screen B Softkey Region OQU06050 0001075 19 O6APRO9 1 1 Configuring Totals 1 Select the Configure button A Configure Button D O D Es wo i E 5 w wo Kal E CO a Continued on next page OU06050 0001076 19 O6APRO9 1 4 8 5 3 060910 PN 172 Totals Totals Screen Layout Operation Type
283. sed tractors equipped with radar must be re configured when switching to GPS receiver as the true ground speed input signal or vice versa for calibrating the ground based radar PC9120 UN 17APR06 Certain CAN Based vehicles will need CCU and TECU vehicle address configuration changes to enable radar operation Please see your John Deere Dealer for service support 1 Remove screw A and Command Center B 2 Inside right hand console locate console one wire lead marked GPS and one marked Radar Remove radar plug C from wiring connector E Remove GPS plug D from dust cap F _ Install GPS plug into connector and radar plug into dust cap 6 Install Command Center with previously removed screw PC9121 UN 17APR06 ge O CEA A Screw D GPS Plug F Je B Command Center E Connector 8 C Radar Plug F Dust Cap Connect GPS side of Harness OQUO6050 0000CDB 19 O8NOVO7 1 1 Dual Beam Radar Sensor Only Automatic Calibration On tractors equipped with factory or dealer installed dual beam radars it is not necessary to calibrate vehicle speed Reset wheel slip value if e Wheel speed and radar speed are not equal when slip is not present e Wheel slip is displayed where slip should not be present e Change tire size Reset slip value by driving tractor on a hard level surface at a constant speed of 8 kph 5 mph Press and hold Slip Switch A for a minimum of 3 seconds to
284. ser defined viewing layouts Two different modes of performance monitor exist for the GS2 Display The first is called the Basic Performance Monitor or BPM and is included in base equipment with every GS2 Display The second is called the Advanced Performance Monitor or APM and is only available when connected to specific John Deere Vehicles John Deere CAN Based vehicles with APM will be referenced throughout this section Tractors 9030 s 8030 s 7030 s 7020 s 6030 s 6020 s Combines 9070 s 9050 s 9060 s John Deere CCD Based vehicles with BPM will be referenced throughout this section Tractors 9020 s 9000 s 8020 s 8010 s 8000 s 7010 s 7000 s 6000 s Sprayers 4020 s 4710 s 4700 s 4030 s This section will cover features that are common to both the BASIC PERFORMANCE MONITOR BPM as well as ADVANCED PERFORMANCE MONITOR APM e The BPM will be denoted in the display menu with the BPM Performance Monitor Icon _ Performance Monitor BPM Performance Monitor Icon OQUO06050 0000CD5 19 070CT08 1 4 PC9046 UN 17APR06 e The APM will be denoted in the display menu with the APM Performance Monitor Icon Continued on next page F APM Performance Monitor Icon OUO06050 0000CD5 19 070CT08 2 4 120 1 060910 PN 220 Performance Monitor Performance Monitos Main Cen LEAI N v E H e Straight Track s D 20477 bie 10 19am PC9072 UN 17APRO6
285. sk selected recording is on the operation mandatory details are not defined No operation details defined Go to GreenStar setup and enter operation info Invalid prescription Prescription file is invalid Verify rate units on prescription are correct Totals Client Undefined Alarm issued stating that the user must select a Client to view totals Totals Client and Farm defined Field undefined Alarm issued stating that the user must select a Field to view Field Task or Load Totals Totals CFF Task and Operation defined Crop Product Type undefined wm No Alarm Operation defaulted to and Task Totals are listed Totals CFF and Crop Product Type defined Task and or Operation undefined Alarm issued stating that the user must select a Task and Operation to view Field or Load Totals Totals Client Crop and Task defined Farm and Field undefined wm No Alarm Task and Operation defaulted to and Crop Totals are listed Reset totals to zero Are you sure you want to zero the totals listed below In order to record a product application you must choose a product type and product name on one of the ADD PRODUCT boxes Choices will be CHANGE which takes the user to the product summary screen or REMOVE OPERATION which will flash up the Are you sure you want to delete this operation message In order to record a product application you must choose a product type and
286. splay only the harvest operation will be available Tillage Operation Select TILLAGE Select Type e Primary Tillage e Rotary Hoe e Row Crop Cultivation e Secondary Tillage e New Select Depth 1 Enter number on keypad 2 Select ACCEPT OQU06050 0000C8E 19 12MAY10 2 2 PC10857TX UN 30MAR10 Tillage TILLAGE button Type Primary Tillage Y GK Depth fin PC10857TY UN 30MAR10 OQUO06050 000126C 19 11MAY10 1 1 Controllers When connected to controllers below recording on off will be controlled automatically e John Deere 1990 CCS e John Deere Harvest Monitor e John Deere SeedStar for Air Carts e John Deere SeedStar Monitors or Variable Rate Drive for Planters e John Deere SprayStar Gen A e Raven 440 450 460 660 e SideKick e GreenSeeker e Rawson Accu Rate and Accu Plant e New Leader Mark III Mark IV e Dickey john Seed Manager e Vanguard PIC Seed Monitor e John Deere 800i Series sprayer e ISOBUS Task Controller compliant implements sprayer seeder and planter Once setup properly the only operational changes needed for documentation are turning recording on off changing details within the operation and changing Client Farm Field as needed If product details change while operating go to DOCUMENTATION softkey and select tab for affected operation To remove a controller you must select the remove button from the 3rd Party controller setup page
287. t Load faa CH a A 15 JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 5 13 IMPORTANT Crop type and variety are mandatory settings for documentation and moisture curve selection By pushing the button Change Harvest Settings you can reach the menu to enter crop type and variety among other things Variety Locator file is not found e for this field Ee D S 2 7 l 8 5 a Continued on next page JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 6 13 80 57 060910 PN 166 Documentation With crop type and variety selected in HDOC Moisture Curve and Header Type settings are made in HMON automatically See Setup HMON Moisture Moisture Curve Si H Oats Euro gt ence SS Euro gt Popcorn Euro S E Lo BARLEY EURO WTR al P race Barley Euro Spr al 2 E D Ba Barley Euro 6 gt Moisture A 15 JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 7 13 For Corresponding header type see Ea Harv Mon DEF Mon Setup HMON Header Type e g platform E SS Setup in Harvest Doc when barley is selected e TR SEN 8 io Setup in Harvest vec B ang Header Type og Platfor BS GIE Calibration AE Ech BS z 50 0 2ave H Setup Ka a JS56696 00004F0 19 01SEP09 8 13 ES ES Header Type ES ES Header Type E Header Type D Kei Header Type D PLATFORM PLATFORM 5 6 Header width 5 6 Header width FB m SR m ste amp 4x DD z DD CT T CT fo
288. t Pett ee asta 75 5 SOMK EE 30 8 Color Test 30 8 Task Controller ccccccsssceeceeessseeeeeeeeesesesseeeees 125 13 COM Port assignment Touchscreen 30 8 Deactivate ce tt eee e 50 7 Trouble Godes icc csi ee A ee 125 4 DeGfinitionie 2s lt cfe cette eege ee 50 1 Ditlkeew Jett et cose eie ieee Eden 80 34 Setting review ccececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesteeeetees 50 0 Dim DISplay i eieuta renei Ee ebe denen 30 4 e EE 50 2 50 4 Direct GPS Comar Order Number 30 1 PRACT EE 120 11 Combine Display 22027 20 2 GreenStar 2 GS2 BriQhtneSs 0 eeeccceeeeeeeeeseeceeeeeetseeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeenes 30 6 EE 80 55 Eleng st anh Bese ace tonnes sell EE 20 2 Compact Flash Doot 2 ccc cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteee 20 3 Color TeSt tea datar ethers eae aT a TE 30 8 Constant Offset Boundaries ccssecceeeeeeesseeees 75 21 Control Creating ccccscccccessssseeeeeeeseesnteeeeeeesseaeeeeeeseseeeas 75 21 Cancel Button 20 3 25 2 Copntroller EEE 40 5 Enter Button 20 3 25 2 AIAN EN 125 13 Men Button ee 20 3 25 2 Task Controle EEN 60 3 Shortcut Buttons 20 3 25 2 Controllers A AEE E T 80 4 Thumb Wee 20 3 25 2 Nopn Deere osn a aean aatia ieena 20 1 80 34 Mo ntinNg EE 20 3 RS 232 Receivers ccccccccccseeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeueaeeeees 35 2 IN VIGALION i222 D A dotctet Sate ecavtte ietatedee 20 3 25 1 Corn Head 80 48 Operation cccccecccccesssseeeeeeesssseeeeeesessssseeeeeeessseeeaes 20 2 C
289. t and can not be set manually by the operator OUCC002 00029EA 19 12DEC08 1 2 65 14 060910 PN 77 Auxiliary Controls NOTE Depending on the implement functions the preferred assignment can also differ between the implement manufacturers OUCC002 00029EA 19 12DEC08 2 2 Auxiliary Controls Conflicts and Disabled Functions Auxiliary Controls Conflicts When a conflict occurs the GS2 display shows a yellow square A next to the Auxiliary Control symbol in the message center button This allows the operator to recognize conflicts at any time independently from the screen he is working on NOTE The joystick icon appears only if Auxiliary Controls has been enabled A Conflict Occurrence Alert Continued on next page ZX1042161 UN 140CT08 OUCC002 00029EB 19 16DEC08 1 5 65 15 060910 PN 78 Auxiliary Controls Conflicts Mapped Unmapped 0 Device Function Implement 1 Unmapped Unmapped F e 2ZX1042159 UN 04DECO08 A View Selection C Mapped E Conflict Number G Assignment Lock Icon B Conflicts D Unmapped F Input From the Auxiliary Controls page the operator can select the mapped C and unmapped D functions and conflicts B from the drop down list of view selection A In this example see illustration functions 2 and 3 have been requested to be assigned to the same input F although this inp
290. tals and Settings Screens will remain identical in both the APM and BPM applications In Work Out of Work Status Indicator The arrow will change based on the recording source e UP Arrow displayed when NOT working e DOWN Arrow displayed when working Status Recording for SCV Flow on CAN Based Vehicles For SCV recording on CAN Based vehicles the SCV will only change recording status if the SCV paddle goes through a detent click not by canceling flow If detent flow is set to some time less than C continuous e Retract detent completed changes the status to in work e If set to 5 seconds state changes after 5 seconds of flow not at start of flow e Extend detent initiated changes the status to not in work If detent flow is set to continuous e Retract detent initiated changes the status to in work PC9136 UN 18APR06 PC9137 UN 18APR06 PC9138 UN 18APRO6 PC9139 UN 18APRO6 Out of Work PC9140 UN 18APR06 In Work e Extend detent initiated changes the status to not in work Each SCV remembers its status through power cycles OQU06050 0002312 19 070CT08 3 3 120 18 060910 PN 237 Performance Monitor Additional Functions Available in APM Mode Engine Speed Speed of the engine in RPM PC9141 UN 18APRO06 1370 nn Engine Speed OQU06050 0002313 19 0O70CT08 1 6 Engine Coolant Temperature Temperature of the eng
291. tch not required directly from Field Doc Connect controller Task Controller will record all data implements can supply Rawson Raven and New Leader Controllers are also capable of accepting prescriptions from the GS2 display See the Setup Prescriptions section for more information To setup a Field Doc Connect Controller NOTE You must purchase the harness PF90363 and follow the included instructions for connecting the controller to the display 1 Choose a Client Farm Field and Task in the RESOURCES softkey Continued on next page RESOURCES softkey JS56696 00004EE 19 31MAR10 1 4 80 34 060910 PN 143 Documentation Press the EQUIPMENT button Wee Choose either a Planting Seeding or Product Application operation Press the COM PORT button Select manufacturer model and Comm Port Communication Status will show active when data is being sent on selected Communication Port EQUIPMENT button and inactive when controller is disconnected or not communicating JS56696 00004EE 19 31MAR10 2 4 Press NEXT button ROB te UNE LANOVOS If using a Rawson or New Leader Controller operator must also enter Mid point and Step Size JS56696 00004EE 19 31MAR10 3 4 Press ENTER button to finish UNO ENTER button JS56696 00004EE 19 31MAR10 4 4 80 35 060910 PN 144 Documentation Simultaneous Documentation Prescriptions with John Deere and
292. terprise Products Resources etc Before saving to card verify that you check mark Original GreenStar and or GreenStar 2 based on the system s you own as well as choose the correct card drive letter Click Save Q My AutoTrac Universal unit will not engage when get a StarFire signal in the mornings Do have to drive around for a while before the resume switch engages AutoTrac Universal A ATU relies solely on the StarFire Receiver to obtain information about the direction you are traveling Therefore if the signal has been acquired but no vehicle movement has taken place the Direction under Info AutoTrac will say unknown Watch this Direction while driving forward in a gentle curve As soon as it changes from Unknown to Forward the ATU unit will operate properly when you engage AutoTrac Q What is the proper way to cycle power on my GreenStar 2 display A Turn the key off the screen will go dark and the green LED light in the bottom right corner will go out After the LED light is off it is safe to power the system back on If the GS2 has been powered off for less than 24 hours it will power right up to the last screen used If it has been more than 24 hours you will see the John Deere logo as well as a progress indicator at startup Q want to use a prescription in my new GreenStar 2 system and want to be able to see the as applied map over the top of my anhydrous prescription layer How do set this up
293. the tractor See your planter operator s manual for procedure The implement name is not pre populated If using a John Deere SeedStar planter only number of rows will Seed Type Selection be automatically populated Select seed type from drop down box A Set up the implement using the Equipment Softkey H before setting up operation MENU gt GREENSTAR gt Ait hae e seed type ec He SE EQUIPMENT H If this step is not taken you will be 191 19 100 ei S USET MAY UNCNEOS allure meee aed dade required to enter setup information twice using APEX to simplify future seed selection Continued on next page OQUO6050 000126E 19 20MAY10 2 17 80 5 060910 PN 114 Documentation Variety Selection PC10857UB UN 30MAR10 Add The operator has the ability to document up to six varieties at one time Select Add Variety Add Edit Variety Select from the drop down list of enter seed Brand A Optional DeKalb Select from the drop down list of enter seed Variety B Brand Select or allow automatic selection of the color that will represent the variety on the display and map C GI Gs variety NOTE It is possible to manually select the same color for two or more varieties Documentation will still occur for each individual variety however the Color map will paint the colors that were chosen will make visual variety separation difficult Cancel D tot Number Select and then enter the Lot
294. tion B Input Selection C Unmapped To remove an existing assignment perform the 3 Select one of the list controls from the selected row following steps Either the Input Device A or Input B lists will 1 Select an existing assignment by using the up and suffice down arrow buttons located an the left hand side 4 From the selected list choose the Unmapped item of the screen or by pressing directly on the desired C assignment touchscreen functionality i 5 The assignment arrow will be removed and the 2 The row that contains the currently selected controls will be set to Unmapped C assignment will be indicated by a cursor colored rectangle Continued on next page OUCC002 00029E9 19 04DEC08 4 5 65 10 _ Auxiliary Controls Unmapped Auxiliary Controls A View Selection C Mapped E Conflicts B All D Unmapped To filter the current list of Mappings 4 Choose the Unmapped item D to see only the 1 Select the View list control A implement functions that have not yet been Mapped to input controls on an input device 2 Choose the Al item B to see all Mapped C and 5 EE Unmapped D implement functions and Conflicts 5 Choose the Conflicts item E to see only the E This is the default selection implement function assignments in conflict to each j other See Auxiliary Controls Conflicts and Disable 3 Choose the M
295. tton NOTE Contractor and Contract can only be set up with desktop software and saved to a PC card This screen allows an operator to view and change e Load Name Can be anything operator wants it to be Examples are Tank Truck Field Basket or Module e Load Number Increment or Decrement to next load e Load Destination e Residue Management or Gin Turnout Select letter button next to LOAD NAME to input desired name Select LOAD DESTINATION button Select desired destination of load NOTE Load name and destination can be saved from Apex Crop Type Hrand Variaty Variety Locator Variely Change Audible Tone Residue Manayvmenl Continued on next page Wariety Locator file is not found For this Field Chop and Spread PC10857VK UN 01APR10 EA Accept Apex is not available in all EAME countries JS56696 000049C 19 01APR10 2 3 80 40 060910 PN 149 Documentation Defining Residue Management Select RESIDUE MANAGEMENT button on SETUP OPERATION screen and SETUP RESIDUE MANAGEMENT screen appears Select desired residue management e Chop e Spread e Chop and Spread e Windrow e Undefined non specified s NEW Defining Gin Turnout enter the Lint that is estimated for each field The default is 33 NOTE Ensure that the first Operations tab is set to Harvest Three other operations are available for selection but not needed Defini
296. tton PC8661 UN O2NOV05 GreenStar2 2 Pro FON DEERE AG MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8672 UN O5AUG05 MAPPING softkey OQU06050 0001208 19 30SEP09 1 1 MAPS tab View and setup on screen maps by selecting the Maps tab GreenStar 2 Pro Mapping Maps Legend Wheat Hrd Rd Sprei Ib ac 60 0 3D sr oO e a EE PC10857RG UN 010CT09 OQU06050 0001206 19 28O0CT09 1 13 Pan buttons Move the map left right up and down Continued on next page PC10857RK UN 010CT09 OQU06050 0001206 19 280CT09 2 13 75 8 060910 PN 95 GreenStar General Zoom buttons Zoom the map larger and smaller PC10857RM UN 010CT09 o OQU06050 0001206 19 280CT09 3 13 Toggle Map Size Toggle map to a full screen view PC10857RO UN 010CT09 OQU06050 0001206 19 280CT09 4 13 Reset Zoom Center Map This button is used to re center the machine icon on the map view page after zooming in and out or panning with the arrow buttons up down left and right PC10857RP UN 010CT09 OQU06050 0001206 19 280CT09 5 13 Map View Toggle The map can be toggled between three views by selecting the Map View Toggle button When the button is pressed the icon will change to one of the 3 icons shown in this section However the button will always remain in the same location PC10857RN UN 010C
297. type from drop down box A SeedStar2 this is set on Air Cart Controller When choosing the seed type A from drop down menu Boise ven anen u LEANA Bette Sie if the list is too long the user may check and hide seed target rate here Prescription types using Apex to simplify future seed selection Implement Selection 2 f Select MENU gt GREENSTAR gt EQUIPMENT The implement name is not pre populated If using a John Deere Aircart only number of tanks and sections will be If this step is not taken you will be required to enter setup pre populated information twice Set up the implement using the EQUIPMENT button before setting up operation OQUO6050 00022C8 19 20MAY10 1 1 80 1 1 060910 PN 120 Documentation Required and Optional Items For Documentation Variety Selection PC10857UZ UN 31MAR10 Add The operator has the ability to enter six varieties but will only be able to document one variety at one time per tank Add Variety button Select ADD VARIETY button s Add Edit Variety Select from the drop down menu or enter SEED BRAND A Optional Select from the drop down menu or enter SEED VARIETY BroFoe Ce Select or allow automatic selection of the color that will EAT represent the variety on the display and map C variety e p NOTE It is possible to manually select the same color for two of more varieties Documentation will SE i P still occur for each individual variety however
298. u Select the Change Offsets button H PC10779 UN 01NOVO07 NOTE All items and changes will be saved under the current implement name Continued on next page JS56696 0000379 19 30SEP09 2 6 95 5 060910 PN 191 Machine And Implement Setup Verify Enter implement Type Model and Name in drop down menus Implement name allows user to save implement dimensions Implement Offsets Used to define the actual implement position relative to the tractor This is important for ensuring the implement is lined up to the field at the end of turns and in determining where the implement is for the Minimize Skips and Minimize Overlaps feature see Change Settings on Machine tab e A In line distance from connection point to front of implement On pull type implements think of this as the tongue For more precision it is actually the dimension from the pinbolt to the front side of where the work gets done front ranks of field cultivator seed drop point on a planter For planters with a 2 pt mount measure from where the planter pivots just behind the 2 pt B Working Length of the implement On ground engagement tools this is the distance from the front rank of sweeps or points to the rear rank On a standard planter or pull type sprayer this dimension would be 0 the seed is dropped at the same point on every row and the sprayer has nozzles at the same point along the boom Dimension A would
299. uct Add Product Add Product galac Prescription o 9 Prescription Rate gaVac Target Application ____ Rate Method galac Height Depth 0 0 in PC10857QU UN 31MAR10 ES Product Type Insecticide Product Name Lorsban Rate Units PC10857QV UN 14SEP09 OUO6050 00011FD 19 14SEP09 1 1 80 33 060910 PN 142 Documentation Connecting 3rd Party Controllers IMPORTANT When connecting with a Rawson Er controller turn main switch to OFF before leaving vehicle or performing maintenance NOTE 3rd Party controllers are controllers using RS232 connection Field Doc Connect and ISOBUS compliant controllers supporting Task Controller functionality NOTE Please visit www StellarSupport com for list of third party compatible controllers Data from 3rd Party controllers can be recorded directly from the following controllers NOTE Go to www StellarSupport com to find the latest information about approved platforms e Raven 440 450 460 660 e SideKick e GreenSeeker and YARA N Sensor e Rawson Accu Rate and Accu Plant e New Leader Mark III Mark IV e Dickey John Seed Manager e Vanguard PIC Seed Monitor e ISOBUS Sprayer with Task Controller enabled e ISOBUS Seeder with Task Controller enabled and planter e ISOBUS Spreader with Task Controller enabled System will record Actual Rate Implement Width and GPS Recording Status implement swi
300. unction and see if the sighting target appears If sighting target does not appear contact your John Deere Dealer ABOUT tab This tab is basic display background information OUO06050 00022AE 19 25NOV08 1 1 30 8 060910 PN 29 Connecting RS 232 GPS Receivers Connecting RS 232 GPS Receivers NOTE AutoTrac requires CAN GPS messages from an e Parity none original StarFire receiver or StarFire iTC receiver e Stop 1 e Flow Control none Non John Deere GPS receivers that output correct NMEA 1 or 5 Hz output rate Recommend operation at 5 Hz 0183 standard messages can be used for documentation Guidance requires 5 Hz and manual guidance on GreenStar application It is f d critical that receiver is setup to output following messages Without these messages receiver will not function with GreenStar application e GGA e GSA A harness and installation instructions are available to e RMC setup at 19200 baud This is fixed and connect DB9 port of receiver to correct pins of display Non adjustable connector See a John Deere dealer for more information e Data Bits 8 OQUO6050 0000CE1 19 310CT07 1 1 060910 35 1 PN 30 Connecting RS 232 GPS Receivers RS232 Harness kit The RS232 Harness kit PF90363 can be utilized to aid installation when connecting third party controllers or a GPS receiver to the GS2 display This kit comes with Instructions Null Modem Gender Changer and H
301. up period dependent upon many variables upon start up to ensure Swath Control Pro performance Swath Control Pro System Accuracy GPS Signal As the GPS Accuracy increases SF1 SF2 and RTK Accuracy Machine and Implement Setup GS2 System subscriptions Swath Control Pro reaction accuracy Setup Field Conditions Product Rate also increase GPS shading such as trees or buildings affects Swath Control Pro accuracy s Vehicl d Imo t t j e Ensure Swath Control Pro settings Machine and NSUrS YENE SANG ee ee ege Implement dimensions are set up properly in the GS2 according to manufacturer s operators manual e Ensure the implement is set up to run properly wear parts are in good working condition and correctly spaced It is important to OQU06050 00011F6 19 O9SEP09 1 1 1 00 4 060910 PN 199 Swath Control Pro Limitations of Swath Control Pro There are some limitations of Swath Control Pro to be aware of GPS Accuracy can cause map and boundary shifts Poor GPS accuracy can affect boundaries and coverage maps It is critical to have good GPS accuracy when using Swath Control Pro If the reference point for a Swath Control Pro boundary or coverage map is created with poor GPS boundary and coverage map issues gaps overlaps shifts occur as GPS accuracy increases over time The boundary and coverage map location are based off of an initial reference point and all other mapped points
302. ure if crop moisture levels are above 16 For crops above 16 enter moisture correction manually 1 Collect 1 L 1 qt grain sample from the grain tank and place in a sealed container and have tested by elevator IMPORTANT To finish this procedure the combine engine must be turned OFF Select ADVANCE MOISTURE CORRECTION button on SETUP MOISTURE CORRECTION screen Select ELEVATOR GRAIN MOISTURE button on SETUP ADVANCED CORRECTION screen Using numeric keypad enter value from elevator Select ELEVATOR GRAIN MOISTURE button to save value 6 To start sampling select START button NOTE Screen will prompt operator to POUR SAMPLE IN MOISTURE SENSOR Make sure moisture sample chamber is fully filled and is free of air pockets Air pockets will cause inaccurate moisture readings 7 Pour sample into moisture sensor 8 Screen will display CALIBRATION INPROGRESS 9 MEASURED MOISTURE IS cell will display the moisture of the sample in the moisture sensor 10 Select ACCEPT button to save this value or select DECLINE button to decline this value JS56696 00004A7 19 070CT08 1 1 Moisture Alarm This screen is used to determine the set points minimum and maximum for activation of the moisture alarm Select MOISTURE ALARM button on SETUP MOIS TURE screen and SETUP MOISTURE ALARM screen will appear Select MINIMUM MOISTURE button and using numeric keypad enter a new minimum setting Select MAXIMU
303. ures and enhancements can be utilized 2 Verify driving habits Operators slowing down when entering then rapidly accelerating when exiting the headlands increases the severity of small gaps in the coverage map Swath Control Pro looks at the machine s speed and the Turn on and off times to determine when to start and stop applying and painting the coverage map If the machine changes speed during this time period the map and product application may not start or stop at the correct time It is very important that speed remains constant when entering and exiting headlands Turning around in the headland at 8 mph with a Turn on time of 2 seconds the machine travels approximately 23 5 ft at 8 mph in 2 seconds If the operator accelerates during this time the machine covers this distance in less than 2 seconds This causes delayed product application and mapping resulting in a gap The type of end turns driven can affect Swath Control as well The software can predict the future position of the boom relatively well during 180 degree turns but not during light bulb turns If light bulb turns are made skips in the coverage map may be more severe when exiting the headlands Coverage Map shows small triangle or sliver shaped gaps but the actual product application is correct If there is a gap in the coverage map but the actual product application is correct then the Swath Control Turn on and off times are probably not set correctl
304. us to know when to engage the various measurements and this value will be in sync with the GreenStar Application PC9058 UN 17APR06 W 4 gt Manual Manual When this item is selected the operator can manually trigger and stop the recording button located to the left of the recording source list This choice is always available OQU06050 000230A 19 070CT08 1 8 Rear Hitch PC9059 UN 17APR06 This choice is only available if the vehicle is equipped with a rear hitch CCD based vehicles with BPM Rear Hitch Recording is non adjustable In work recording on below 70 and out of work recording off above the 70 down threshold S Rear Hitch 4 gt OU0O6050 000230A 19 070CT08 2 8 Front PTO This item is only available in the list if the vehicle is equipped with a Front PTO PC9060 UN 17APR06 PB 4 gt Front PTO OQUO06050 000230A 19 070CT08 3 8 Rear PTO PC9061 UN 17APR06 This item is only available in the list if the vehicle is O Je a equipped with a Rear PTO Ge Rear PTO OQU06050 000230A 19 070CT08 4 8 Implement Switch Closed This item is always available and functions based on the position of the implement switch PC9062 UN 17APR06 SE Implement Switch Closed a wv OU06050 000230A 19 070CT08 5 8 Implement Switch Open This item is always available and functions based on the position of the implement s
305. ut is set with a single assignment icon All conflicts are grouped together in the conflicts filter and In addition the third function STOP is set with an marked with yellow square and numbers E All conflicts assignment lock icon G and can not be set manually with the same number are related to each other To resolve the conflict the second function MUST be The conflict square icon E will appear on all related remapped assignments even if they have been completed successfully or not Continued on next page OUCC002 00029EB 19 16DEC08 2 5 65 16 SE Auxiliary Controls Enabled Disabled Learn Mode Input Device Input Unmapped Unmapped Function t Implement a E OF fo ZX1042162 UN 04DEC08 Auxiliary Controls Enabled Functions C Disabled D Learn Mode A Status Selection B Enabled Auxiliary Controls Enabled Functions The status selection drop down list A allows the operator to enable B or disable C the Auxiliary Control functions and to enable the learn mode D All active assignments are shown with a constant status indicator E In case of a conflict the status indicator E switches from green to red color NOTE If disabled is selected Auxiliary Controls will be disabled and all mappings will show up with a dashed Continued on next page E Status Indicator Constant status indicator independent from if an
306. vigate Demo Activations are available to try out each Pro Module for 15 hours of use The AutoTrac Demo is turned on by default To try another Demo such as Swath Control Pro turn it on and the Swath Control buttons and functions will show up on the display if an implement controller capable of that Pro Module is connected Go to GreenStar Main gt gt Settings gt gt Activations IMPORTANT Turning a Demo Activation OFF will not stop the activation time from counting down if the corresponding function has been setup and started It will simply hide the corresponding buttons GreenStar Settings Serial Number 123456 Challenge Code abcdef Confirmation Code Component Status On Off AutoTrac SF1 Not activated AutoTrac SF2 Not activated PivotPro Activated on AutoTrac Demo JjActivated on Swath Control Pro Activated on Inactive 05 02 2008 Inactive 05 02 2008 45 0 hrs left 08 17 2009 45 0 hrs left 08 17 2009 45 0 hrs left 08 17 2009 PC10857QY UN 24SEP09 OQU06050 0001279 19 26APR10 1 1 30 2 060910 PN 23 Display Setup DISPLAY softkey Display Backlight Mode Standalone Highlight PC11391 UN 140CT08 gt Display Main When display is initially installed in a vehicle it will havea settings are changed they will be saved and retained default setting for all features Operators have the ability through each power cy
307. wer must be cycled on the display to allow changes to take place After configuring machine and implement setup make sure key power is turned off and LED light is able to go to black before operating in the field This will allow all setup information to be saved to the data card Steps for Data Card Insertion 1 Open the card slot door by pressing forward on the door latch tab and continue to press forward until the door springs open 2 Wait for message stating that Data Card can be ejected 3 The side of the data card that has the ridge along the bottom edge should be facing the operator as it is inserted It cannot be inserted with the opposite side facing the operator 4 Press the data card into the slot until it clicks into place and pushes the eject button all the way out It has a similar feel to inserting a PCMCIA card into a Mobile Processor 5 PC8865 UN 02NOV05 Data Card in Display A Data card Close the card slot door Steps for Data Card Removal 1 2 Open the card slot door Wait for message stating that Data Card can be ejected Press the eject button located directly below the card slot inside the card slot door This is very similar to removing a PCMCIA card from a Mobile Processor 4 The data card will pop out enough to grab it with your fingers and remove it from the card slot OUO06050 000229F 19 280CT09 1 1 20 5 060910 PN 18 Getting Started
308. wise there will be no recording of gt TASK Change TASK to DOCUMENTATION OFF This data In case there is an OTHER tab on the GS2 Pro allows all guidance screens and features to be functional Documentation page this needs to be removed by while recording no documentation data selecting the OTHER tab and selecting REMOVE button See DOCUMENTATION button in this section to turn documentation on To turn documentation off for guidance only go to OUO06050 0000CA4 19 01SEP09 1 1 80 37 060910 PN 146 Documentation Harvest Setup PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button gt GREENSTAR2 PRO button gt DOCUMENTATION button gt HARVEST tab This screen allows operator to setup and change following MENU button items PC8661 UN 02NOVO5 Grain Cotton Crop Type Crop Type Seed Brand Seed Brand Variety Variety Load Type Load Type Geen Load Number Load Number Load Alarm On Off GREENSTAR2 PRO button PC8678 UN 05AUG05 Load Cart Load Cart Load Destination Module ID Residue management Gin Turnout required NOTE Client Farms Fields Task have to be setup under RESOURCE CONDITIONS button before the Resource Condition icon is shown and DOCUMENTATION button harvest operation can be accessed Tank and Basket Loads will only increase if NOTE Combines loose unswitched power shortly the current load has been selected for more after the key is turned o
309. witch Continued on next page PC9063 UN 17APR06 o Implement Switch Open 4 gt OUO06050 000230A 19 070CT08 6 8 120 7 060910 PN 226 Performance Monitor AUTO If a John Deere implement is connected to the system that is broadcasting its work status this item will be selected in this list and then the rest of the list will be disabled PC9064 UN 17APR06 AUTO AUTO v OQU06050 000230A 19 070CT08 7 8 SCV I VI The user can assign any SCV to turn the recording source on These selections will only show up if the vehicle has the corresponding SCV s Selective Control Valves for PC9065 UN 17APR06 e 4 gt the Hydraulics ZVEM OQUO06050 000230A 19 070CT08 8 8 Recording Sources for APM Re rae Recording Sources for BPM APM Below The display ff a will allow the operator to choose from an input list which source or function will indicate that recording is on or off Manual The PM will use this status to know when to engage the various measurements and this value will be in sync with the GreenStar Application When this item is selected the operator can manually Manual trigger and stop the recording button located to the left of the recording source list This choice is always available OQU06050 000230B 19 070CT08 1 6 Rear Hitch PC9067 UN 17APR06 This choice is only available if the vehicle is equipped with a rear
310. y Sumali P fut e aline canal erections fu Pns Shills ulluvz ban Royer rhanna in the de cared palli 6 7 5 23pm r i i Ce E gt PC 10372 UN 30SEP07 ff tS GreenStar 2 Pro Guidance 6 7 OUO6050 0000E5B 19 01SEP09 7 8 75 4 060910 PN 91 GreenStar General 7 Define or select current track Grewia 2 Oe Cogciamre Guidance EJ vusal Les Na GPS Signal ET a sch ed ES GreenStar 2 Pro Guidance 7 2 Pro Guidance zu 7 PC10373 UN 30SEP07 OQUO06050 0000E5B 19 01SEP09 8 8 RESOURCES CONDITIONS button Settings in RESOURCES CONDITIONS screen are used for guidance documentation and mapping and are recorded to the data card and can be unloaded to John Deere desktop software NOTE If Alerts occur indicating memory space is full desktop software can be utilized to remove unused items The GREENSTAR2 PRO RESOURCES CONDITIONS screen contains two tabs RESOURCES tab e Client Used to separate data from different clients typically used by custom and commercial operators Allows data to be unloaded for a specific client e Farm Used to separate data from different farms and landowners e Field Used to separate data from different fields within a farm e Task Used to separate data from different field tasks like planting spraying and others Set to Documentation Off for operators who only use guidance an
311. y Reference the Turn on and Turn off Settings section for information on how to adjust the Turn on or Turn off time Prescriptions When utilizing prescriptions Swath Control Pro commands sections off in zero rate prescription areas OQU06050 00011F2 19 22SEP09 1 1 100 5 060910 PN 200 Swath Control Pro Swath Control Pro button Settings in the Swath Control Pro button are used to fine tune Swath Control Pro for optimal performance PC8663 UN O5AUG05 MENU button PC8661 UN 02NOV05 GreenStar2 Pro 2 2 SOLUTIONS r DEERE AG MANAGEMENT GREENSTAR2 PRO button T SWATH CONTROL PRO button PC8905 UN 18JAN06 OQU06050 00011F3 19 03SEP09 1 1 100 6 060910 PN 201 Swath Control Pro Map View QS 1 2 Os2 Coverage B Overlap See MAPPING button gt Maps Tab in the GreenStar General section for details on buttons contained inside the Map view Operation Toggle Button A This button toggles between multiple operations if multiple documentation operations have been set up The operation toggle navigates through each operation displaying as applied or coverage as the foreground If a prescription is being used for that operation the prescription is shown in the background NOTE By using GREENSTAR2 PRO MAPPING MAPS TAB MAP SETTINGS button any foreground or background can be viewed However once the operatio
312. y ee a Sete ee RA ds 75 14 e 20 1 e ET W 75 14 GreenStar 2 GS2 Advanced SetuP cscccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeees 75 2 F Cut Wielt secs eet eee NEEN 80 42 Dia elle re 125 21 GE 75 5 GreenSeeker Segoe 45 2 Eelef eher Ae EE dee 75 5 Implement Setup eer athe anctersheeresianes 95 4 Pete teg teg 90 1 Live Update Setup ENNEN 15 1 Auto Detect Field Est 90 4 Machine Getup 95 1 Bounding Rectangle Ee Besa ger See E dares es 90 5 Memory ON AD EE 75 1 Catalog Fields ansin ern eet Gate aie 90 2 PrO irenda ria cS eee ieee Pe 75 1 80 55 at EES 90 5 SOMKCY ee ecto age EE 75 1 Field Exit Detected 90 5 Rate Controller rusan e 100 9 Finding Elei Aessen EA 90 3 Setup Operation EE 90 5 LEE teste eebe eae ee 80 55 Out of Field Exit Boundary 0 ccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeee 90 5 RS232 Receivers seesssneeesseeessreresrrnrreneserenene 35 2 leede eegene 90 3 Glen Lee 15 1 EE 90 2 Swath Control Pro SEENEN LEE 90 2 Metric Quick Sheet terete 100 14 File DIrectory EC 130 3 SAE Quick Geet 100 16 Flags KIIRCH EE 75 1 PCA CR 75 22 GreenStar2 GS2 Line Flags EEN NEE ENEE EENEG 75 22 Activations Tab 75 1 Point ET 75 22 GSA EERSTEN 35 1 FLAGS EE EE 75 22 GSD ROD Pinout esc ee scent cass ee eet te cei teehee 130 4 Flow Chart Guidance Harvest Monitor Pre Season Checklist ccceeeeeeeeeeereeeeetees 125 6 Eeer 115 1 Heouirements ENNEN 125 21 FOCUS EE 30 5 Formatting H RE 30 7 Measurements cccccee
313. y used e K Swath Control Status Indicates the current Swath Control Status Sprayer Operating OH 5 Prescription Rate Below 6 Speed Rate Below Minimum PC10857VS UN 07APR10 Waiting No Swath Control compatible implement connected to the system Initializing System is initializing Loading bitmap center System is loading center point from Bitmap Loading bnd center System is loading center point from Boundary map Defining field center System is defining center point No defined field boundary or previous coverage Loading boundaries System is loading field boundaries Operating System is being operated Suspended No GPS System does not have GPS signal L Swath Control License Indicates if there is an Active Swath Control License on the Display Activated The Swath Control License is activated Not Activated The Swath Control License is not activated M Section Control Command Indicates the current command for each section N Section Command Legend Defines the numbers in the Section Control Command section M 0 Off 1 On 2 Outside Exterior Boundary 3 Inside Interior Boundary 4 Over Previous Coverage 5 Prescription Rate Below Minimum 6 Speed Rate Below Minimum 7 Undefined OQU06050 000127F 19 25MAY10 1 1 100 13 060910 PN 208 Swath Control Pro G
314. yout Manager 0 0 a Gs H 0 0Z t I 0 0B Z 4 2 oop 2 Select an area from above 7 total gat 7 Eat 8 epes wit 935 wt A eg 8 Layout Manager RUN Home Screen Many customers utilize the layout example above for in field operation of the BPM OQUO6050 0000CD5 19 070CT08 4 4 BPM BASIC PERFORMANCE MONITOR Functionality Pertormance Monitor Main o Hi J 7 E R S f 1054 4 U Performance Monitor softkey 19 4 i weg S Main Screen e Selecting Performance Monitor softkey will switch the Ee BPM to the BPM main screen e Selecting Settings softkey will switch the BPM to the settings screen e Selecting Totals softkey will switch the BPM to the totals screen Settings softkey PC8793 UN 180CT05 Totals softkey Continued on next page OQU06050 0000CD6 19 310CT07 1 12 120 3 PN 222 Performance Monitor NOTE GPS radar speed will be shown under the regular radar speed icon in APM No GPS option will display as the radar feed is designated by the radar wire feed connection behind the command center described later in this section Vehicle Speed The operator will be able to view the vehicle speed and can select radar speed if available GPS speed if available or transmission wheel speed The display readout will switch when below 0 3 kph to 0 29 and back to 1 1 when above 1 0 kph The figures below show the vehicle speed icons PC9047 UN 17APR06 PC9048
315. zero out slip It is recommended to have an implement connected to the tractor but not engaged in the ground no load PC9122 UN 17APR06 OQUO06050 0000CDC 19 310CT07 1 1 120 11 me Performance Monitor RADAR CONNECTION SIGNAL VALIDATION BPM MODE ONLY 1 Ensure the radar connected check box is checked in the BPM setup screen This check box will only display in BPM mode In APM mode radar feed is designated by the wire connection behind the command center denoted in the Configuring Tractor section The GS2 display will display the GPS radar feed value when connected This value should be 57 42 during normal operation To view this value once connected PC9123 UN 17APRO06 Radar connected to display v Radar Connected Checkbox OQUO6050 0000CDD 19 310CT07 1 7 2 Select the Clock Icon PC9124 UN 17APRO06 10 55pm Clock Icon OUO6050 0000CDD 19 310CT07 2 7 3 Select Soft Key G Conti Rone Cee Oo Zenner PC9125 UN 17APRO6 Softkey G nued on next page OUO06050 0000CDD 19 31OCT07 3 7 120 12 060910 PN 231 Performance Monitor 4 Select VTi 001Implement in the drop down menu implenem CA00T implemen PU CO Immpkernerg AYOOT impkemen OGM 001 Implemers Implemere s SK 00I Implement a x T a 7 S D O A VTi 001Implement OUO6050 0000CDD 19 310CT07 4 7 d Mido samy Dageoite Z re ve

GS2 Display Basic Applications Operator`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents